quote:Occupy Wal Street ook in Europa
De protestbeweging Occupy Wall Street begon een week of twee geleden in New York met enkele tientallen demonstranten. De aanhang groeit razendsnel, niet alleen in New York, maar ook elders in de Verenigde Staten. Het protest breidt zich nu ook uit naar Europa. Het heeft Ierland al bereikt en ook Nederland komt aan de beurt.
Verenigde Staten: Occupy Wall Street
Op Wall Street in New York begon het drie weken geleden als een bescheiden protest van een kleine groep activisten. Inmiddels is de beweging enorm gegroeid. Vorige week demonstreerden zo'n 5000 mensen bij Wall Street: tegen zelfverrijking in de financiële sector en de ongelijke verdeling van de welvaart.
Vakbonden, studentenorganisaties en bewonersgroepen hebben zich aangesloten bij het protest. De demonstraties verspreiden zich nu ook over het hele land. Op dit moment zijn er in 25 Amerikaanse steden betogingen.
Ierland: Occupy Dame Street
Geïnspireerd door de betogingen in de VS demonstreert een kleine groep activisten sinds dit weekend ook in de Ierse hoofdstad Dublin. Ze hebben zich verzameld op Dame Street, voor de Centrale Ierse bank.
De groep is nog klein, volgens de Irish Times waren er dit weekend zo'n tachtig mensen. Enkele demonstranten bivakkeren in tentjes voor de bank.
UK: Occupy the London Stock Exchange
Op de Facebookpagina Occupy the London Stock Exchange wordt opgeroepen om komend weekend deel te nemen aan een demonstratie in het financiële district van Londen. Meer dan 3000 mensen hebben zich via Facebook al aangemeld voor de demonstratie.
Kai Wargalla, een van de oprichters van de Occupy Londen Facebookpagina, vertelde over de acties aan de Amerikaanse zender NBC: "De protesten op Wall Street zijn de inspiratie geweest. Het is nu tijd om hier te beginnen. We hebben mensen nodig die opstaan en zich uitspreken".
Nederland: Occupy Amsterdam
Ook in Amsterdam en Den Haag worden in navolging van Occupy Wallstreet acties georganiseerd. Op 15 oktober willen demonstranten het Amsterdamse beursplein bezetten. De aanmeldingen voor de actie stromen binnen. Via de Facebookpagina Occupy Amsterdam hebben ruim 1200 mensen zich al aangemeld.
Madrid-Brussel: Mars van de Verontwaardigden
Tachtig dagen geleden begon een groep jongeren in Madrid aan een 1600 kilometer lange 'Mars van Verontwaardiging'. Ze liepen van Madrid naar Brussel waar ze gisteren aankwamen. De mars komt voort uit de Spaanse studentenprotesten.
Die protesten begonnen al veel eerder dan de protesten op Wall Street en de 'mars van verontwaardigden' verbindt zich dus niet direct aan de Occupy Wall Street beweging. Maar het sentiment van beide bewegingen is hetzelfde - beide ingegeven door de economische crisis en gericht tegen de elite die de macht heeft.
De Spaanse jongeren die nu in Brussel bivakkeren hebben op 15 oktober een grote demonstratie gepland voor het Europees Parlement. Die dag wordt beschouwd als een wereldwijde actiedag. Op de site 15oktober.net is te zien dat er in meerdere steden in de wereld acties staan gepland in navolging van Occupy Wall Street.
http://www.presstv.ir/detail/201028.htmlquote:NY police arrest 80 Wall St. protesters
The New York police have arrested at least 80 people protesting against Washington's management of the American financial system as well as Wall Street practices.
The demonstrators took to the streets Saturday during the “Occupy Wall Street” protest and gathered near the New York Stock Exchange, the Associated Press reported.
The demonstrations, which began about a week ago, have brought hundreds of Americans to the most important US financial district, protesting against a number of economic issues, including bank bailouts, home loan crisis, and the widening gap between the very rich and those struggling in the aftermath of the US financial crisis.
"We've got a whole bunch of people sitting in Washington that can't figure it out," said Bill Csapo, a protest organizer.
As of June 16, 2011, according to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC), 395 banks have been seized by the US government. At least 46 US banks have failed in 2011 so far, compared to 157 in 2010, 140 in 2009, and 25 in 2008.
Another incident that provoked protesters into action was the Wednesday execution of Troy Anthony Davis, an African American, in the State of Georgia over his alleged role in the 1989 killing of an off-duty police officer.
His execution by lethal injection took place despite many legal holes in his case as well as Davis's insistence until his execution that he did not commit the alleged murder.
The police forces tried to corral the demonstrators using orange plastic nets at Manhattan's Union Square.
According to police sources, most of the arrests were made for blocking traffic, though one person has been charged with attacking an officer.
Protest spokesman Patrick Bruner has lambasted the police response as "exceedingly violent,” emphasizing that protesters sought to remain peaceful.
"They're being very aggressive ... half the people here have no idea what's going on ... I'm actually very ashamed to be a New Yorker," said Ryan Alley, a New York resident.
Statistics published by the Stolen Lives Project estimate that the number of cases in the United States relating to police brutality has reached thousands.
Most Americans that suffer abuse by the police do not report the case. Those who do file complaints, soon discover that police departments tend to be self-protective and that the general public tends to side with the police.
In 2010, there were at least 2,541 reports of misconduct and brutality perpetrated by US police.
quote:NAACP warns black and Hispanic Americans could lose right to vote
Civil rights group petitions UN over 'massive voter suppression' after apparent effort to disenfranchise black and Hispanic people
The largest civil rights group in America, the National Association for the Advancement of Colored People (NAACP), is petitioning the UN over what it sees as a concerted efforted to disenfranchise black and Latino voters ahead of next year's presidential election.
The organisation will this week present evidence to the UN high commissioner on human rights of what it contends is a conscious attempt to "block the vote" on the part of state legislatures across the US. Next March the NAACP will send a delegation of legal experts to Geneva to enlist the support of the UN human rights council.
The NAACP contends that the America in the throes of a consciously conceived and orchestrated move to strip black and other ethnic minority groups of the right to vote. William Barber, a member of the association's national board, said it was the "most vicious, co-ordinated and sinister attack to narrow participation in our democracy since the early 20th century".
In its report, Defending Democracy: Confronting Modern Barriers to Voting Rights in America, the NAACP explores the voter supression measures taking place particularly in southern and western states.
Fourteen states have passed a total of 25 measures that will unfairly restrict the right to vote, among black and Hispanic voters in particular.
The new measures are focused – not coincidentally, the association insists – in states with the fastest growing black populations (Florida, Georgia, Texas and North Carolina) and Latino populations (South Carolina, Alabama and Tennessee). The NAACP sees this as a cynical backlash to a surge in ethnic minority voting evident in 2008.
In that year, black and Hispanic voters turned out in record numbers, partly in a wave of enthusiasm for Barack Obama. More than 2 million extra black voters turned out over 2004, an increase of 15%.
Among Hispanics, the upturn was even more pronounced. Two million additional voters attended the polls – a rise of 28% on the previous presidential election.
The scale of the assault on voting rights is substantial, according to experts on electoral law. The Brennan Center for Justice, based at New York University law school, estimates that the new measures could bar as many as 5 million eligible voters from taking part in choosing the occupant of the White House next year.
The 14 states that have embarked on such measures hold two-thirds of the electoral college votes needed to win the presidency. Put another way, of the 12 battleground states that will determine the outcome of the presidential race, five have already cut back on voting rights and two more are in discussions about following suit.
Ethnic minority groups are not the only sections of society at risk of losing their voting rights. The Brennan Center warns that young voters and students, older voters and poor income groups are also vulnerable.
The NAACP says voting rights are being whittled down at every stage of the electoral process. First of all, the registration of new voters is being impeded in several states by moves to block voter registration drives that have historically proved to be an important way of bringing black and Hispanic people to the poll.
Four states – Florida, Iowa, Kentucky and Virginia – continue to withhold the vote from anyone convicted of a criminal offence. In Florida, offenders who have completed their sentences have to wait at least five years before they can even apply to restore their right to register to vote.
Across the US, more than 5 million Americans are denied the right to vote on grounds that they were convicted of a felony, 4 million of whom have fully completed their sentence and almost half of whom are black or Hispanic.
Other measures have reduced the ease of early voting, a convenience that is disproportionately heavily used by African-Americans. Even more importantly, 34 states have introduced a requirement that voters carry photo ID cards on the day of the election itself.
Studies have showed that the proportion of voters who do not have access to valid photo ID cards is much higher among older African-Americans because they were not given birth certificates in the days of segregation. Students and young voters also often lack identification and are thus in danger of being stripped of their right to vote.
In Texas, a law has been passed that prevents students from voting on the basis of their college ID cards, while allowing anyone to cast their ballot if they can show a permit to carry a concealed handgun.
Benjamin Jealous, the NAACP's president, said the moves amounted to "a massive attempt at state-sponsored voter suppression." He added that the association will be urging the UN "to look at what is a co-ordinated campaign to disenfranchise persons of colour."
quote:Crystal Cox, Oregon Blogger, Isn't a Journalist, Concludes U.S. Court--Imposes $2.5 Million Judgement on Her
A U.S. District Court judge in Portland has drawn a line in the sand between "journalist" and "blogger." And for Crystal Cox, a woman on the latter end of that comparison, the distinction has cost her $2.5 million.
Speaking to Seattle Weekly, Cox says that the judgement could have impacts on bloggers everywhere.
"This should matter to everyone who writes on the Internet," she says.
Cox runs several law-centric blogs, like industrywhistleblower.com, judicialhellhole.com, and obsidianfinancesucks.com, and was sued by investment firm Obsidian Finance Group in January for defamation, to the tune of $10 million, for writing several blog posts that were highly critical of the firm and its co-founder Kevin Padrick.
Representing herself in court, Cox had argued that her writing was a mixture of facts, commentary and opinion (like a million other blogs on the web) and moved to have the case dismissed. Dismissed it wasn't, however, and after throwing out all but one of the blog posts cited by Obsidian Financial, the judge ruled that this single post was indeed defamatory because it was presented, essentially, as more factual in tone than her other posts, and therefore a reasonable person could conclude it was factual.
The judge ruled against Cox on that post and awarded $2.5 million to the investment firm.
Now here's where the case gets more important: Cox argued in court that the reason her post was more factual was because she had an inside source that was leaking her information. And since Oregon is one of 40 U.S. states including Washington with media shield laws, Cox refused to divulge who her source was.
But without revealing her source Cox couldn't prove that the statements she'd made in her post were true and therefore not defamation, or attribute them to her source and transfer the liability.
Oregon's media shield law reads:
. No person connected with, employed by or engaged in any medium of communication to the public shall be required by ... a judicial officer ... to disclose, by subpoena or otherwise ... [t]he source of any published or unpublished information obtained by the person in the course of gathering, receiving or processing information for any medium of communication to the public[.]
The judge in Cox's case, however, ruled that the woman did not qualify for shield-law protection not because of anything she wrote, but because she wasn't employed by an official media establishment.
From the opinion by U.S. District Judge Marco A. Hernandez:
. . . although defendant is a self-proclaimed "investigative blogger" and defines herself as "media," the record fails to show that she is affiliated with any newspaper, magazine, periodical, book, pamphlet, news service, wire service, news or feature syndicate, broadcast station or network, or cable television system. Thus, she is not entitled to the protections of the law
Cox tells Seattle Weekly that she plans to appeal the ruling by proving her assertion that Obsidian co-founder Kevin Padrick is guilty of bankruptcy fraud--a statement that, as Cox is quite proud of, is abundantly advertised if one simply Googles Padrick's name and sees the dozens of Cox's posts that spring up about him.
At this point Cox says that she still has no plans to get a lawyer.
We think that's a bad idea.
UPDATE: Attorney Bruce E. H. Johnson, the man who wrote the media shield laws in Washington state, has weighed in on whether Cox's fate would fly here. Read more here.
Read the full opinion below:
quote:Occupy Wall Street targets foreclosures
Occupy Wall Street is going house-hunting. A spinoff of the protest movement, Occupy Our Homes, is launching a campaign Tuesday to help people facing foreclosure fight eviction.
The "national day of action," which will involve rallies in more than 20 cities nationwide, builds on existing grass-roots efforts around the U.S. to prevent banks from seizing homes and to draw attention to the millions of homeowners at risk of losing their properties.
quote:World map income inequality
Perhaps the most politically contentious aspect of President Barack Obama's new proposed legislation, aimed to revive the still-struggling U.S. economy, is $1.5 trillion in tax increases, much of it aimed at wealthy Americans. The White House is calling this "the Buffett rule." Named for super-investor Warren Buffett's complaint that he pays a lower tax rate than some of his most menial wage employees, the legislation would be designed to ensure that anyone making more than $1 million per year will pay at least the same rate as middle-income taxpayers.
Obama's "Buffett rule" is a response to a number of U.S. economic issues (as well as some relevant political openings) related to the recession. One of the most severe is income inequality -- the gaps between wealthy, super-wealthy, and everyone else -- a serious, long-worsening problem that makes the recession more painful and recovery more difficult. To get a sense of just how bad our income inequality has become, it's worth taking a look at how we stack up to the rest of the world.
Viewed comparatively, U.S. income inequality is even worse than you might expect. Perfect comparisons across the world's hundred-plus economies would be impossible -- standards of living, the price of staples, social services, and other variables all mean that relative poverty feels very different from one country to another. But, in absolute terms, the gulf between rich and poor is still telling. Income inequality can be measured and compared using something called the Gini coefficient, a century-old formula that measures national economies on a scale from 0.00 to 0.50, with 0.50 being the most unequal. The Gini coefficient is reliable enough that the CIA world factbook uses it. Here's a map of their data, with the most unequal countries in red and the most equal in green.
The U.S., in purple with a Gini coefficient of 0.450, ranks near the extreme end of the inequality scale. Looking for the other countries marked in purple gives you a quick sense of countries with comparable income inequality, and it's an unflattering list: Cameroon, Madagascar, Rwanda, Uganda, Ecuador. A number are currently embroiled in or just emerging from deeply destabilizing conflicts, some of them linked to income inequality: Mexico, Côte d'Ivoire, Sri Lanka, Nepal, Serbia.
Perhaps most damning is China, significantly more equal than the U.S. with a Gini coefficient of 0.415, where the severe income gap has been a source of worsening political instability for almost 20 years. Leagues ahead of the U.S. on income inequality is India, Gini coefficient 0.368, where outrage over corruption and income inequality recently inspired a protest movement that shook the world's largest democracy. (The data for India is from 2004, however; income inequality has likely worsened since then.) Russia, which has seen three popular revolutions in the last century against the caviar-shoveling oligarchs who still run everything, is also less unequal than the U.S., at 0.422 Gini.
quote:Idea of civilians using drone aircraft may soon fly with FAA
Drone aircraft, best known for their role in hunting and destroying terrorist hide-outs in Afghanistan, may soon be coming to the skies near you.
Police agencies want drones for air support to spot runaway criminals. Utility companies believe they can help monitor oil, gas and water pipelines. Farmers think drones could aid in spraying their crops with pesticides.
"It's going to happen," said Dan Elwell, vice president of civil aviation at the Aerospace Industries Assn. "Now it's about figuring out how to safely assimilate the technology into national airspace."
Niks nieuws, die worden hier in NL al gebruikt door de politie, ik meen dat die daarvoor sperwers lenen van defensie, die daar uitgefaseerd worden ter faveure van de net aangeschafte Predators.quote:
Dus als je medium in handen is van die 1% dan geniet je wel de bescherming van de wet en anders niet?quote:No person connected with, employed by or engaged in any medium of communication to the public shall be required by ... a judicial officer ... to disclose, by subpoena or otherwise ... [t]he source of any published or unpublished information obtained by the person in the course of gathering, receiving or processing information for any medium of communication to the public[.]
The judge in Cox's case, however, ruled that the woman did not qualify for shield-law protection not because of anything she wrote, but because she wasn't employed by an official media establishment.
Subtiel verschil met de vliegende objecten die burgers en politie nu al mogen hanteren. De Nederlandse politie gebruikt ook al een soort 'drone' die tijdens koude dagen verdachte wijken afspeurt naar huizen die opvallend veel warmte uitstralen.quote:
quote:Just how powerful is OWS?
OccupyWallSt.org is rapidly becoming one of the most trafficked websites in the world. On November 19, 2011, the UC Davis pepper spraying event trended the highest search on Google. AOL's data lists Occupy Wall Street as the #8 most popular news search in 2011, behind Osama bin Laden's death, Gabrielle Giffords' shooting and Casey Anthony. Though comScore Inc. declined to provide traffic data for the site, Alexa.com ranks OccupyWallSt.org as #1,556 most popular site in the U.S., with 8,612 sites linking in. That's not quite as popular as Oprah or The Daily Show, but 5X more popular than Bill O'Reilly, 23X more visited than the official Tea Party website and almost 100X more trafficked than SarahPac.com (Sarah Palin's website).
Protest marches occur daily around the world in support of people who have had their homes foreclosed, in support of workers who have had benefits reduced and salaries stagnate and against war, big oil, big pharmaceutical and more. On November 30, 2011, Occupy Wall Street protested "War Profiteers" at the 17th annual Aerospace & Defense Finance Conference in New York City. On November 20, 2011, there was a 24-hour drum circle jam session outside Mayor Bloomberg's residence near Central Park. On December 2, 2011 in Times Square, Occupy Broadway filled the streets with artists, musicians and actors, in the hopes that "New York re-imagines itself as a work of art, rather than a retail shopping mall."
quote:There is organization
But as more people joined, OWS developed second-tier services such as mediators to resolve conflicts and people, including Wedes, who handle press relations. And instead of sprouting up next to rivers or ports, or other resource-rich areas, these communities formed, globally, around dissent.
Nearly limitless digital space has accommodated this expansion. Organizers collaborate with each other using shared Google docs. Not all of the documents are shared with everyone, but pretty much anyone can access any document they'd like to see by contacting the right people.
Occupiers present their ideas at general assembly meetings via working groups, which are made up of two or more people with a common cause.
The website NYCGA.net contains minutes from all of the general assembly meetings. Organization information is openly available on Twitter and are categorized with hashtags like #OWS and #needsoftheoccupiers. Not all of those needs are being met, Wedes says, and many people participating still need food and clothes, most, if not all, of which come from donations.
While occupiers are still struggling in some ways to meet its members' basic needs, OWS has met the intellectual needs of some tech-savvy supporters. Many programmers work for OWS after they finish their day jobs, Wedes says. This is a much-coveted population of potential hires for big business, and they're donating their brain space to OWS because they like the creative freedom.
quote:Dan Gainor, vicepresident van het Media Research Center, beaamt Bollings vermoeden. “Het is verbazingwekkend hoe ver de linksen gaan om kinderen tegen bedrijven op te zetten”, zegt de onderzoeker die tevens op de loonlijst staat van Fox. “In Gods naam, dit is een Muppet-film: het enige groene op het scherm zou Kermit de Kikker moeten zijn.”
quote:Wall Street protesters vow to reoccupy on movement's anniversary
Occupy Wall Street hopes call will re-energise movement after a series of evictions from New York to Los Angeles
Activists at Occupy Wall Street have issued a call to thousands of protesters across the US to reoccupy outdoor public spaces to mark the movement's three-month anniversary.
The Occupy movement has stalled in recent weeks after a wave of evictions swept away a raft of encampments, including the largest in Los Angeles, Philadelphia and New York. On Wednesday, it suffered a fresh blow as police in riot gear cleared Occupy San Francisco camp on the orders of the mayor, who had been sympathetic to protesters, while Occupy Boston lost legal protection against eviction.
Organisers said they hoped the call to reoccupy on the 17 December would galvanise and grow the movement.
Amin Husain, a press spokesman for OWS, said: "We know that occupation empowers people and eliminates fear. It permits individuals to assert themselves as political beings even although the system doesn't represent them."
"The question is not to make a splash, the question is how are we going to get the space to make that happen."
Sandy Nurse, one of the direct action committee responsible for the call, said: "The need for physical space is one of the top five priorities for direct action. My personal opinion is that people have gotten scared. They have gotten arrest fatigue. They are not willing to put their bodies on the line. But the call would re-galvanise the movement and remind it how powerful it is."
Citing the conference call by mayors across the US to deal with various encampments, Nurse said: "They have identified occupation as a threat to them – that's how powerful it is."
Eleven mayors participated in a conference call in November about Occupy protests in their cities, including those in New York, Denver and Portland, Oregon, but they denied any co-ordination of raids to clear encampments.
The need for a physical space has been on OWS's agenda since police raided Zuccotti Park in November. In a piece published this week in the first issue of Tidal, a magazine published by the Occupy movement, Judith Butler, academic and feminist theorist at the University of California, Berkeley, spoke of its importance.
Butler said: "When bodies gather together as they do to express their indignation and to enact their plural existence in public space, they are also making broader demands. They are demanding to be recognised and to be valued; they are exercising a right to appear and to exercise freedom; they are calling for a liveable life.
"These values are presupposed by particular demands, but they also demand a more fundamental restructuring of our socio-economic and political order."
At one point, the movement had more than 1,000 occupations, but now they have less than 100 – and that number is dwindling daily. With the onset of winter's plummeting temperatures – which was already driving people from Zuccotti Park before the eviction – and the hardening attitudes of city authorities against encampments, notwithstanding the dearth of public spaces in the US, seeking a place to camp is a massive challenge for activists.
Even within OWS, where the movement began, activists have a battle on their hands. In Zuccotti Park, the space's owners have imposed strictly enforced rules which no longer allow tents or sleeping bags, or allow people to lie down, which would make it impossible to set up camp.
The place they want to occupy on December 17, is Juan Pablo Duarte Square, a currently vacant lot on the corner of 6th and Canal Street in Soho, about 15 minutes walk' from Wall Street, named after the founder of the Dominican Republic.
But it has already proved controversial.
It is owned by the real estate branch of Trinity Episcopalian church in Wall Street, Trinity Real Estate, one of the largest real estate companies in New York.
Activists at OWS, which had previously counted Trinity church among their supporters, have repeatedly asked for the use of this space for a winter camp. But Trinity church has refused, drawing criticism from other church leaders and a handful of activists who went on hunger strike, pledging not to eat until the church allowed protesters on the site.
In a statement on its website, Trinity said it offered its continued support of the movement – including providing meeting space at church buildings – but not the use of its enclosed vacant lot at the city-owned Duarte Square, which it leases to the Lower Manhattan Cultural Council. The property, Trinity said, is unsuitable "for large-scale assemblies or encampments."
For activists, the matter is simple: they need the space and the church should hand it over.
Husain said: "They're part of the 1% and they are choosing profit over God."
The church is also facing pressure from the religious community.
Reverend John Metz, of the Episcopalian Church of the Ascension, in Brooklyn, who describes himself as a "real mainstream church guy" said: "Trinity church is in a challenging position. They are a church with an enormous real estate holding. It's one thing to deliberate and review grants. It's another thing for a church to respond in real time to one of the largest movement for social change that this country has see for four decades.
"This is an opportunity to engage in mutual actions to transform a space, and make it a catalyst for the revitalisation of public squares that have all been eliminated in the United States, to create a space where the cause for social justice can be forwarded."
quote:Ex-Philly police captain arrested at NY Occupy rally is warned to not wear uniform at protests
PHILADELPHIA — A retired Philadelphia police captain arrested in uniform during Occupy Wall Street protests in New York City has received written warnings from police and union officials.
Philadelphia police Commissioner Charles Ramsey sent a cease and desist letter to retired Capt. Raymond Lewis, saying the police department supports his First Amendment rights but “those rights do not extend to the improper and/or illegal use of the official uniform.”
“It could give the mistaken opinion that somehow this is a statement being made by a member of the police department, and it’s not,” Ramsey said in telephone interview Thursday. “He has every right to protest. But wear something else.”
The November Occupy protest featured people complaining about economic inequality and what they called corporate greed.
Ramsey said it doesn’t matter whether it’s a demonstration for Occupy Wall Street or another cause, wearing a uniform in a non-professional capacity is unacceptable — and could even lead to charges of impersonating a police officer.
“It has nothing whatsoever to do with the specific issues they’re talking about,” Ramsey said. “Whether I agree or disagree with what they’re saying, that uniform can’t be caught up in that.”
Lewis said the Fraternal Order of Police union local has filed a grievance against him stemming from last month’s incident and provided a letter to that effect signed by the local’s recording secretary, Robert Ballentine. A message left for Ballantine seeking comment Thursday wasn’t immediately returned.
The Fraternal Order of Police letter, dated Nov. 25, states the grievance was submitted “based on Lewis’ comments and actions ... while dressed in a Philadelphia Police Captain’s uniform at the New York City Occupy Wall Street protest, which also resulted in his arrest.”
In a written statement, Lewis said he believes the Fraternal Order of Police is seeking to revoke his union membership and possibly his pension.
“I find it incredibly interesting,” Lewis said, “that there are former Philadelphia police officers who were convicted of crimes, and served prison sentences, that have NOT had their memberships or pensions revoked.”
The Fraternal Order of Police letter only said the union’s grievance committee would contact Lewis “as this matter progresses.”
Copyright 2011 The Associated Press. All rights reserved. This material may not be published, broadcast, rewritten or redistributed.
quote:Several Ivy League schools have seen their on-campus recruiting programs come under fire
In “Liar’s Poker,” Michael Lewis (Princeton class of 1982) described the on-campus recruiting frenzy during which undergraduates fought tooth and nail for jobs at the most prestigious Wall Street firms. The Princeton career office of the early 1980s, he wrote, “resembled a ticket booth at a Michael Jackson concert, with lines of motley students staging all-night vigils to get ahead.”
Oh, how times change. As DealBook reported last week, several Ivy League schools have seen their on-campus recruiting programs come under fire this fall, because of the influence of the Occupy movement and rising antipathy for the financial sector.
And this week, student protesters affiliated with the Occupy Princeton movement interrupted not one but two big-bank recruiting sessions at the school, typically among the biggest feeder schools for Wall Street firms.
Zo worden burgers opgevoed in die dictatuur.quote:Op zaterdag 10 december 2011 11:26 schreef Scorpie het volgende:
Ah, de geweldadige inslag van de Occupiers komt weer naar boven.
quote:NY, California hitting up millionaires, again
Associated Press= ALBANY, New York (AP) — Hollywood moguls and Manhattan stock brokers are facing a slap by the Occupy Wall Street movement as California and New York again target high-wage earners to address a continued fiscal crisis in the states.
On Wednesday, with the urging of Gov. Andrew Cuomo, New York raised its top tax rate on single filers making $1 million and joint filers making $2 million, a rate just slightly under the 2008 income tax surcharge that expires Dec. 31.
Earlier this month in California, Gov. Jerry Brown said he, too, wants to avoid further cuts to education and social services by proposing a ballot initiative asking voters to increase taxes. That could hit Californians making over $250,000 a year.
"Occupy turned the political conversation on its head," said Richard Brodsky, a senior fellow at the Wagner School at New York University. "Time was austerity and tax cuts were the only acceptable place to be. Now, income inequality and the 99 percent dominate practical politics. OWS paved the way; Cuomo and Brown seized the moment."
There's no evidence of a national groundswell after more than a dozen states tapped their well-heeled residents for temporary income tax hikes from 2006-2009. But while most of those states let their temporary tax increases lapse as scheduled, New York and California this month went back to seeking revenue from the wealthy.
Despite the political rhetoric, there's less need in either state to act to make their tax brackets more fair. California and New York already have more progressive systems than most states, according to the nonpartisan Tax Foundation based in Washington, D.C.
"California and New York are historically not going to be the most fiscally conservative states," said Mark Robyn, an economist with the Tax Foundation. "To say they reflect the overall country's attitude to taxing the wealthy at a disproportionate rate, that might be tenuous."
California and New York are also among only four states, with Washington state and Missouri, to show deficits in a midyear survey by the National Conference of Legislatures, said the group's Mandy Rafool.
California faces a $3.7 billion shortfall for the current fiscal year and projected $12.8 billion deficit in 2013. New York learned of an unexpected $350 million deficit this year, and a higher projected deficit for the 2012-13 fiscal year of $3.5 billion.
But Rafool said there's no inkling more states will follow California and New York, although tax revenues are growing only slowly in most states.
"It's an election year and we're seeing that revenues are recovering, spending is stable," Rafool said. "This is better than in the last four years. It's still not good, but it's better."
She said she'd be surprised if other states follow New York and California.
Instead, the common thread is that each state's finances are worse than most other states, and their Democratic leadership has felt pressure from the Occupy Wall Street movement and other progressives.
In New York, an Occupy Albany movement has camped outside the state Capitol all fall. At first, Cuomo, a Democrat who ran as a fiscal conservative last year, tried to evict them, only to be stymied by the local Democratic district attorney and mayor. Occupy Albany called Cuomo "Gov. 1 Percent" for opposing a millionaire tax and saying it would drive employers out of state. The Occupy Wall Street movement claims that there is growing inequality between the wealthiest 1 percent of the population and the remaining 99 percent.
Meanwhile the Democratic Party that Cuomo heads and his progressive allies continued to push for a new millionaire tax to avoid more cuts to education and health care.
In November, Cuomo made a hard left and pushed for the millionaire tax increase passed Wednesday that includes a modest, but rare middle class tax break. The package also provided more spending for jobs programs.
"My job as governor is to make the best decision at the time to meet the needs of the state at the time," Cuomo said Wednesday.
"You're seeing it play out on college campuses," said the California state Senate's Democratic leader, Darrell Steinberg of Sacramento. "You're seeing it play out in different communities throughout California. There's a real sense that the pendulum in terms of the way we've had to deal with these budget deficits, has gone too far."
But while there may be an immediate payoff in cash and politics, the long-term wisdom of soaking the rich has long been questioned.
"As many states face increasingly large budget shortfalls that are often related to economic cycles, leaning on high-income earners and small businesses to pick up a disproportionate amount of the bill raises serious equity concerns and is bad for government revenue stability," said Scott Drenkard, an analyst with the Tax Foundation.
He notes many businesses, 94 percent of which file as individuals, and high-income earners have the most volatile income. If the economy continues to slip, they will have less revenue and that could further hurt businesses or prompt them to flee.
New York and California already share another distinction: They have experienced some of the greatest flight of taxpayers from 1999 to 2009 and have tax structures considered among the least attractive to businesses, according to the Tax Foundation.
"It reminds me of the Bob Dylan song, you don't need a weatherman to know which way the wind is blowing," said Doug Muzzio, a Baruch College politics professor in New York City. He said continuing fiscal crisis and the Occupy Wall Street movement could force the same consideration elsewhere.
"Without any real evidence except for what I've seen here, I would think that the other states almost invariably will have to examine it," he said.
quote:The government needs to raise taxes on the rich to address its budget deficit
The movement to raise taxes on the wealthiest Americans has gained an ally at the top of one of the United States' largest banks. Ruth Porat, executive vice president and chief financial officer at Morgan Stanley, said on Saturday at the Economist's World in 2012 summit that the government needs to raise taxes on the rich to address its budget deficit.
"The wealthiest can afford to pay more in taxes. That's a part of the deal. That makes sense. I don't know anyone that doesn't agree with that," Porat said. "The wealth disparity between the lowest and the highest continues to expand, and that's inappropriate."
"We cannot cut our way to greatness," she added.
President Obama has said he would like to raise taxes on millionaires, but many Republicans oppose such a tax. Most millionaires, on the other hand, say that they would like to pay more in taxes.
quote:http://www.occupydrones.com/
We have the coolest free drone videos and soon we hope to provide the planet with LIVE DRONE VIDEO FEEDS from YOUR drone designed from OPEN PLANS we want YOU TO CREATE AND WHICH WE WILL PUBLISH ON THIS WEBSITE!
Come on folks, these bankster fuckers spend TRILLIONS each year spying on us so we propose we OCCUPY THE AIRSPACE; and track these FUCKERS in real-time as they go about their criminal plans to destroy democracy, freedom and civil rights worldwide!
- Video -
Looks totally cool, legal fun to be having, bankster chasing these SCUMBAGS around the planet. They don't want to give you any peace, so let you decide to give them NONE either, whenever they are in your locality! It's simply a GREAT idea, is it not? We're simply asking interested parties worldwide to do just one thing right now: join in the Occupy Drones discussion - TOTALLY FREE - simply be one of the first people on the planet to get stuck in! CLICK THIS NEXT LINK TO SUBSCRIBE UNDER NO OBLIGATION WHATSOEVER:
http://groups.google.com/group/occupy-drones
quote:Is Apple Using Patents to Hurt Open Standards?
Opera developer Haavard Moen has accused Apple of repeatedly using patents to undermine the development of web standards and block their finalization.
World Wide Web Consortium (W3C), the industry group that governs and oversees the development of web standards, requires that every specification it approves be implementable on a royalty-free basis, barring extraordinary circumstances that justify an exception to this rule. The specifications can contain patented technology, as long as royalty-free patent licenses are available.
Members of W3C—a group that includes representatives from Apple, Microsoft, Google, Mozilla, and Opera—are required to disclose any patents that they hold that are relevant to each specification. Depending on how far the specification is through the standardization process, they have between 60 and 150 days to make this disclosure.
If royalty-free licensing is available, the specification can proceed as normal. Participation in the development of a particular specification obliges W3C members to offer royalty-free licensing for technology used in that specification. Nonparticipants can also voluntarily offer a royalty free license, but they are not obliged to.
If, however, there is no commitment to offer royalty-free licensing for the patents in question, a Patent Advisory Group (PAG) is formed. The PAG will then assess whether the patent is truly applicable to the specification, and if so, how best to address the issue. The PAG might then seek prior art to invalidate the patent, or it might recommend that the specification be modified, to work around the patent. It might even advise abandonment of the specification. Only in exceptional circumstances will it decide that the specification should stand, in spite of the lack of royalty freedom.
Without an appropriate patent grant, browser vendors—whether open source or proprietary—cannot implement the specification without opening themselves up to a lawsuit. Such specifications would be, at best, an extremely risky proposition for anyone seeking to develop a browser, and none of the major browser vendors would even consider implementing a specification with known unlicensed patents.
Haavard identifies three separate occasions, twice in 2009, and again in 2011, where Apple has disclosed patents and not offered royalty-free licensing. In the first 2009 patent claim, Apple said that it had a patent covering W3C’s “widget” specification. A PAG was formed, and determined that Apple’s patent was not relevant. In the second 2009 claim, Apple claimed to have two patents covering W3C’s widget security specification. A PAG was again formed. It decided that one patent was not relevant, and the other didn’t apply. With both 2009 claims, Apple waited until the last minute to disclose its patents.
Touch Events
This time, Cupertino is claiming to have three patents, and an application for a fourth, that cover some of W3C’s touch event specification. This time the disclosure was made with about a month left to go. Again, the lack of royalty-free licensing means that a PAG is likely to be formed.
This in turn will delay the development of the specification and cost W3C members further time and money. The PAG process is not quick; the widget security PAG did not deliver its verdict until October of this year.
Haavard’s conclusion is that there is a pattern of behavior here; that Apple is trying to disrupt the standards process with its patent claims. He references the touch specification in particular—this is plainly an area where Apple has lots of expertise and interest in the technology, but the company opted out of working on the specification. If Apple had worked on the specification, it would have had to disclose sooner and offer licensing, and Haavard believes that avoiding this commitment is why Apple refused to work on the specification.
Apple’s is acting within its rights. W3C obliges members to disclose patent claims, and Apple is duly disclosing them. However, it’s easy to be sympathetic to Haavard’s argument. The two prior PAGs that resulted from Apple’s refusal to offer royalty-free patent licenses delayed and inconvenienced W3C, but ultimately on both occasions the groups decided that Apple’s patent claims were irrelevant. If Apple was hoping to keep some technology to itself, it did not succeed.
Moreover, W3C doesn’t require patent-holders to give up their competitive advantage. It’s acceptable to W3C for the royalty-free patent licenses to only cover implementations of the W3C specifications; if Apple wants to permit the royalty-free use of its touch patents in HTML5 browsers, but nowhere else, this would be an option. Such terms would allow browsers to implement the standard but still keep the technology off-limits to, for example, Android. But Apple did not offer such terms before, and so it seems unlikely that it will offer such terms this time.
Further, the only likely result of this is that Apple’s patents simply get worked around. W3C’s aversion to royalties means that it’s unlikely that it would accept any non-free license (should Apple even offer one), and the importance of touch input to phones and tablets means that W3C is unlikely to abandon the specification altogether. There’s no win possible for Apple—just wasted time and money for those seeking to make the web a more effective, more open platform.
Indeed, the result might even constitute a loss for Apple; the prior art that PAGs can uncover could jeopardize the patents themselves. The PAG subjects the patents to a certain amount of scrutiny—scrutiny that could be avoided through provision of a suitable license.
Apple has thus far not responded to our request for comment.
Apple’s work on WebKit and with W3C has undoubtedly helped the web community. But actions such as this show the company’s approach to standards and intellectual property is, at best, inconsistent, and and worst downright unhelpful: if open standards and Apple’s IP interests conflict, it’s the IP interests that win out. This may be good for Apple, but it’s bad for the open web.
quote:Activists show up to 'retake' Congress
By plane, train and bus, thousands of activists are converging on Washington, D.C. this week to “Take Back Our Capitol.” Though the pilgrimage borrows the some of the language of the Occupy protests, and includes a contingent of those activists, the crowd hails largely from nonprofits and political organizations.
"We came to tell members of Congress that they should represent the 99 percent not just corporations and the 1 percent," said Colleen Bugarske, 59, a volunteer from West Los Angeles with MoveOn.org, a national nonprofit political advocacy group.
For R.L Miller — a blogger and mom who runs a law practice in Oak Park, Calif. — the experience seems to highlight what activists have said is wrong: that government is disconnected from the people.
PhotoBlog: Images from the Capitol Hill protest
She boarded a plane at 5 a.m. Monday to join the three days of political action in the nation's capital. On Tuesday, with about 15 other activists from the Los Angeles nonprofit Good Jobs LA and an allied group from New York, she showed up around 12:30 p.m. at the Washington office of Rep. Elton Gallegly, R-Calif., who represents Ventura County, where Miller lives. For about two hours, they knocked on the locked door every five minutes, trying to meet with Gallegly or at least schedule a meeting with him.
Staffers and other people came and went, but the door remained locked to activists standing in the hall. They were told, they said, that the Gallegly was not there — that he was on a flight into D.C. to take part in a vote. Later, however, he emerged from a side door and headed for the elevators with a security escort.
Before he could leave — and after proving to Gallegly that she lives in his district — Miller was able to ask him a question: “What are you doing for the poor and unemployed in our area?”
The congressman said he had given hundreds of toys to needy children over the weekend, said Miller and other activists. Then he wished them a merry Christmas.
"I said, 'I'm a constituent. Can I have a meeting with you this week?'" says Miller. To that, she says Gallegly replied: "I just gave you that meeting by wishing you a merry Christmas."
Then the elevator doors closed.
The activists remained stationed outside Gallegly’s office door after he left, but Miller’s repeated calls to his staff did not result in an appointment with the congressman.
Rep. Gallegly's office did not return calls from msnbc.com before the end of the business day Tuesday.
Miller noted that, by contrast, other congressional offices on the hallway appeared to be open for business. Some groups of activists were successful gaining entry to congressional offices — if not to have their concerns heard by representatives or staffers, then to hold sit-ins.
Miller said she had several concerns that she wanted to air. She wanted to ask him to support the renewable energy industry and to be more accessible to his constituents.
“I’ve lived in his district for 18 years,” she says. “He has been in Congress the whole time I’ve been there … He hardly shows his face around Ventura County.”
To be sure, many of the activists with Miller weren't from Gallegly's district.
“We’re standing in solidarity because … this is something that crosses state lines, something that affects all of us,” said Cara Noel, an activist who joined from United New York, a nonprofit that aids working-class people. “Because this is something we are all going through as part of the 99 percent. If people put (him) into office, they should be able to come and talk with him.”
quote:Meet the Financial Wizards Working With Occupy Wall Street
High up in a Manhattan conference room on Sunday, a group of investment gurus discussed Occupy Wall Street. Should they support a set of tough-sounding financial reforms just proposed on the campaign trail by presidential candidate Jon Huntsman? Or was it reasonable to demand even deeper reforms? "This isn't enough," argued Cathy O'Neil, a former hedge fund quant who organizes the group, a branch of Occupy Wall Street known as the Alternative Banking Group. She proposed that the gathering of financial experts come up with improvements to Huntsman's plan and present them to Occupy Wall Street's General Assembly. Another OWS supporter, whose day job involves consulting for private equity firms, looked up from his laptop and smiled. "That's an excellent idea!"
quote:Occupy activists face growing criticism after failed port shutdown bid
Unions join forces to condemn shutdown attempt as protesters say lack of success owed much to anti-union legislation
Occupy protesters were facing growing criticism over Monday's attempt to shut down the ports of America's west coast, with unions condemning the action that left hundreds of its members unable to work.
Terminals were effectively closed at Longview, Oakland and Portland, but plans to shut down the entire west coast failed after other protests saw relatively small turnouts.
Protesters have defended the attempted shutdown, claiming unions were unable to offer their support because they were "constrained" by anti-union legislation – and insisting they had the backing of rank-and-file workers.
The Occupy movement hoped to shut down the ports in support of an International Longshore and Warehouse Union battle in Longview, Washington, but the action never had the ILWU's backing, with senior union figures accusing protesters of being "arrogant, disrespectful and misguided" in the run-up to Monday.
Craig Merrilees, communications director at the ILWU, told the Guardian on Tuesday that in Oakland "three shifts of workers lost a day's pay, and many other port workers were in that situation".
"I'm sure the union president would want to emphasise that the cause of the 99% and the problem of corporate greed in America is a serious one, and efforts to address that are to be saluted and supported," he said.
"But it shouldn't happen at the expense of respecting the democratic structure and process of the ILWU and any other union."
Asked to what extent the shutdown had the support of ILWU members, Merrilees said it was hard to know, but pointed to the fact that Long Beach port – the second largest in the US – remained fully functional, with workers turning up to their shifts, despite Occupy LA and Occupy San Diego activists protesting there.
Occupiers argued that the lack of official union endorsement is because leaders have their hands tied. Protesters insist they had the backing of workers.
"Although we are working with and reaching out to rank-and-file port workers, we understand that labor unions are constrained under reactionary, anti-union federal legislation such as Taft-Hartley, passed during the cold war to reverse the gains of labor under the Depression-era Wagner Act, from taking job actions on the basis of solidarity or for political causes or demands," a statement on the Occupy The Ports website said.
However, unions' comments distancing themselves from the shutdown seem to have gone beyond adhering to legislative constraints.
In Vancouver the British Columbia Federation of Labour said it "does not support" the shutdown action, "or any action by the Occupy Vancouver group at Vancouver area ports that seeks to prevent our members from carrying out their assigned duties and working safely.
"[The federation] notes that the demonstration will not constitute a picket line as defined in the BC Federation of Labour's picket line policy."
In Oakland, the Alameda County Building and Construction Trades Council went even further, with its secretary-treasurer, Andreas Cluver, telling the San Francisco Chronicle that no union at the port was in support of the shutdown.
An open letter signed by five truck drivers pledged support for the Occupy port protests, and several union members served on planning committees for the action, but the lack of hard figures made it difficult to gauge true support for Monday's action.
The success of the port shutdown varied up and down the west coast. In Oakland, a city with a rich history of protest where thousands of protesters successfully shut down the port last month, the day went to plan, with Occupiers picketing the port in the morning and remaining in place for almost 24 hours.
Protesters in Portland shut three out of four terminals at the city's port, while at Longview – scene of the ongoing battle between the International Longshore and Warehouse Union and terminal operator EGT which inspired Monday's shutdown – the terminal was also closed.
Attempts to shut down other west coast ports, however, were less successful. The Port of Seattle said there had been "minimum impact to cargo movement", although seattlepi.com said around 100 protesters had prevented traffic from entering during the afternoon.
Similarly, in Vancouver about 100 protesters delayed between 40 and 50 trucks, but the port did not close. Maxim Winther, acting as a spokesman for Occupy Vancouver was candid in his assessment of the event.
"Regarding turnout today, I think it's clear we need more time to educate the public and educate each other on what these issues are and to really find actions and issues that do galvanise the public," he told Canadian Business.
The majority of the comments on social networking sites seemed positive as the protests unfolded on Monday, although the backing did not seem unanimous, as it has for previous Occupy actions, with some discussion on the west coast port shutdown Facebook page over whether the action was the best move.
"While I agree with the idea behind the Occupy movement, you are proving nothing by shutting down the freeways and the port; all of which are "occupied" by working class people," wrote one commenter.
"Those corrupt individuals whom you oppose are not in the port or the waterfront. Please don't be so foolish. You are alienating a large portion of your base supporters."
That prompted the response: "Where is your solidarity? You just called the Occupy movement foolish. Corrupt individuals are in the port."
quote:The Return Of Debtor’s Prisons: Thousands Of Americans Jailed For Not Paying Their Bills
Federal imprisonment for unpaid debt has been illegal in the U.S. since 1833. It’s a practice people associate more with the age of Dickens than modern-day America. But as more Americans struggle to pay their bills in the wake of the recession, collection agencies are using harsher methods to get their money, ushering in the return of debtor’s prisons.
quote:Poverty and Rising Social Inequality, Interrogating Democracy in America
Ideologies, as masks obscuring and mystifying social reality, take on the garb of science or of religious dogma. The current dogma that bankers get bail-out (too big to fail) while the poor get cutbacks of their social safety nets is also presented in the garb of an immutable scientific law governing the health of a country’s economy. That the scientists (in this case neoliberal economists) who propound these laws enjoy certain credibility among the policy makers and chattering classes shows the dominant (if not hegemonic) status of this ideology in today’s capitalist societies. But the very fact that the OWS movement has spontaneously spread across America and across the world and may even be sustained, albeit in mutated forms , (just as the public enthusiasm generated by the promise of change held out earlier by Obama’s “yes we can” campaign) is evidence that the current form of capitalism and the ideology that buttresses it are not uncontested, and that both social criticism and oppositional movements are alive. The extent to which these have the ability to exert greater redistributive pressures on the system is still an open question.
twitter:AnonymousIRC twitterde op woensdag 14-12-2011 om 18:13:41RT @OccupyElders US military is awake & aware. Make this viral. http://t.co/Airsn1mD #occupy #ows #anonymous reageer retweet
quote:Revealed: huge increase in executive pay for America's top bosses
Exclusive survey shows America's CEOs enjoyed pay hikes of up to 40% last year – with one chief executive earning $145m
Chief executive pay has roared back after two years of stagnation and decline. America's top bosses enjoyed pay hikes of between 27 and 40% last year, according to the largest survey of US CEO pay. The dramatic bounceback comes as the latest government figures show wages for the majority of Americans are failing to keep up with inflation.
America's highest paid executive took home more than $145.2m, and as stock prices recovered across the board, the median value of bosses' profits on stock options rose 70% in 2010, from $950,400 to $1.3m. The news comes against the backdrop of an Occupy Wall Street movement that has focused Washington's attention on the pay packages of America's highest paid.
The Guardian's exclusive first look at the CEO pay survey from corporate governance group GMI Ratings will further fuel debate about America's widening income gap. The survey, the most extensive in the US, covered 2,647 companies, and offers a comprehensive assessment of all the data now available relating to 2010 pay.
Last year's survey, covering 2009, found pay rates were broadly flat following a decline in wages the year before. Base salaries in 2009 showed a median increase of around 2%, and annual cash compensation increased just over 1.5%. The troubled stock markets took their toll, and added together CEO pay declined for the third year, though the decrease was marginal, less than three-tenths of a percent. The decline in the wider economy in 2007, 2008 and 2009 far outstripped the decline in CEO pay.
This year's survey shows CEO pay packages have boomed: the top 10 earners took home more than $770m between them in 2010. As stock prices began to recover last year, the increase in CEO pay outstripped the rise in share value. The Russell 3000 measure of US stock prices was up by 16.93% in 2010, but CEO pay went up by 27.19% overall. For S&P 500 CEOs, the largest companies in the sample, total realised compensation – including perks and pensions and stock awards – increased by a median of 36.47%. Total pay at midcap companies, which are slightly smaller than the top firms, rose 40.2%.
GMI released a preliminary report on 2010 CEO pay earlier this year, before all the data was available. Paul Hodgson, a senior research associate at GMI, said that report had shown a significant bounce but he had expected a wider sample to dampen the effect.
"Wages for everybody else have either been in decline or stagnated in this period, and that's for those who are in work," said Hodgson. "I had a feeling that we would see some significant increases this year. But 30-40% was something of a surprise." Bosses won in every area, with dramatic increases in pensions, payoffs and perks – as well as salary.
Still, there are no bankers among this year's big winners. Three of this year's top 10 earners come from the healthcare industry. Top earner John Hammergren at McKesson, the world's largest healthcare firm, made $145,266,91 last year – most of it from stock options.
The rising stock markets were especially good to CEOs, said Hodgson. Stock options were the main area that drove these outsized awards. "They got the options, the market collapsed, then it came back – and all of a sudden they were in the money again," he said.
And there will be more to come. GMI, formerly known as the Corporate Library, is expecting a rash of massive stock option bonuses as many firms awarded their top executives big option deals when the stock markets hit their lows in 2007-2008.
"There's still a lot of money just waiting in the market," said Hodgson. He described the upcoming awards as a "bombshell" likely to dwarf this year's figures.
2010 was a great year to lose your job as a CEO. Four of the 10 highest paid CEOs were retired or departing executives. Ronald Williams, former head of Aetna, a health insurer, exercised 2.4m options for a profit of $50.4m. Aetna's stock price declined by 70% from when Williams assumed the role of CEO in February 2006 until his retirement. At pharmacy chain CVS, Thomas Ryan made a $28m profit on his options. During Ryan's 13-year tenure as CEO, CVS Caremark's stock price decreased almost 54%.
Omnicare's Joel Gemunder retired last August and received cash severance of $16m, part of a final-year pay package worth $98.28m. Adam Metz, the former boss of General Growth Properties, a real estate company that specialises in shopping malls, walked away with a $46m cash bonus in 2010. GGP executives received nearly $115m in bonuses from the firm as it emerged from bankruptcy.
But this year's top earner may have his biggest payday still to come. Hammergren is due a $469m payoff if McKesson changes ownership. "Boards make these decisions, but they don't work out what happens if they stay in the job," said Hodgson.
"If they had have done, one hopes, they would have looked at each other and said: 'This is ridiculous.'"
quote:Huis VS neemt omstreden defensiewet aan
Het Amerikaanse Huis van Afgevaardigden heeft gisteravond ingestemd met een omstreden nieuwe defensiewet. Daarin is onder meer vastgelegd dat personen die worden verdacht van het beramen van aanslagen voor het terreurnetwerk al-Qaeda, in hechtenis worden genomen door militairen, en niet door justitie zoals dat het geval is bij burgers.
De nieuwe wet staat toe dat het leger terreurverdachten onbeperkt in hechtenis houdt. Mensenrechtenadvocaten hebben hier fel tegen geprotesteerd. Ook de Democratische afgevaardigde Barbara Lee sprak er schande van: 'Het opgeven van Amerikaanse idealen zal ons niet veiliger maken.'
Er worden nieuwe drempels opgeworpen voor de sluiting van kamp Guantanamo Bay op Cuba. Zo wordt het verboden om terreurverdachten uit Guantanamo Bay over te brengen naar de Verenigde Staten. Tevens wordt het moeilijker Guantanamo-gevangenen over te dragen aan derde landen die bereid zijn hen op te nemen. De sluiting van Guantanamo Bay was een belangrijke verkiezingsbelofte van Obama.
President Barack Obama had gedreigd zijn veto te gebruiken tegen de nieuwe regels, maar is nu akkoord gegaan met een iets afgezwakte versie. Die is tot stand gekomen in onderhandelingen met de Senaat, waar de Democraten de meerderheid hebben.
De aangenomen wet voorziet tevens in nieuwe sancties tegen de Iraanse centrale bank en instellingen buiten Iran die daarmee samenwerken. Ook worden honderden miljoenen dollar aan hulp aan Pakistan bevroren totdat Islamabad de strijd tegen terrorisme opvoert.
De wet behelst 662 miljard dollar aan defensieuitgaven. Meegeteld is de reguliere begroting van het Pentagon en de oorlog in Afghanistan.
twitter:AnonymousPress twitterde op zaterdag 17-12-2011 om 23:50:35HISTORIC! NYPD cannot kettle the protesters, too many and spread out all over the street ► WITNESS LIVE http://t.co/dPfLE6H8 #OWS #Occupy reageer retweet
quote:At least 50 arrested as protesters stake claim on newest encampment
The Occupy Wall Street movement today marked its three-month anniversary by storming another New York park in an attempt to find a new home.
Hundreds of demonstrators, members of the clergy, and elected officials descended on Duarte Park in the west SoHo neighbourhood of New York, using a wooden ladder to scale a chain-link fence leading to a church-owned lot they’re eyeing as a new campsite.
At least 50 people have been arrested thus far in Duarte Square Park on the three month anniversary of the movement, police said. The park is owned by Trinity Wall Street Church
quote:PREFACE
July 2003
The following report, “Civil Disturbance and Criminal Tactics of Protest Extremists”, was prepared in response to the increase of protest activity worldwide and the escalation of violence and property destruction that has occurred in the pastseveral years. Information regarding the unlawful operational and tactical activities was collected and interpreted by multiple agencies. The information presented is for law enforcement and public safety officials to assist in effectively managing civil disturbances and large-scale protests.
The information in this report is unclassified, however it is important that this document be safeguarded against unauthorized disclosure to non-public safety personnel and that it is only used in an official capacity. This report contains“For Official Use Only” information and is not suitable for release to the press or the public. The information is being provided for your agency’s use only and may not be released to other individuals or agencies. Destruction of this materialshould be handled in a manner consistent with the continued protection of the information.
quote:Occupy protests trigger envy, ire in Generation X
Associated Press= NEW YORK (AP) — The generation that gave the term "slacker" new meaning is looking with measures of rivalry, regret and tart bewilderment at a movement its successor mobilized in the name of "the 99 percent."
For some members of Generation X, the cohort sandwiched between the Baby Boomers and the so-called Millennial age group of many Occupy Wall Street protesters, the demonstrations represent a missed opportunity in their own youth to take up the cause of combatting economic inequality.
But for others, the Occupy movement is at best a showy rehash of similar recessionist angst they weathered with self-sufficiency and little more public display of disaffection than grunge rock and goatees — and at worst a reflection of a younger generation with a whiny, overweening idea of its own importance.
"Generation X is tired of your sense of entitlement. "Generation X also graduated during a recession ... and actually had to pay for its own music," declared Mat Honan, 39, a San Francisco-based writer for the technology blog Gizmodo.
He said by phone that he's sympathetic to the protesters' complaints about the financial system but felt a "generational disconnect" after reading a New York magazine story that portrayed the demonstrations as a response to a distinctly Millennial plight.
With its "we are the 99 percent" slogan, Occupy doesn't particularly see itself as a youth movement. People of a range of ages have joined some of the demonstrations. And plenty of 20-somethings, as well as their elders, want no part of them.
But with concern about student loans and post-graduation job opportunities a frequent theme, the protests are often seen as having a youthful face, and the limited demographic data available point to a heavy under-30 presence.
The median age was 28 in a mid-October survey of 301 people at Occupy Wall Street's former base camp in New York's Zuccotti Park, said Costas Panagopoulos, the Fordham University political science professor who conducted it. Separately, Democratic pollster Douglas Schoen surveyed 198 people at the park in mid-October and found 49 percent were under 30.
Another 38 percent were between 30 and 50 — the bookends of Generation X, in some generational researchers' view. They define it as those born between 1961 and 1981, encompassing nearly 88 million Americans; others bracket it a bit differently, often as 1965 to 1981.
Still, there's a perception among some Gen Xers themselves that they're at a generational remove from the Occupy protests.
"Our moms and dads witnessed the great advances for women and minorities born from the rebellion of the '60s. ... We learned how to blow up digital aliens with a joystick. Occupy Wall Street, can we believe in you?" recession blogger Lynn Parramore wrote, praising the protests, on the left-leaning online news service AlterNet.
A Gen X apology to the Occupy Wall Street contingent, expressing regret for conceptual hand-me-downs ranging from implying that going to college begets a good job to "taking away every reason to go outside," has gotten more than 1.7 million online views on the humor site Cracked.com.
On the other hand, Washington-based economics writer John Tamny branded the young Occupiers' mindset "an obnoxious repeat of Gen X" on the financial news site Real Clear Markets.
Some Gen Xers, after all, entered the workforce — or tried to — during recessions in the early 1980s and '90s, only to benefit from economic growth later in those decades, noted Tamny, 42.
He said he agrees with the young Occupiers' criticism of corporate bailouts and understands their career fears. But "when I hear people say, 'They'll never have a chance' — oh, come on. That was supposed to be me and my friends, and we figured it out," he said.
Dubbed Generation X after Douglas Coupland's 1991 novel about anomie and irony among a group of underemployed, wary young adults, the post-Baby Boomers garnered a reputation for alienation, political apathy and do-it-yourself individualism.
A recent report from the University of Michigan's Longitudinal Study of American Youth characterizes Gen Xers now as "active, balanced and happy." But in the public imagination, they're the latchkey kids who grew up amid the rise of divorce and working moms and became the detached young adults of films such as Richard Linklater's 1991 "Slacker" and Kevin Smith's 1994 "Clerks": autonomous, mistrustful of norms and organizations, more focused on finding individual meaning than trying to influence societal institutions.
"The big zeitgeist as Xers came of age in the '80s and '90s was: 'You're a free agent' ... so I think Xers look on at something like Occupy Wall Street with a little bit of curiosity," said historian Neil Howe, a co-author of noted books about Generation X and what he describes as its more optimistic, team-oriented, structure-loving successors in the Millennial group, also called Generation Y.
If Occupy Wall Street is reverberating in a generational rift, participant Malcolm Harris, 22, isn't surprised. To him, the generation before his grew up with rebellion being marketed to them as commoditized cool in such forms as MTV, creating a counterculture of disengagement.
"Conviction about anything becomes nearly impossible in that sort of situation," says Harris, the managing editor of The New Inquiry, a culture and criticism site. "No wonder they missed out on protest."
Not that they missed out entirely. In one particularly visible demonstration, anti-apartheid students created campus shantytowns in the 1980s to urge colleges to pull investment money out of companies that did business in South Africa. Amid those and other demonstrations, the Senate overrode President Ronald Reagan's veto in 1986 to impose sanctions against South Africa over its now-gone system of white-minority rule.
Those demonstrations faded by the time Joaquin Torrans graduated from high school in 1990. To him, "it seemed like we didn't have any causes to fight for."
"What we did all sort of miss was this issue ... of wealth inequality" and its consequences for politics, said Torrans, 40, a union stagehand living in North Richland Hills, Texas. He supports the Occupy protests.
But to Henry Rice, 41, the Occupy demonstrations are a wrongheaded outgrowth of a culture that expects too much for free. If he espouses a generational identity, it's as a child of the Regan Revolution and its conservative values.
"Educated people in my generation may have legitimate concerns about lobbyists and the power of money, but to camp in a park with a bunch of misguided people — I don't think that," said Rice, of Virginia Beach, Va. A retired Navy chief petty officer, he's now a Navy civilian public affairs specialist and studying to become a social studies teacher.
At 36, Pete Dutro is part of both Generation X and Occupy Wall Street. He's a member of its finance working group.
"Twenty-somethings really are the catalyst," he says, but "my generation paved the way for them to do this."
The tattoo artist and business student sees echoes in Occupy of the anti-consumerist, self-empowering DIY — for "do it yourself" — ethic he absorbed through the punk-rock scene of the 1980s and '90s. And he sees plenty of Gen Xers themselves among the Occupy crowd.
"There are a lot of us who have gotten tired of being apathetic," he said
quote:Welcome To The United Police States of America, Sponsored By Twitter
Imagine my surprise this morning when, without warning, my shiny new Twitter account (@d_seaman) was suspended and taken offline.
No more tweets for you. You now have 0 followers.
My crime? Talking too much about Occupy Wall Street (I'm not an Occupier, but as a blogger and journalist it strikes me as one of the most important stories out there -- hence the constant coverage), and talking too much about the controversial detainment without trial provisions contained in the FY 2012 National Defense Authorization Act (NDAA), which would basically shred the Bill of Rights and subject American citizens to military police forces. The same level of civil rights protection that enemy combatants in a cave in Afghanistan receive!
But no, my tweets were 'annoying our users,' according to Twitter's suspension notice.
Well, not so much: nearly everyone following me appreciated my coverage of this issue, when few others in the media have had an interest in the NDAA or the widespread Occupy turnouts all over the country last night.
If they didn't appreciate it, ignorant bliss is only an 'unfollow' away. So why was I suspended only for covering two very serious news stories, and offering my own brand of commentary? I wasn't harassing users. I wasn't spamming. I wasn't hawking affiliate or porn links or any of the trash that should get one swiftly suspended from Twitter. (I've received some spam direct messages already; funny that those aren't suspended, but I was.)
I have contacted Ev Williams, co-founder of Twitter, and several tech journalists hoping to get some answers. I don't want to start a big thing -- I just want my account reactivated. This is America, not Iran, thanks in advance.
Also: it's worth questioning why #NDAA and #OWS, which are receiving consistently VERY high volumes of conversation/tweet traffic are not trending at all on Twitter, yet their featured 'worldwide trends' this morning include: Willy Wonka's Chocolate Factory, #myfavoritefood, and Kindergarten Cop.
UPDATE 1:19pm ET: I am apparently not the only user booted today for discussing NDAA and Occupy movement protests. See the screenshot below.
quote:Occupy the classroom?
Economic instruction at the public level suffers from a lack of nuanced assertions, writes the author.
Cambridge, Massachusetts - Early last month, a group of students staged a walkout in Harvard's popular introductory economics course, Economics 10, taught by my colleague Greg Mankiw. Their complaint: The course propagates conservative ideology in the guise of economic science and helps perpetuate social inequality.
The students were part of a growing chorus of protest against modern economics as it is taught in the world's leading academic institutions. Economics has always had its critics, of course, but the financial crisis and its aftermath have given them fresh ammunition, seeming to validate long-standing charges against the profession's unrealistic assumptions, reification of markets and disregard for social concerns.
Mankiw, for his part, found the protesting students "poorly informed". Economics does not have an ideology, he retorted. Quoting John Maynard Keynes, he pointed out that economics is a method that helps people to think straight and reach the correct answers, with no foreordained policy conclusions.
Indeed, though you may be excused for skepticism if you have not immersed yourself in years of advanced study in economics, coursework in a typical economics doctoral programme produces a bewildering variety of policy prescriptions depending on the specific context. Some of the frameworks economists use to analyse the world favour free markets, while others don't. In fact, much economic research is devoted to understanding how government intervention can improve economic performance. And non-economic motives and socially co-operative behaviour are increasingly part of what economists study.
As the late great international economist Carlos Diaz-Alejandro once put it, "by now any bright graduate student, by choosing his assumptions... carefully, can produce a consistent model yielding just about any policy recommendation he favoured at the start". And that was in the 1970s! An apprentice economist no longer needs to be particularly bright to produce unorthodox policy conclusions.
Nevertheless, economists get stuck with the charge of being narrowly ideological, because they are their own worst enemies when it comes to applying their theories to the real world. Instead of communicating the full panoply of perspectives that their discipline offers, they display excessive confidence in particular remedies - often those that best accord with their own personal ideologies.
Consider the global financial crisis. Macroeconomics and finance did not lack the tools needed to understand how the crisis arose and unfolded. Indeed, the academic literature was chock-full of models of financial bubbles, asymmetric information, incentive distortions, self-fulfilling crises, and systemic risk. But, in the years leading up to the crisis, many economists downplayed these models' lessons in favour of models of efficient and self-correcting markets, which, in policy terms, resulted in inadequate governmental oversight over financial markets.
In my book The Globalization Paradox, I contemplate the following thought experiment. Let a journalist call an economics professor for his view on whether free trade with country X or Y is a good idea. We can be fairly certain that the economist, like the vast majority of the profession, will be enthusiastic in his support of free trade.
Now let the reporter go undercover as a student in the professor's advanced graduate seminar on international trade theory. Let him pose the same question: Is free trade good? I doubt that the answer will come as quickly and be as succinct this time around. In fact, the professor is likely to be stymied by the question. "What do you mean by 'good'?" he will ask. "And good for whom?"
The professor would then launch into a long and tortured exegesis that will ultimately culminate in a heavily hedged statement: "So if the long list of conditions I have just described are satisfied, and assuming we can tax the beneficiaries to compensate the losers, freer trade has the potential to increase everyone's well-being". If he were in an expansive mood, the professor might add that the effect of free trade on an economy's growth rate is not clear, either, and depends on an altogether different set of requirements.
A direct, unqualified assertion about the benefits of free trade has now been transformed into a statement adorned by all kinds of ifs and buts. Oddly, the knowledge that the professor willingly imparts with great pride to his advanced students is deemed to be inappropriate (or dangerous) for the general public.
Economics instruction at the undergraduate level suffers from the same problem. In our zeal to display the profession's crown jewels in untarnished form - market efficiency, the invisible hand, comparative advantage - we skip over the real-world complications and nuances, well recognised as they are in the discipline. It is as if introductory physics courses assumed a world without gravity, because everything becomes so much simpler that way.
Applied appropriately and with a healthy dose of common sense, economics would have prepared us for the financial crisis and pointed us in the right direction to fix what caused it. But the economics we need is of the "seminar room" variety, not the "rule-of-thumb" kind. It is an economics that recognises its limitations and knows that the right message depends on the context.
Downplaying the diversity of intellectual frameworks within their own discipline does not make economists better analysts of the real world. Nor does it make them more popular.
quote:Occupy. Resist. Produce.
Earlier in the month, I wrote about how Occupy Wall Street has been largely forced "underground" following the NYPD raid on Zuccotti Park, which in the long-term might actually be more advantageous for the group. Instead of sitting around like ducks in a barrel waiting for police to come and destroy them, OWS is now a moving, camouflaged target that is capable of sudden, dramatic actions like occupying foreclosed homes.
When I moderated an OWS panel at Netroots Nation New York this weekend, members of Occupy The Hood and OWS said that these kinds of pro-active occupations (occupying warehouses, closed schools, foreclosed properties, banks, etc.) are the future of Occupy.
Nelini Stamp, one of the original Occupiers and the woman who announced to Zuccotti Park that Mayor Bloomberg had stood down from his plans to evict protesters for the Oct 14 park cleaning, said she imagined a day when OWS would occupy closed factories.
Such plans truly represent actual anarchist philosophy, not the property damaging hooligan cartoon character deemed "anarchist" largely by the media. As Noam Chomsky explained, "A consistent anarchist must oppose private ownership of the means of production and the wage slavery which is a component of this system, as incompatible with the principle that labor must be freely undertaken and under the control of the producer."
The tagline "Occupy. Resist. Produce" for Naomi Klein and Avi Lewis's 2004 film "The Take" served as a premonition of things to come in the United States.
The documentary takes place in Argentina in the wake of a dramatic 2001 economic collapse. Factories are now ghost towns. There is mass unemployment. In the wake of Neoliberalism ruin, workers at the Forja auto plant join a daring new movement to occupy bankrupt businesses and create jobs after the leaders of their country fail to do so.
"Armed only with slingshots and abiding faith in shop-floor democracy, the workers face off against the bosses, bankers and a whole system that sees their beloved factories as nothing more than scrap metal for sale," The Take's website reads.
OWS has already began to join the tradition of occupying and resisting at 702 Vermont Street in East New York, and Boston seems set to be the next large Occupy presence to adopt the same tactic.
. Observers say the tent encampments were just the beginning and the movement will have to enter another phase of organizing if it’s to accomplish policy changes. Some demonstrators say the movement will become floating — occupying warehouses, banks, closed schools and foreclosed properties, which Occupy groups around the country have already done.
Occupy now, as it always has, finds itself in a difficult position.
Part of the movement's power has always resided in its broad appeal and refusal to condense its message into a ten-point policy plan. While solely focusing on foreclosed homes or abandoned schools might limit the movement's appeal, the group stands to gain more favorability among mainstream Americans, who perhaps need clearly defined actions to really understand what Occupy is all about.
On the plus side, occupying abandoned factories is deeply symbolic on a multitude of levels. Occupiers would still be able to focus on foundational messages of job creation, healthcare access, fighting foreclosures and addressing the central failures of hyper-Capitalism.
Picking smart occupation targets would help limit damage inflicted by OWS's biggest criticism: that the movement is scattered and has no real platform. Of course, this notion is misguided. OWS stands for something -— many huge, broad things — because there are many huge things wrong with the country right now. But such broad criticisms overwhelm a plethora of Americans. Where to start if everything is so extremely fucked?
By occupying a foreclosed home, or abandoned school, or closed factory, OWS could help focus those sweeping critiques into one easy-to-understand microcosm. Families need shelter. Children need schools. Workers need to work. These things are universally understood and valued.
If there was any doubt this better-focused strategy can win Occupy mass appeal, those fears were put to rest when the New York Post, famous for belittling Occupy and everything it does, gave the group a favorable write-up for its occupation of a foreclosed home in East New York.
In the shockingly balanced article calmly titled, "Protesters help family Occupy foreclosed home," Jennifer Bain and Josh Saul detail how protesters helped move a mother and two children into a vacant home at 702 Vermont Street. There are no screaming accusations of anarchist hooligans or damage to property or any of the usual Post hysteria. Quite simply, protesters preemptively defeated any such allegations by picking a wise occupation target and sympathetic recipients.
While rushing to potentially soul-crushing jobs, it's easy to see how suits viewed the campers at Zuccotti as being the "dirty hippie" characters of Bill O'Reilly's nightmares. I simply lost count of how many times I heard a business person angrily shout "get a job!" at the Occupiers. As though finding a job is as easy as waking up in the morning. As though many of the protesters haven't been searching for a job for several months. However, that unfair characterization of Occupy is understandable given that camping in Zuccotti was a largely passive, albeit groundbreaking, act.
Switching gears and occupying factories, schools, and foreclosed homes is not only a way to take the movement underground and make it more easily defendable, but also a way to open up Occupy to extended mainstream appeal.
quote:UN Envoy Sharply Criticizes US for Repressive Actions Against OWS Protesters
The United Nations envoy for freedom of expression is drafting an official communication to the U.S. government demanding to know why federal officials are not protecting the rights of Occupy demonstrators whose protests are being disbanded — sometimes violently — by local authorities.
Frank La Rue, who serves as the U.N. “special rapporteur” for the protection of free expression, told HuffPost in an interview that the crackdowns against Occupy protesters appear to be violating their human and constitutional rights.
“I believe in city ordinances and I believe in maintaining urban order,” he said Thursday. “But on the other hand I also believe that the state — in this case the federal state — has an obligation to protect and promote human rights.”
“If I were going to pit a city ordinance against human rights, I would always take human rights,” he continued.
quote:US Citizen Convicted of Providing ‘Material Support’ to Terrorists
The defense claimed the verdict was an assault on First Amendment rights to free speech
An American citizen from a Boston suburb was convicted on Tuesday on terrorism charges, but the charges were loosely defined and the verdict may represent a significant blow to free speech rights.
Federal prosecutors claimed that Tarek Mehanna, 29, traveled to Yemen in 2004 with the hope of training as a terrorist and going on to fight American soldiers in Iraq. He failed to find any training camps, but returned home and allegedly promoted al Qaeda by writing about violent jihad against U.S. foreign policy on the Internet.
Mehanna and his lawyers instead claimed that he traveled to Yemen to receive training to become an Islamic scholar and that his writings on the Internet amounted to free speech.
“The charges scare people,” said J. W. Carney Jr., Mehanna’s lawyer and told reporters they would appeal. “The charges scared us when we first saw them. But the more that we looked at the evidence, the more that we got to know our client Tarek, the more we believed in his innocence.”
Post 9/11, the government has convicted many people on charges of “material support” to terrorists. But free speech advocates insist these are suffocating First Amendment rights and may grow to be even broader in the future.
Mehanna’s lawyers requested a jury instruction on First Amendment issues which included three points of instruction. The first reminded the jury of the right to hold views they regard as appalling. The second emphasized special protection for speech concerning public issues.
And the third explained the material support statute Mehanna was charged with, and makes clear: “To constitute a crime, the material support must be provided at the direction of the terrorist group, or in coordination with the terrorist group, or as a service provided directly to the terrorist group at its request. The statute does not prohibit someone from vigorously promoting and supporting the political goals of the group. This is considered independent advocacy, and is protected by the First Amendment.”
“The ACLU of Massachusetts,” read a statement by executive director of the Massachusetts ACLU Carol Rose, ”is gravely concerned that today’s verdict against Tarek Mehanna undermines the First Amendment and threatens national security.”
“Under the government’s theory of the case, ordinary people–including writers and journalists, academic researchers, translators, and even ordinary web surfers–could be prosecuted for researching or translating controversial and unpopular ideas. If the verdict is not overturned on appeal, the First Amendment will be seriously compromised.”
quote:OWS Fights Back Against Police Surveillance by Launching "Occucopter" Citizen Drone
In response to constant police surveillance, violence, and arrests, Occupy Wall Street protesters and legal observers have been turning their cameras back on the police.
December 22, 2011 |
The police may soon be watching you in your garden picking your vegetables or your bottom. As police plans for increasing unmanned aerial surveillance take shape, there is a new twist. Private citizens can now buy their own surveillance drones to watch the police.
quote:Pool is attempting to police-proof the device: "We are trying to get a stable live feed so you can have 50 people controlling it in series. If the cops see you controlling it from a computer they can shut you down, but then control could automatically switch to someone else."
quote:Occupy Vancouver Picks Up the Tab
The media's latest attempt to undercut the message of Occupy movements all across the globe is by touting the "cost" of these protests. Many sources are reporting that Occupy movements are costing cities hundreds of thousands of dollars in police overtime because apparently it takes an entire precinct to make sure that 50 people don't sleep through the night.
When an internal city memorandum stated that Occupy Vancouver had cost its city nearly a million dollars in taxpayer money, the organizers did something brilliant: they broke down the cost of what they were doing for the city of Vancouver.
According to a recent press release from Occupy Vancouver member Eric Hamilton-Smith: "...over 37,000 meals were served, $672,000 of primary medical care was provided, and 30 people were housed for 37 days at a time when beds at primary shelters were not available." This assessment puts the overall price tag of benefits to the community at over one million dollars, approximately matching the "cost" attributed to the protests, as well as picking up the tab for services that would have been stuck to the community-at-large.
According to a Vancouver Sun article, with the average bed at a shelter costing $83/night, the movement has accounted for over $90,000 in housing services. The Sun notes that with the average soup meal kitchen meal costing $3.50, the 37,000 meals served by Occupy Vancouver accounted for over $129,000 in social services.
This is absolutely brilliant, and I suggest that all other Occupy movements take note of this.
Occupy Vancouver has proven that they are a tangible benefit to its own community in terms that even the most cross-eyed, close-minded, right-wing-funded dunderhead can understand: dolla dolla bills (Canadian, y'all.)
Occupy Wall Street, as well as other Occupy movements, may want to take stock (no pun intended, no pun achieved) of the benefits and services they are offering and place a reasonable monetary value on them. These numbers could be very important when it comes to defending the relevance of the Occupy movement as a whole; and make no mistake, the Occupy movement is going to have to vigorously defend its existence on multiple fronts for an indefinite amount of time.
Let me pre-empt a myopic critique of this plan of attack right here:"That's pretty ironic that you want to put a cash value on these things when the whole Occupy Wall Street thing is against money to begin with!"
No. And you can close your mouth if you're just breathing.
Two points:
1) The Occupy movement isn't against the concept or existence of money, you dolt. There has been much written about its purpose. If you would like my take, you can check this out. If you won't click that because I just called you a dolt, I apologize. I just have very little patience for ignorance. (Actually, I'm not really sorry. If you're old enough to read this, you should know better than to ignore things like the deliberate destruction of the global economy. If you don't think so, you probably just got some Chunky Monkey on your monitor, there.)
2) The Occupy movement is very big, and needs to have many tentacles, just like the financial-legislative complex that it is fighting against. There is not one simple model of change to be adopted in this fight; the new model to be adopted must be the adoption of many models. (Yeah, I know, it's like Noam Chomsky in the background of a Pink Floyd album cover.) One of these models must be the ability to express oneself in the native language of the unconscionable elite that populate our global community of Psychopathic Multi-Nationals Gone Wild and their opening band: Fuck the People, I'm Already Elected.
A well-oiled protesting machine must adopt many tactics, and assessing the value of providing services to a community must be one of them. Instead of fighting the "cost" issue, Occupy movements should proudly declare the "cost" of the services they are providing for their respective cities.
How much does a soup kitchen meal cost in Los Angeles? What is the daily cost to run a library in Portland? How much does a massive clean-up of Zuccotti Park cost? How much does a night in a homeless shelter cost the city of Atlanta? These are only a few ways that these protests are actually picking up social and civic services and alleviating taxpayer burden by subsidizing some of the costs associated with running a city.
There are many other services currently being provided, and many more that will come. I'm sure it won't be too long before an Occupy movement creates a Planned Parenthood, drug rehabilitation, or a domestic abuse education tent facilitated by qualified, licensed volunteers. Perhaps there are some out there already.
It would behoove Occupy movements all across the world to assess what services they offer and to evaluate the material benefit they offer their community. This is not only key information when justifying the movement itself, but it also throws down the gauntlet by clearly showcasing the valuable act of providing services that enhance a city.
As an extra bonus, such an evaluation would also prove to be a source of unflappable encouragement for those protestors thanklessly working for the social betterment of an antagonistic world filled with uninformed water-cooler chatter, villainizing media pundits and hostile civic and federal authorities.
This small bit of unified focus will prove to reap large benefits for the Occupy movement down the road, at the type of cost usually reserved for maniacal Wal-Mart holiday stampedes.
quote:The Citigroup Plutonomy Memos: Two bombshell documents that Citigroup's lawyers try to suppress, describing in detail the rule of the first 1%
“Are they real?” That’s the question people usually ask when they hear for the first time of the “Citigroup Plutonomy Memos.” The sad truth is: Yes, they are real, and instead of being discussed on mainstream media outlets all over America and beyond, Citigroup was surprisingly successful so far in suppressing these memos, using their lawyers to issue takedown-notices whenever these memos were being made available for download on the internet.
So what are we talking about? In 2005 and 2006, several analysts at Citigroup took a very, very close look at the economic inequalities within the USA and other countries and wrote two memos which were addressed to their very wealthy customers. If there is one group of people who need to know the truth about what is really going on within the society and the economy, minus the propaganda, then it’s businesspeople who have a lot of money to invest, and who want to invest wisely.
So Citigroup did their duty and published two explosive memos, which should have become mainstream news, but eventually did not. The first memo is dated October 16, 2005 (35 pages) and is titled: “Plutonomy: Buying Luxury, Explaining Global Imbalances”.
quote:THE UNITED STATES PLUTONOMY - THE GILDED AGE, THE ROARING TWENTIES, AND THE NEW MANAGERIAL ARISTOCRACY
Lets dive into some of the details. As Figure 1 shows the top 1% of households in the U.S., (about 1 million households) accounted for about 20% of overall U.S. income in 2000, slightly smaller than the share of income of the bottom 60% of households put together. Thats about 1 million households compared with 60 million households, both with similar slices of the income pie!
Clearly, the analysis of the top 1% of U.S. households is paramount. The usual analysis of the average U.S. consumer is flawed from the start. To continue with the U.S., the top 1% of households also account for 33% of net worth, greater than the bottom 90% of households put together. It gets better(or worse, depending on your political stripe) - the top 1% of households account for 40% of financial net worth, more than the bottom 95% of households put together.
This is data for 2000, from the Survey of Consumer Finances (and adjusted by academic Edward Wolff). Since 2000 was the peak year in equities, and the top 1% of households have a lot more equities in their net worth than the rest of the population who tend to have more real estate, these data might exaggerate the U.S. plutonomy a wee bit.
Was the U.S. always a plutonomy - powered by the wealthy, who aggrandized larger chunks of the economy to themselves? Not really.
quote:UPDATE:
Investigative journalist and blogger Lee Fang picks up the subject of the suppressed Citigroup-memos at his blog "The Second Alarm" and comments about the possible consequences of the pending SOPA/PROTECT IP-legislation for investigative blog journalism:
Dank jullie.quote:Op zaterdag 24 december 2011 03:16 schreef Sehaninne het volgende:
Inderdaad, Papierversnipperaar doet goed werk imho.
quote:It Begins? Anti 'Money Power' Lawsuit Filed in Canada ...
Free-Market Analysis: Well, it is finally happening. A legal challenge to the power elite's money system has been launched in a Canadian Court "for the benefit of Canadians ... and to restore the use of the Bank of Canada for the benefit of Canadians. Here's some more from the press release mentioned above:
. The action also constitutionally challenges the government's fallacious accounting methods in its tabling of the budget by not calculating nor revealing the true and total revenues of the nation before transferring back "tax credits" to corporations and other taxpayers. The Plaintiffs state that since 1974 there has been a gradual but sure slide into the reality that the Bank of Canada and Canada's monetary and financial policy are dictated by private foreign banks and financial interests contrary to the Bank of Canada Act.
The Plaintiffs state that the Bank of International Settlements (BIS), the Financial Stability Forum (FSF) and the International Monetary Fund (IMF) were all created with the cognizant intent of keeping poorer nations in their place which has now expanded to all nations in that these financial institutions largely succeed in over-riding governments and constitutional orders in countries such as Canada over which they exert financial control.
The Plaintiffs state that the meetings of the BIS and Financial Stability Board (FSB) (successor of FSF), their minutes, their discussions and deliberations are secret and not available nor accountable to Parliament, the executive, nor the Canadian public notwithstanding that the Bank of Canada policies directly emanate from these meetings. These organizations are essentially private, foreign entities controlling Canada's banking system and socio-economic policies.
quote:Op zaterdag 24 december 2011 03:16 schreef Sehaninne het volgende:
Inderdaad, Papierversnipperaar doet goed werk imho.
quote:Restore the American Dream for the 99% Act.
Today we caught wind of the Restore the American Dream for the 99% Act, which is to our knowledge the first piece of legislation inspired by OWS. The act was written by Congressional Progressive Caucus members Rep. Raul Grijalva (D-Ariz.) and Rep. Keith Ellison (D-Minn.). Like the OWS movement itself, the proposed legislation is wide-ranging, encompassing job creation measures, new taxes on Wall Street, and Medicare and Social Security protections
After repeated efforts by conservative Washington politicians to reenact the same failed policies, Members of the Congressional Progressive Caucus (CPC) took action. CPC Members traveled across the country listening to the American people. Americans told us they want work and that cutting Social Security, Medicare, Medicaid, unemployment insurance and education is unacceptable. At the same time, they want big banks to help clean up the mess they made and they want millionaires and billionaires to pay their fair share.
Als het je niet interesseert post je toch gewoon niet? Of gaat het erom dat Engels te moeilijk is?quote:Op zondag 25 december 2011 19:42 schreef dikkebroekzak het volgende:
Wat moeten we met al die Engelstalige berichtgeving? Waarom blijf je volspammen hiermee?
Aan zomaar lange artikelen posten zondaar enig inzicht of samenvatting hebben we niks aan. Dit is toch geen nieuwskrant maar een forum. Ergo het moet wat discussiewaarde hebben. Anders gaan we gewoon naar de volkskrant of NY times.quote:Op zondag 25 december 2011 19:45 schreef Nemephis het volgende:
[..]
Als het je niet interesseert post je toch gewoon niet? Of gaat het erom dat Engels te moeilijk is?
Het heeft geen discussiewaarde omdat jij geen Engels kan?quote:Op zondag 25 december 2011 19:50 schreef dikkebroekzak het volgende:
[..]
Aan zomaar lange artikelen posten zondaar enig inzicht of samenvatting hebben we niks aan. Dit is toch geen nieuwskrant maar een forum. Ergo het moet wat discussiewaarde hebben. Anders gaan we gewoon naar de volkskrant of NY times.
Foutieve verbandlegging.quote:Op zondag 25 december 2011 19:56 schreef Papierversnipperaar het volgende:
[..]
Het heeft geen discussiewaarde omdat jij geen Engels kan?
Blijkbaar is iedereen het eens met het beeld dat de artikelen schetsen.quote:Op zondag 25 december 2011 20:03 schreef dikkebroekzak het volgende:
[..]
Foutieve verbandlegging.
Het gaat erom dat er gewoon niet gedisscussieerd wordt rondom jouw artikelen. En daar is ergens iets goed fouts in. En het ligt vast niet aan mij, misschien moet jij ook de anderen een voor een afvragen of ook zij Engels kunnen
Probeer het eens.quote:Bovendien, al hebben jouw artikelen een bepaalde punt of betekenis op zich, dan nog zou je een soort causale band moeten kunnen leggen tussen de verschillende artikelen die een bepaalfe strekking weergeeft.
Blijkbaar wel, want niemand heeft er vragen over. Jij ook niet.quote:Niet zozeer omdat het moet, maar eerder uit je verantwoordelijkheid als schrijver om ervoor te zorgen dat iedere lezer kan begrijpen waar het over gaat en wat de toevoegende waarde is
Zo voor de hand liggend duidelijk zijn jouw artikelen weer niet.
Nogmaals foutieve conclusie trekkng.quote:Op zondag 25 december 2011 20:13 schreef Papierversnipperaar het volgende:
[..]
Blijkbaar is iedereen het eens met het beeld dat de artikelen schetsen.
[..]
Probeer het eens.
[..]
Blijkbaar wel, want niemand heeft er vragen over. Jij ook niet.
Dat kan ik wel, wie zwijgt stemt toe of is niet geïnteresseerd.quote:Op zondag 25 december 2011 20:22 schreef dikkebroekzak het volgende:
[..]
Nogmaals foutieve conclusie trekkng.
Omdat niemand (behalve jij- wat op zich triest is, maar dat terzijde) ook maar iets schrijft kun je niet van uit gaan dat iedereen het mee eens is.
Ik heb complimenterende posts gezien over dit topic, daar doe ik het mee.quote:Want in dat geval zouden ze toch nog hun instemming bekendmaken lijkt me, en dat is ook een geloofwaardige aanname mijnerzijds.
Ik post, dus ik ben.quote:Daarnaast het is weer die nuance die een goede schrijver onderscheidt van een ordinaire- die zorg voor zijn lezers en het leesplezier.
Ipv van wilde aannames uit te gaan, je kan beter uitleg geven waarom jij iets post ipv de volle verantwoordelijkheid bij de lezer neer te leggen.
Je laat maar zien dat niet alleen jouw tekstselectie fout is maar ook je instelling helemaal.quote:Op zondag 25 december 2011 20:27 schreef Papierversnipperaar het volgende:
[..]
Dat kan ik wel, wie zwijgt stemt toe of is niet geïnteresseerd.
[..]
Ik heb complimenterende posts gezien over dit topic, daar doe ik het mee.
[..]
Ik post, dus ik ben.
Volgens mij hebben we het daar nog nooit over gehadquote:Op zondag 25 december 2011 20:28 schreef Papierversnipperaar het volgende:
Zullen we het verder over de demonstraties in Amerika hebben?
Nou, dat word dan tijd. Denk je dat ik voor mijn lol artikelen post?quote:Op zondag 25 december 2011 20:32 schreef dikkebroekzak het volgende:
[..]
Volgens mij hebben we het daar nog nooit over gehad
Onzin, ik vraag geen geld.quote:Op zondag 25 december 2011 20:31 schreef dikkebroekzak het volgende:
[..]
Je laat maar zien dat niet alleen jouw tekstselectie fout is maar ook je instelling helemaal.
Wat dit betreft ben je echt niet anders dan een Nigeriaanse spammer - als ze dat willen, dan lezen het toch niet, ik blijf maar spammen.![]()
Hetzelfde principe, andere toneel.
als je op deze manier volhoudt met je onleesbare spam krijgen we het nooit OTquote:Op zondag 25 december 2011 20:33 schreef Papierversnipperaar het volgende:
[..]
Nou, dat word dan tijd. Denk je dat ik voor mijn lol artikelen post?
Dat is helaas niet de enige vereistequote:Op zondag 25 december 2011 20:34 schreef Papierversnipperaar het volgende:
[..]
Onzin, ik vraag geen geld.
quote:The Average Bush Tax Cut For The 1 Percent This Year Will Be Greater Than The Average Income Of The Other 99 Percent
As Occupy Wall Street protestors continue to demonstrate across the country, congress’ fiscal super committee failed to craft a deficit reduction package due to Republican refusal to consider tax increases on the super wealthy. In fact, the only package that the GOP officially submitted to the committee included lowering the top tax rate from 35 percent to 28 percent, even as new research shows that the optimal top tax rate is closer to 70 percent.
Sen. Patty Murray (D-WA), who co-chaired the super committee, explained that the major sticking point during negotiations with the GOP was what to do with the Bush tax cuts. With that in mind, the National Priorities Project points out that those tax cuts this year will give the richest 1 percent of Americans a bigger tax cut than the other 99 percent will receive in average income:
The average Bush tax cut in 2011 for a taxpayer in the richest one percent is greater than the average income of the other 99 percent ($66,384 compared to $58,506).
The super committee failed to grapple with the extraordinarily costly Bush tax cuts for the richesttax policies that, according to the Congressional Budget Office, cost more in added federal debt than they add in additional economic activity, explained Jo Comerford, NPPs Executive Director. Frank Knapp, vice chairman of the American Sustainable Business Council, added in a statement yesterday, the high-end Bush tax cuts are a big part of the problem not the solutionIts obscene to keep slashing infrastructure and services for everybody on Main Street to keep up tax giveaways for millionaires and multinational corporations.
The Bush tax cuts have done nothing but blow up the federal debt and hand billions in tax breaks to the Americans who needed them least. As a reminder, past grand bargains when it came to the budget included substantial new revenues, to balance the pain of getting the countrys budget in order. Instead of adopting that approach, the GOP wants to continue lavishing tax breaks onto the 1 percent, while asking everyone else to sacrifice.
quote:As Central District News reported, police last night raided a house at 19th and Spruce, arresting three men for charges including “Criminal Trespassing, Property Damage and weapons violations. Other criminal charges may be forthcoming.”
According to the SPD’s account, the raid was in response to a 911 call that afternoon that alerted them about “multiple male and female subjects who had unlawfully entered and occupied a residence. …Preliminary investigation indicates that the suspects entered the house and subsequently damaged the interior of the house with graffiti. They also left garbage, open containers of food, and were cooking inside the house on a portable, gas-operated stove.”
The house had been bought out of foreclosure in August by Mountaincrest Credit Union, according to CDN. The way the CDN story reads, the house was under renovation and the occupiers were interrupting progress and damaging it—and they’d broken in.
But that story doesn’t match what I learned in a meeting just now with two of the 10 or 12 occupiers who had been in the house for about two weeks.
They held up the house key. An anonymous “elf” had come by the Occupy Seattle encampment at SCCC a few weeks ago and handed them the key and the address, they said. (A different anonymous donor also gave them a sailboat that they’ll begin using and painting in the spring.) Inside, they’d begun painting a forest landscape, and planned a waterfall down the staircase; they titled the house “Water.” They denied doing damage or being a haven for any kind of destructive activity and said they didn’t know of any complaints from neighbors. Instead, they saw the house as a home base for adding art to the immediate neighborhood. To that end, they’d completed a mural nearby yesterday, on Fir Street between 14th and 15th, on a garage wall offered to them by a resident. Also yesterday, another donor gave them furniture: a futon, bookcases.
Er wordt bijgehouden wat er gebeurd rond de beweging OWS in de VS, zoals dat op het internet beschikbaar is. De posten spreken voor zich. Het is dus een keer geen discussie topic, maar wel informatief.quote:Op zondag 25 december 2011 19:50 schreef dikkebroekzak het volgende:
[..]
Aan zomaar lange artikelen posten zondaar enig inzicht of samenvatting hebben we niks aan. Dit is toch geen nieuwskrant maar een forum. Ergo het moet wat discussiewaarde hebben. Anders gaan we gewoon naar de volkskrant of NY times.
quote:Rusland hekelt mensenrechten in VS
Rusland heeft scherpe kritiek op het mensenrechtenbeleid van de Amerikaanse regering. 'De situatie blijft ver van de idealen die Washington uitspreekt', staat in een rapport dat het ministerie van Buitenlandse Zaken in Moskou woensdag heeft gepubliceerd.
Het is de eerste keer dat Rusland de mensenrechten wereldwijd heeft onderzocht.
Rusland klaagt onder meer over het 'weerzinwekkende' marinekamp Guantanomo Bay, waar terreurverdachten worden vastgehouden.
De Verenigde Staten publiceren sinds 1976 jaarlijks een rapport over de stand van de mensenrechten wereldwijd. Daarin staat regelmatig kritiek op Rusland.
quote:Cops Ready for War
Nestled amid plains so flat the locals joke you can watch your dog run away for miles, Fargo treasures its placid lifestyle, seldom pierced by the mayhem and violence common in other urban communities. North Dakota’s largest city has averaged fewer than two homicides a year since 2005, and there’s not been a single international terrorism prosecution in the last decade.
But that hasn’t stopped authorities in Fargo and its surrounding county from going on an $8 million buying spree to arm police officers with the sort of gear once reserved only for soldiers fighting foreign wars.
Every city squad car is equipped today with a military-style assault rifle, and officers can don Kevlar helmets able to withstand incoming fire from battlefield-grade ammunition. And for that epic confrontation—if it ever occurs—officers can now summon a new $256,643 armored truck, complete with a rotating turret. For now, though, the menacing truck is used mostly for training and appearances at the annual city picnic, where it’s been parked near the children’s bounce house.
“Most people are so fascinated by it, because nothing happens here,” says Carol Archbold, a Fargo resident and criminal justice professor at North Dakota State University. “There’s no terrorism here.”
Like Fargo, thousands of other local police departments nationwide have been amassing stockpiles of military-style equipment in the name of homeland security, aided by more than $34 billion in federal grants since the Sept. 11, 2001, terrorist attacks, a Daily Beast investigation conducted by the Center for Investigative Reporting has found.
Interactive Map: States Spend Billions on Homeland Security
The buying spree has transformed local police departments into small, army-like forces, and put intimidating equipment into the hands of civilian officers. And that is raising questions about whether the strategy has gone too far, creating a culture and capability that jeopardizes public safety and civil rights while creating an expensive false sense of security.
“The argument for up-armoring is always based on the least likely of terrorist scenarios,” says Mark Randol, a former terrorism expert at the Congressional Research Service, the nonpartisan research arm of Congress. “Anyone can get a gun and shoot up stuff. No amount of SWAT equipment can stop that.”
Local police bristle at the suggestion that they’ve become “militarized,” arguing the upgrade in firepower and other equipment is necessary to combat criminals with more lethal capabilities. They point to the 1997 Los Angeles-area bank robbers who pinned police for hours with assault weapons, the gun-wielding student who perpetrated the Virginia Tech massacre in 2007, and the terrorists who waged a bloody rampage in Mumbai, India, that left 164 people dead and 300 wounded in 2008.
The new weaponry and battle gear, they insist, helps save lives in the face of such threats. “I don’t see us as militarizing police; I see us as keeping abreast with society,” former Los Angeles Police chief William Bratton says. “And we are a gun-crazy society.”
Adds Fargo Police Lt. Ross Renner, who commands the regional SWAT team: “It’s foolish to not be cognizant of the threats out there, whether it’s New York, Los Angeles, or Fargo. Our residents have the right to be protected. We don’t have everyday threats here when it comes to terrorism, but we are asked to be prepared.”
The skepticism about the Homeland spending spree is less severe for Washington, D.C., Los Angeles and New York, which are presumed to be likelier targets. But questions persist about whether money was handed out elsewhere with any regard for risk assessment or need. And the gap in accounting for the decade-long spending spree is undeniable. The U.S. Homeland Security Department says it doesn’t closely track what’s been bought with its tax dollars or how the equipment is used. State and local governments don’t maintain uniform records either.
To assess the changes in law enforcement for The Daily Beast, the Center for Investigative Reporting conducted interviews and reviewed grant spending records obtained through open records requests in 41 states. The probe found stockpiles of weaponry and military-style protective equipment worthy of a defense contractor’s sales catalog.
In Montgomery County, Texas, the sheriff’s department owns a $300,000 pilotless surveillance drone, like those used to hunt down al Qaeda terrorists in the remote tribal regions of Pakistan and Afghanistan. In Augusta, Maine, with fewer than 20,000 people and where an officer hasn’t died from gunfire in the line of duty in more than 125 years, police bought eight $1,500 tactical vests. Police in Des Moines, Iowa, bought two $180,000 bomb-disarming robots, while an Arizona sheriff is now the proud owner of a surplus Army tank.
The flood of money opened to local police after 9/11, but slowed slightly in recent years. Still, the Department of Homeland Security awarded more than $2 billion in grants to local police in 2011, and President Obama’s 2009 American Recovery and Reinvestment Act contributed an additional half-billion dollars.
Law enforcement officials say the armored vehicles, assault weapons, and combat uniforms used by their officers provide a public safety benefit beyond their advertised capabilities, creating a sort of “shock and awe” experience they hope will encourage suspects to surrender more quickly.
“The only time I hear the complaint of ‘God, you guys look scary’ is if the incident turns out to be nothing,” says West Hartford, Conn., Police Lt. Jeremy Clark, who organizes an annual SWAT competition.
A grainy YouTube video from one of Clark’s recent competitions shows just how far the police transformation has come, displaying officers in battle fatigues, helmets, and multi-pocketed vests storming a hostile scene. One with a pistol strapped to his hip swings a battering ram into a door. A colleague lobs a flash-bang grenade into a field. Another officer, holding a pistol and wearing a rifle strapped to his back, peeks cautiously inside a bus.
The images unfold to the pulsing, ominous soundtrack of a popular videogame, Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 2. Though resembling soldiers in a far-flung war zone, the stars of this video are Massachusetts State Police troopers.
The number of SWAT teams participating in Clark’s event doubled to 40 between 2004 and 2009 as Homeland’s police funding swelled. The competition provides real-life scenarios for training, and Clark believes it is essential, because he fears many SWAT teams are falling below the 16 hours of minimum monthly training recommended by the National Tactical Officers Association.
“Luck is not for cops. Luck is for drunks and fools,” Clark said, explaining his devotion to training.
One beneficiary of Homeland’s largesse are military contractors, who have found a new market for their wares and sponsor training events like the one Clark oversees in Connecticut or a similar Urban Shield event held in California.
Special ops supplier Blackhawk Industries, founded by a former Navy SEAL, was among several Urban Shield sponsors this year. Other sponsors for such training peddle wares like ThunderSledge breaching tools for smashing open locked or chained doors, Lenco Armored Vehicles bulletproof box trucks, and KDH Defense Systems’s body armor.
“As criminal organizations are increasingly armed with military-style weapons, law enforcement operations require the same level of field-tested and combat-proven protection used by soldiers and Marines in Iraq, Afghanistan, and other high-risk locations,” boasts an Oshkosh Corp. brochure at a recent police seminar, where the company pitched its “tactical protector vehicle.”
The trend shows no sign of abating. The homeland security market for state and local agencies is projected to reach $19.2 billion by 2014, up from an estimated $15.8 billion in fiscal 2009, according to the Homeland Security Research Corp.
The rise of equipment purchases has paralleled an apparent increase in local SWAT teams, but reliable numbers are hard to come by. The National Tactical Officers Association, which provides training and develops SWAT standards, says it currently has about 1,650 team memberships, up from 1,026 in 2000.
Many of America’s newly armed officers are ex-military veterans from the front lines of Iraq and Afghanistan. Charles Ramsey, who was police chief in Washington, D.C., on 9/11, upgraded the weaponry when he moved to Philadelphia in 2008. Today, some 1,500 Philly beat cops are trained to use AR-15 assault rifles.
“We have a lot of people here, like most departments, who are ex-military,” Ramsey says. “Some people are very much into guns and so forth. So it wasn’t hard to find volunteers.”
Some real-life episodes, however, are sparking a debate about whether all that gear also creates a more militarized mind-set for local police that exceeds their mission or risks public safety.
In one case, dozens of officers in combat-style gear raided a youth rave in Utah as a police helicopter buzzed overhead. An online video shows the battle-ready team wearing masks and brandishing rifles as they holler for the music to be shut off and pin partygoers to the ground.
And Arizona tactical officers this year sprayed the home of ex-Marine Jose Guerena with gunfire as he stood in a hallway with a rifle that he did not fire. He was hit 22 times and died. Police had targeted the man’s older brother in a narcotics-trafficking probe, but nothing illegal was found in the younger Guerena’s home, and no related arrests had been made months after the raid.
In Maryland, officials finally began collecting data on tactical raids after police in 2008 burst into the home of a local mayor and killed his two dogs in a case in which the mayor’s home was used as a dropoff for drug deal. The mayor’s family had nothing to do with criminal activity.
Such episodes and the sheer magnitude of the expenditures over the last decade raise legitimate questions about whether taxpayers have gotten their money’s worth and whether police might have assumed more might and capability than is necessary for civilian forces.
“With local law enforcement, their mission is to solve crimes after they’ve happened, and to ensure that people’s constitutional rights are protected in the process,” says Jesselyn McCurdy, senior legislative counsel for the American Civil Liberties Union. “The military obviously has a mission where they are fighting an enemy. When you use military tactics in the context of law enforcement, the missions don’t match, and that’s when you see trouble with the overmilitarization of police.”
The upgrading of local police nonetheless continues. Arizona Sheriff Joe Arpaio now claims to operate his own air armada of private pilots—dubbed Operation Desert Sky—to monitor illegal border crossings, and he recently added a full-size surplus Army tank. New York Police Commissioner Ray Kelly boasted this fall he had a secret capability to shoot down an airliner if one threatened the city again. And the city of Ogden, Utah, is launching a 54-foot, remote-controlled “crime-fighting blimp” with a powerful surveillance camera.
Back in Fargo, nearby corn and soybean farmer Tim Kozojed supports the local police but questions whether the Homeland grants have been spent wisely. ”I’m very reluctant to get anxious about a terrorist attack in North Dakota,” Kozojed, 31, said. “Why would they bother?”
quote:Infographic Of The Day: The Mega Companies Behind 90% Of Media
The media landscape is dominated by a mere six companies. Should we be worried? Nah.
We all know that everything you see on TV, and much of what you read online, is ultimately owned by a few mega corporations. But if you were pressed about how much those companies actually own, I'd bet you'd be off by about a factor of 2.
Frugal Dad--the same company behind that Walmart infographic we did recently--took it upon themselves to show exactly how concentrated our media landscape actually is.
quote:Bevolking in donkere Amerikaanse steden is duisternis beu
Het is donker in een aantal dorpen en steden rondom de Amerikaanse stad Detroit, omdat er uit bezuinigingsoverwegingen duizenden lantarenpalen zijn weggehaald. Maar de bevolking van de in het donker gestoken stadjes begint steeds luider te morren, zo meldde de krant New York Times
.
Om geld te besparen werd eerder dit jaar in stadjes als Highland Park de straatverlichting gemarginaliseerd. Ruim twee derde verdween, vooral in buitenwijken. Met gevaarlijke situaties tot gevolg.
Automobilisten zien voetgangers pas als het al te laat is en ouders durven hun kinderen 's ochtends nauwelijks naar school te sturen. Anderen passen hun bezigheden noodgedwongen aan het daglicht aan.
Verloren hoop
Burgers hopen dat de gemeenten het besluit terugdraaien. 'Wat er met onze lantaarns is gebeurd, komt doordat politici de hoop hebben verloren', aldus een bewoner. Maar de overheid laat weten dat het donker blijft, zolang de kas meer verlichting niet toelaat.
quote:Obama ondertekent omstreden defensiewet met ‘ernstige bezwaren’
De Amerikaanse president Barack Obama heeft gisteren zijn handtekening gezet onder de omstreden National Defense Authorization Act. Hij ondertekende de wet, hoewel hij “ernstige bezwaren” tegen een aantal bepalingen in de wet heeft.
Dat meldt persbureau AP. Het wetsvoorstel ter waarde van 662 miljard dollar voorziet in een grotere rol van het Amerikaanse leger bij het afhandelen van zaken tegen buitenlandse terreurverdachten en het mogelijk bevriezen van 700 miljoen dollar aan hulp aan Pakistan. Verder regelt de wet defensiezaken geregeld zoals de salarissen voor defensiepersoneel en het budget voor wapensystemen tot de oorlog in Afghanistan en nationale veiligheidsprogramma’s in de energiesector.
Het omstreden gedeelte van de wet zijn bepalingen over de detentie van terreurverdachten. In de bepalingen staat onder andere dat verdachten het recht op een proces kan worden ontzegd en dat zij voor onbepaalde tijd kunnen worden vastgehouden. Republikeinen en Democraten onderhandelden maandenlang over het wetsvoorstel, dat raakt aan de grondwettelijke bescherming van de Amerikaanse burgers. Op het laatste moment kwamen de twee partijen op 16 december tot een compromis.
Het Witte Huis overwoog in alle ernst de wet met een veto te blokkeren, maar kwam hier uiteindelijk op terug na garanties dat de president het laatste woord houdt over de detentie en doorverwijzing van terreurverdachten.
Feed the Stream van Al Jazeera bekeek op 15 december naar de online reacties op de NDAA
twitter:
quote:Occupy The New Year: Hundreds Clash With NYPD At Zuccotti Park On Last Day Of 2011
Occupy Wall Street planned a New Year's Eve celebration at Zuccotti Park last night, saying on its Facebook event page, "Bring a drum! Bring your instrument! Arrive at the park by 10pm. In the 2 hours before, we will reclaim our park and the area around it. At the New Year, we will raise the 99%!" And the evening ended up involving a small tent being temporarily erected, protesters tearing down the police barricades, and a confrontation with police that resulted in numerous arrests. Oh, and there was pepper spray, too—happy 2012, people!
Newyorkist, who was at Zuccotti Park, exhaustively Tweeted the evening, "There is a small tent in Liberty. Toy sized. Police tried to remove. Ppl locked arms around it," "Police turning ppl away from park. Is it closed, I asked. No, one said. Can ppl come in? No, same said. Who's enforcing it? No one answered," "Just spoke with Captain Duffy of NYPD. Tells me NYPD closed park because 'going to be impending arrests. We don't want anymore ppl inside,'" "Officer told man who asked, as soon as tent is put away, Zuccotti Park will reopen," "Now 25 ppl circling park, chanting "we are unstoppable another world is possible," and "Via mic check: deal discussed btw mom, kids with tent and NYPD. Hand tent over & police will open park. Kids to personally hand tent over."
Then, some time after a Noise Demonstration outside the Metropolitan Correctional Center, protesters started to tear down the metal barricades set up around the park, and things turned aggressive. The Daily News reports, "Scuffles erupted between demonstrators and police, with one protester busted after an officer was slightly injured with a pair of scissors, police said. The officer was taken to Bellevue Hospital, and protesters said the police responded with pepper spray." (The Post says this occurred around 11:30 p.m.) And according to CityRoom:
. As midnight approached, the hundreds in Zuccotti Park shouted “Whose year? Our year!”
Just before 1:30 a.m., security guards and police officers entered the park, where only about 150 people remained. A line of officers pushed protesters from the park and led about five people out in handcuffs. One officer used two hands to repeatedly shove backwards a credentialed news photographer who was preparing to document an arrest.
A police commander announced through a megaphone that the park, which is normally open 24 hours a day, was closed until 9 a.m., but did not provide a reason. A few moments later, officers told the crowd that had just been moved from the park that the sidewalks surrounding Zuccotti Park were also closed, and directed people across Broadway.
Just before the park was cleared, about 200 protesters marched north through SoHo and into the East Village. At 13th Street and 2nd Avenue, officers surrounded dozens of protesters walking on the sidewalk around 3:00 a.m. and began arresting some of them.
The NYPD told us this morning that they were still processing arrests from the OWS incident(s), so it was too speculative to even offer a ballpark number. However, the NYPD said the number of OWS would be greater than the number of arrests from Times Square's New Year's festivities. Newyorkist Tweeted, "NLG member told me there has been 30 arrests tonight." Update: NY Daily News reports that 68 were arrested, on charges including assault, "some trespass, some obstructing govt admin."
Here's video around midnight from Zuccotti Park:
quote:Occupy Iowa caucus protesters storm Democrats' war room
Protesters escorted away by police after visiting Democrats' headquarters in Iowa and demanding to meet senior officials
A newly-opened Democrat "war room" in Iowa found itself under siege on Sunday night, when a group of Occupy Iowa caucus protesters infiltrated the premises and demanded to meet senior Democrat officials.
Abour 15 protesters entered the base at the Renaissance Savery hotel, complaining they were being prevented from meeting with Democratic National Committee chair Debbie Wasserman Schultz. Some gained access to what the DNC is calling their war room – a centralised space set aside for providing press briefings during the Iowa caucuses – before being escorted out by police.
Dozens of Occupy protesters have been present at Republican candidates' events during the last week, while 12 people were arrested on Thursday night after blocking the Iowa Democratic party headquarters.
Protesters have been keen to stress that they see both Republicans and Democrats as in thrall to big business.
Earlier on Sunday a group of Occupy Iowa caucus protesters had hand-delivered a letter to Democrat staff at the Renaissance Savery, asking Wasserman Schultz to meet with them at the Occupy headquarters in Des Moines on Monday afternoon.
"The Democratic party has held the White House since 2008 and had a Democratic majority in Congress for two years," the letter said.
"During that time, President Obama and the Democratic party put the agenda of Wall Street and the corporate 1% first over the needs of 99% of the country. Your leadership failed us. You must do better in 2012."
Wasserman Schultz was asked to RSVP by 6pm Sunday. A member of her staff replied at the allotted time that she was not actually in Iowa until later in the week.
Occupiers received the message during a strategy meeting on Sunday evening and decided to march on the war room immediately, in protest at what some saw as "ducking" demonstrators' questions. About 15 people entered the Renaissance Savery unchallenged before being confronted by a lone security guard at the entrance to the Democrat's temporary HQ.
"We just came to request an audience with the chair of the Democrat national committee," David Goodner, from Occupy Iowa Caucus, told people outside the war room.
As hotel staff called the police, and two or three Occupy protesters managed to sneak into the room, Democrat staffers said Wasserman Schultz was not at the meeting, but said they would set up a meeting with "someone" from the party in the future.
A 10-minute standoff ensued, during which several protesters covered their mouths in gaffer tape, before the occupiers left the hotel, as a police officer arrived. There were no arrests.
"Seems like it's par for the course," said Tony Tyler, a protester who works in administration in Iowa.
"You get a smiling face that tells you they'll listen – but when it comes to actually sitting down with someone who has the power to make decisions, you get the cold shoulder."
The DNC war room opened on Sunday and will maintain a presence at the Renaissance Savery until Wednesday, the day after the Iowa caucuses.
Several protesters said they hoped to return to besiege the war room with a greater number of troops on Monday – subject to a consensus vote.
"I think Debbie's here, that's what I think," said Goodner on Sunday night. Despite promises from DNC staff members, he said he did not believe the party would put anyone forward to meet with Occupy Iowa caucus.
"No. I think we'll have to occupy their war room."
quote:Video: Cops Arrest Activist For Yelling About NDAA In Grand Central
Three protesters were arrested and four issued summonses yesterday in Grand Central Terminal, where approximately 150 demonstrators formed a "flash mob" to protest President Obama's signing of the National Defense Authorization Act [NDAA], a military spending bill that also authorizes the military to detain American citizens indefinitely without due process. Obama signed it in Hawaii on New Year's Eve, and it hasn't gotten that much attention in the media, but some people at least are a little alarmed about this, and they were expressing their outrage during rush hour yesterday. In this video, protester Lauren Digioia gets arrested around the two minute mark:
Digioia, who has been involved with the Occupy Wall Street movement for some time (and was sexually assaulted in Zuccotti Park in October) was charged with disorderly conduct and resisting arrest. According to MTA rules, conduct that qualifies as disorderly includes behaving "in any manner which may cause or tend to cause annoyance, alarm or inconvenience to a reasonable person or create a breach of the peace."
So Digioia was presumably arrested for causing said "annoyance"—and while we can all agree that the OWS "people's mic" is annoying—it's interesting that the others who were raising their voices to repeat her words were not also arrested. It's unclear how Digioia's "disorderly conduct" differed from the other yelling demonstrators, except for the obvious fact that she was leading them to yell about NDAA. It looks like she was essentially arrested for being a political rabble-rouser, which we don't see listed in the MTA's rules of conduct.
The Grand Central demonstration was followed by a General Assembly at a privately-owned public space at 100 William Street, where activists had previously been threatened with arrest for peacefully assembling, despite the space being open to the public (as required by law). Last night, police did not interfere with the meeting, but asked protesters to leave a space open for people to pass through. (They complied.)
City Councilmember Jumaane Williams attended, and tells PolitickerNY, "I came out tonight to observe, to help make sure that the threats to right to assemble and protest are quelled. Council Member Steve Levin, Norman Siegel and I were able to help mediate with the building management and the NYPD to maintain an acceptable balance of everyone’s concerns." [Video via Animal New York]
quote:Charges Dropped for Some Occupy Wall Street Protesters
Prosecutors dropped charges on Monday against nearly two dozen people picked up in the first mass arrest of Occupy Wall Street demonstrators. About 50 other cases are headed to trial.
The Manhattan district attorney’s office asked a judge to dismiss 21 cases stemming from a Sept. 24 march to Union Square, during which some protesters marched in the street without a permit.
Prosecutors said they could not prove beyond a reasonable doubt that the conduct in those cases was illegal. The people had faced charges of disorderly conduct.
The march came a week after the protest began at Zuccotti Park. The about 80 arrests helped draw attention to the movement after activists posted online a video that showed a police officer using pepper spray on a group, mostly women, whom officers had corralled behind orange netting near Union Square.
The authorities said the demonstrators blocked car and foot traffic, and rebuffed orders to disperse.
Many protesters say they followed police instructions.
quote:The barricades around Liberty Park were an edifying example of our modern day police state showing flagrant disregard for our constitutionally protected first amendment rights.
The fact that it took the city this long to defend the rights of the people of New York City is an embarrassment to Mayor Bloomberg.
This court victory shows, once again, that the 99% will not be silenced by the corrupted 1% who desperately clings to power. The people, united, will never be defeated! Whose park? Our park!
Read more: http://globalgrind.com/ne(...)etails#ixzz1jApslczN
quote:Jan 20th join occupy courts
On January 20, 2012, at 11:30 a.m., citizens will gather at Pioneer Courthouse Square for a rally and march calling for an amendment to the U.S. Constitution, which makes clear that corporations are not people and money is not speech.
This is a national day of action just one day before the second anniversary of the infamous Supreme Court decision in Citizens United v. Federal Election Commission, which held that corporations (as people entitled to the rights of the U.S. Constitution) can spend unregulated and undisclosed sums of money in order to influence elections. The Portland event is one of over 80 rallies at federal courthouses around the country, including the U.S. Supreme Court in Washington, D.C.
Neither the Declaration of Independence, nor the Constitution mentions corporations, which were rare entities at our nation’s founding. However, thanks to decades of rulings by Justices who molded the law to favor elite interests, corporations today are granted rights that empower them to deny citizens the right to full self-governance. Armed with these rights, corporations wield ever-increasing control over jobs, environmental protections, elected officials, even judges and the law.
Yet, corporations are not persons and possess only the privileges citizens and their elected representatives willfully grant them. Move to Amend, supported by hundreds of thousands of people across the county, proposes a Constitutional Amendment that will overturn the Court-created legal doctrines of corporate personhood and “Money Equals Speech.” Occupy the Courts is a manifestation of the frustration of citizens with the increasing corporate control of our government and the momentum building across the country for an amendment that puts the power back in the hands of “We the People.”
het artikel gaat verder.quote:In a shocking column published yesterday, The New York Times asked readers to respond to the question, “Should The Times Be a Truth Vigilante?” Readers, commenters, and bloggers have been shocked to learn that the Times apparently doesn’t always check facts, and has been publishing, possibly for decades, the unchallenged utterances of politicians and pundits as fact.
“I’m looking for reader input on whether and when New York Times news reporters should challenge ‘facts’ that are asserted by newsmakers they write about.,” Arthur S. Brisbane, the Times Public Editor — a public, in-house ombudsman — asked.
(Brisbane was forced to issue an update, solving nothing, and certainly not improving the ludicrous situation.)
Brisbane poses as an example, that, “on the campaign trail, Mitt Romney often says President Obama has made speeches “apologizing for America,” a phrase to which Paul Krugman objected in a December 23 column arguing that politics has advanced to the “post-truth” stage.
quote:TSA Air Marshal Is Arrested For Stealing An Occupiers iPhone and Then Slapping Her
TSA air marshal Adam Marshall was arrested by the Boston police department at 3:50 a.m. on Dec. 10 after he allegedly argued with members of Occupy, called some of them prostitutes, struck one of Occupy’s organizers and main tweeters in the face, grabbed her iPhone and then fled.
Marshall was pursued by some 25 occupiers, according to witnesses, ditching the phone as he ran, and then was arrested by Boston police who were preparing to evict the camp.
It’s unclear why a federal air marshal, the armed undercover Homeland Security agents who accompany select commercial flights, was hanging around near the camp at 3 in the morning. According to witnesses, he entered the camp a little over an hour before the police evicted the 72-day-old camp from Dewey Plaza, after the protestors lost a court battle to get a permanent injunction against police action.
Marshall is now being investigated by TSA’s internal affairs, according to the iPhone’s owner Robin Jacks, who says she met with DHS officials Wednesday.
twitter:benbfranklin twitterde op dinsdag 17-01-2012 om 16:19:05Ben Franklins BDay... a wonderfull date to take back the republic. #OccupyCongress #J17 #Anonymous reageer retweet
quote:NYPD and Pentagon to place mobile scanners on the streets on NYC
New York City’s war on freedom could be adding a new weapon to its arsenal, especially if NYPD Commissioner Ray Kelly has his say.
The head of the New York Police Department is working with the Pentagon to secure body scanners to be used throughout the Big Apple.
If Kelly gets his wish, the city will be receiving a whole slew of Terahertz Imagining Detection scanners, a high-tech radiation detector that measures the energy that is emitted from a persons’ body. As CBS News reports, “It measures the energy radiating from a body up to 16 feet away, and can detect anything blocking it, like a gun.”
What it can also do, however, is allow the NYPD to conduct illegal searches by means of scanning anyone walking the streets of New York. Any object on your person could be privy to the eyes of the detector, and any suspicious screens can prompt police officers to search someone on suspicion of having a gun, or anything else under their clothes.
According to Commissioner Kelly, the scanners would only be used in “reasonably suspicious circumstances,” but what constitutes “suspicious” in the eyes of the NYPD could greatly differ from what the 8 million residents of the five boroughs have in mind.
The American Civil Liberties Union has already questioned the NYPD over what they say is an unnecessary precaution that raises more issues than it solves.
“It’s worrisome. It implicates privacy, the right to walk down the street without being subjected to a virtual pat-down by the Police Department when you’re doing nothing wrong,” Donna Lieberman of the NYCLU says to CBS.
The scanners also raise the question of whether such searches would even be legal under the US Constitution. Under the Fourth Amendment, Americans are protected from unreasonable searches and seizures. Does scoping out what’s on someone’s person fall under the same category as a hands-on frisk, though?
To the NYPD, it might not matter. In the first quarter of 2011, more than 161,000 innocent New Yorkers were stopped and interrogated on the streets of the city. Figures released by the NYPD in May of last year revealed that of the over 180,000 stop-and-frisk encounters reported by the police department, 88 percent of them ended in neither an arrest nor a summons, leading many to assume that New York cops are already going above and beyond the law by searching seemingly anyone they chose. Additionally, of those 161,000-plus victims, around 84 percent were either black or Latino. At the time, the ACLU’s Lieberman wrote, “The NYPD is turning black and brown neighborhoods across New York City into Constitution-free zones.”
Given the alarming statistics, many already feel that officers within the ranks of the NYPD are overzealous with their monitoring of New Yorkers, regularly stopping them for unknown suspicions that nearly nine-out-of-ten times prove false. With the installation of the Terahertz Imagining Detection scanners though, those invasive physical searches wouldn’t just be replaced with a touchless, more intrusive monitoring, but will only allow New Yorkers one more reason to fear walking the streets.
“If they search you, you’re not giving consent, so they can do what they want, meaning they can use that as an excuse to search you for other means. I don’t think that’s constitutional at all,” New Yorker Devan Thomas tells CBS.
“There are a lot of cameras already here, so as people walk they’re being filmed. And most of the time they don’t know it,” adds Jennifer Bailly.
A lot is somewhat of an understatement. In Manhattan alone there are over 2,000 surveillance cameras, public and private, aimed at every passerby. That number is the same as the tally of both McDonalds and Starbucks on the island, combined, multiplied by a factor of eight.
CBS News adds that the plan puts the NYPD in direct cooperation with the Department of Defense, who is working on testing the scanners to find a way to bring them to the streets. Such a joint effort opens up questions about other endeavors the Pentagon could have planned out with the NYPD in the past, and certainly doesn’t mark the first time that New York’s boys in blue have worked hand-in-hand with federal agencies. Last year a report surfaced linking the NYPD to the CIA, as documents became available showing a connection between the local police department and government spies installing secret agents into Muslim majority communities in New York.
By using scanners such as the Terahertz Imagining detectors, however, New Yorkers will be forced to endure more than just an unknown number of eyes prying under their clothes. The consequences could be biologically catastrophic, with the scanning technique tied to problems with the human body’s ability to operate. According to MIT’s Technology Review, the THz waves used by the scanners “unzip double-stranded DNA, creating bubbles in the double strand that could significantly interfere with processes such as gene expression and DNA replication.”
quote:Police Fire Projectiles at Students from Occupy UC Riverside Protesting Board of Regents
The cease-fire against California students appears to be over.
Students from UC Riverside, protesting today's Board of Regents meeting, were confronted by riot police, with multiple reports indicating they were fired upon with paint-filled bullets and other projectiles that injured several at the scene.
The students, many of whom are associated with Occupy UC Riverside, today protested and (ultimately) shut down a Board of Regents meeting where tuition hikes were planned to be discussed.
The meeting was adjourned when students who managed to get inside refused to be silent in the face of skyrocketing tuition costs. After the meeting was closed, the board members were escorted off of campus amidst what were, for most of the day, incredibly peaceful and nonviolent protests.
Here is a report from ABC's local affiliate on what transpired before police began attacking protesters:
quote:Occupy protesters block banks in San Francisco
(01-20) 11:24 PST San Francisco, CA (AP) --
At least seven people have been arrested at an anti-Wall Street protest in downtown San Francisco for blocking an entrance to the Wells Fargo building.
A couple hundred protesters have gathered in the Financial District as part of daylong Occupy Wall Street-related demonstrations scheduled around the county demanding that banks end evictions and foreclosures. Traffic was rerouted through the area, as protesters spilled into the streets.
San Francisco Police Cmdr. Richard Corriea says the arrests came when a group refused to move from their human chain blocking an entrance to Wells Fargo's corporate headquarters.
Protesters are continuing to try blocking entrances to the building, as well as a nearby Bank of America branch. But police in riot gear and private security guards are chasing them away.
Read more: http://www.sfgate.com/cgi(...)27.DTL#ixzz1k622YmM4
quote:Money Insider: US Will See Violent Civil Unrest In 2012
Paul Joseph Watson
Prison Planet.com
Thursday, January 19, 2012
Money insider Charles Ortel has warned that a worsening economic picture across the globe will see civil unrest hit the streets of America, not on behalf of leftist OWS types, but by an armed, “irascible and vocal Majority”.
Money Insider: US Will See Violent Civil Unrest In 2012 132696457 10w 636752g2
Ortel, a managing partner with Newport Value Partners, LLC in New York City, predicts that a failure of the so-called financial recovery will precipitate “A painful re-calibration of economic strength and geo-political standing during 2012 in the midst of widespread civil insurrection and cross-border war.”
Noting that Americans’ access to firearms will cause such riots to be bloodier than anything seen in Europe, Ortel predicts that a contented and silent Majority will be turned into “an irascible and vocal Majority,” as a result of numerous macro-economic and geo-political threats facing the country, including the collapse of the euro, the bursting of the financial bubble in China, and the looming debt crisis, all of which will contribute to weak economic growth.
“Some will manage to contain their activities to peaceful protests. However, we believe the far more likely scenario is that violence will result, especially in the United States where the wider population has more ready access to weaponry and where mobs have proven impossible to restrain,” Ortel writes.
The crisis will also be exacerbated by a shift in “the governing pole of political discourse,” which will see the usual right-left paradigm replaced by a clash between young and old, with the youth of developed nations increasingly irate at seeing the elderly enjoy the security of retirement benefits while their own economic futures look increasingly bleak.
Despite widespread protests and civil unrest sweeping almost all corners of the globe aside from America over the past two years, the prospect of disorder unfolding in the United States in a broader context than the Occupy Wall Street demonstrations is widely expected.
Indeed, with trust in both the executive and legislative branches of government at an all time low, pollster Pat Caddell warns that Americans’ lack of confidence in their leadership is so fervent that they are now “pre-revolutionary.”
Fully aware that Americans’ disenfranchisement with the political system, allied with falling living standards, is provoking people to become more radical in their outlook, U.S. authorities have been preparing for civil dislocation.
Halliburton subsidiary KBR is seeking sub-contractors to staff and outfit “emergency environment” camps located in five regions of the United States follows preparations over the last three years to deal with riots inside the United States that have already spread throughout Europe, North Africa and the Middle East.
Major police departments like the NYPD staging “mobilization exercises” to train police to prepare for civil disorder in the United States.
A report produced by the U.S. Army War College’s Strategic Institute warns that the United States may experience massive civil unrest in the wake of a series of crises which it termed “strategic shock.”
“Widespread civil violence inside the United States would force the defense establishment to reorient priorities in extremis to defend basic domestic order and human security,” stated the report, authored by [Ret.] Lt. Col. Nathan Freir, adding that the military may be needed to quell “purposeful domestic resistance”.
*********************
Paul Joseph Watson is the editor and writer for Prison Planet.com. He is the author of Order Out Of Chaos. Watson is also a regular fill-in host for The Alex Jones Show and Infowars Nightly News
quote:Highway Occupiers arrested in Georgia
Two members of a small band of Occupy marchers were arrested this morning in Madison County, Georgia when they refused to give identification to police officers. Sarah Handyside and Garth Kiser were arrested and released without charges today in what may have been police harassment. A mountain of phone calls from supporters around the country assisted in their release.
The highways Occupiers, or Walkupiers as they call themselves, set off from Washington, DC on December 4 and have been making their way to Atlanta, Georgia.
Soon after the marchers set off this morning in Hull, Georgia, they ran into trouble with police. After taking too long to cross a main road, two cops claimed they had received a complaint that the hikers were holding up traffic and making a disturbance. They requested ID, but most of their IDs were in their packs being transported by a support vehicle.
Two members refused to give their names citing lack of probable cause, and they were immediately arrested. The rest of the group warned the officers about bad publicity, but they probably had no idea what they were in for. The arresting officer’s badge number and sheriff’s phone number were immediately posted on Facebook.
“It was probably the quickest experience anyone has had in a jail so far,” said Paul Sylvester, an Iraq war veteran who joined the march in Raleigh. “Garth said the phone was ringing off the hook. There were 50 calls within 20 minutes.”
Handyside and Kiser vowed to hunger strike until release, and their friends joined them in solidarity. But their stay in jail was short. They were released by 7pm without charges. Sylvester credits all the phone calls by supporters.
Walkupiers have been arrested before on this journey, in Raleigh and Charlotte. Sylvester said that they often resist when they feel they encounter injustice. “It may seem like it’s not worth standing up for,” he said. “But it’s such an inspiration to a lot of people, and it brings us closer to communities.”
The marchers are taking a day off tomorrow to recuperate in Athens, Georgia. When they set off the following day, they will have a new addition, a three-time Afghanistan war veteran and medic.
They had originally planned to reach Atlanta on Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, but now expect to get there by January 28 or 29.
Sylvester said he had good feelings about approaching Atlanta but was more excited about the possibility of continuing on to New Orleans. They’re working out the details now for extending the march.
quote:#OCCUPYCHICAGO
Hey you redeemers, rebels and radicals out there,
Against the backdrop of a global uprising that is simmering in dozens of countries and thousands of cities and towns, the G8 and NATO will hold a rare simultaneous summit in Chicago this May. The world’s military and political elites, heads of state, 7,500 officials from 80 nations, and more than 2,500 journalists will be there.
And so will we.
On May 1, 50,000 people from all over the world will flock to Chicago, set up tents, kitchens, peaceful barricades and #OCCUPYCHICAGO for a month. With a bit of luck, we’ll pull off the biggest multinational occupation of a summit meeting the world has ever seen.
And this time around we’re not going to put up with the kind of police repression that happened during the Democratic National Convention protests in Chicago, 1968 … nor will we abide by any phony restrictions the City of Chicago may want to impose on our first amendment rights. We’ll go there with our heads held high and assemble for a month-long people’s summit … we’ll march and chant and sing and shout and exercise our right to tell our elected representatives what we want … the constitution will be our guide.
And when the G8 and NATO meet behind closed doors on May 19, we’ll be ready with our demands: a Robin Hood Tax … a ban on high frequency ‘flash’ trading … a binding climate change accord … a three strikes and you’re out law for corporate criminals … an all out initiative for a nuclear-free Middle East … whatever we decide in our general assemblies and in our global internet brainstorm – we the people will set the agenda for the next few years and demand our leaders carry it out.
And if they don’t listen … if they ignore us and put our demands on the back burner like they’ve done so many times before … then, with Gandhian ferocity, we’ll flashmob the streets, shut down stock exchanges, campuses, corporate headquarters and cities across the globe … we’ll make the price of doing business as usual too much to bear.
Jammers, pack your tents, muster up your courage and prepare for a big bang in Chicago this Spring. If we don’t stand up now and fight now for a different kind of future we may not have much of a future … so let’s live without dead time for a month in May and see what happens …
for the wild,
Culture Jammers HQ
quote:The United States, for example, has dropped markedly due to the targeting of journalists covering the Occupy Wall Street movement.
Het artikel gaat verder.quote:Shock Docs: Total Federalization of Police Under New Homeland Security Mission
Mission Creep: DHS Agency Abandons Fighting Terrorism, Shifts to Hiring Police, Taking Over America
A new white paper presented to the House Permanent Select Committee on Intelligence carves out an ‘evolving mission’ for Homeland Security that moves away from fighting terrorism and towards growing a vast domestic intelligence apparatus that would expand integration with local/state agencies and private-public partnerships already underway via regional fusion centers.
Crafted by the Aspen Institute Homeland Security Group, co-chaired by former DHS chief Michael Chertoff and composed of a who’s who of national security figures, the report outlines a total mission creep, as the title “Homeland Security and Intelligence: Next Steps in Evolving the Mission” implies.
Significantly, it puts on paper and into the Congressional record a proposed transition from outwardly dealing with the threats posed by terrorism towards intelligence gathering “focused on more specific homeward-focused areas.” That is, the homegrown, domestic threats we’ve heard so much about from Big Sis already.
In short, it confirms the intentions of key insiders– including former NSA/CIA head Michael Hayden, former Rep. Jane Harmon, former Secretary of State Madeline Albright, 9/11 Commissioners Philip Zelikow and Richard Ben-Viniste, former National Security Advisor Samuel Berger and others– to flesh out a plan we have already seen developing from an outside perspective– namely, to build a domestic Stasi-like force to takeover, monitor and control the population.
Moreover, the media has reported on this changed mission– towards the full spectrum domination of the people under a patently-fascist framework– with the same calm as the weekly weather forecast.
Als het volk een revolutie wil, dan komt ie er.quote:Op zaterdag 28 januari 2012 17:41 schreef Synthercell het volgende:
Al die revolutionaire organisaties demonstreren niet voor het volk, maar zijn er om een revolutie in Amerika tot stand te brengen (wat tot op heden niet is gelukt) In Egypte is door het systeem (revolutionairen aan de kant van het systeem) hetzelfde op touw gezet. Het Egyptische volk dacht vrijheid te krijgen, maar kreeg een vervangend regiem (vandaar dat er nu weer honderdduizenden op het Tahrir plein staan)
Overal proberen revolutionairen de massa in beweging te zetten. De massa in beweging betekent dat het volk in groot gevaar aan het komen is (dit zag je ook in de jaren dertig gebeuren)
#OccupyDCquote:Global Revolution brings you live stream video coverage from independent journalists on the ground at nonviolent protests around the world.
The United States, for example, has dropped markedly due to the targeting of journalists covering the Occupy Wall Street movement.quote:Op donderdag 26 januari 2012 12:35 schreef Papierversnipperaar het volgende:
Press freedom index: big falls for Arab trio in year of protest
[..]
Betekent geweldloos dan dat ook de politie geen geweld heeft gebruikt? Of geldt die eis alleen voor de protesteerders?quote:Op zaterdag 28 januari 2012 21:44 schreef Papierversnipperaar het volgende:
globalrevolution
[..]
#OccupyDC
Ik denk alleen voor de cameraman/vrouw.quote:Op zaterdag 28 januari 2012 22:17 schreef dikkebroekzak het volgende:
[..]
Betekent geweldloos dan dat ook de politie geen geweld heeft gebruikt? Of geldt die eis alleen voor de protesteerders?
quote:Police use tear gas on Occupy Oakland protesters
About 300 arrested in Oakland as police use tear gas after protesters pelted them with bottles, rocks and burning flares
Police have used tear gas and "flash" grenades to break up hundreds of Occupy protesters after some demonstrators started throwing rocks and flares at officers and tearing down fencing.
About 300 people were arrested in the most turbulent day of protests in Oakland since November, when police forcefully dismantled an Occupy encampment.
Oakland Mayor Jean Quan, who faced heavy criticism for the police action last autumn, called on the Occupy movement to "stop using Oakland as its playground."
Police said the group started assembling at a downtown plaza on Saturday morning, with demonstrators threatening to take over the vacant Henry Kaiser convention centre. The group then marched through the streets, disrupting traffic.
The crowd grew as the day wore on, with afternoon estimates ranging from about 1,000 to 2,000 people.
The protesters walked to the vacant convention centre, where some started tearing down perimeter fencing and "destroying construction equipment," according to police.
Most of the arrests came around 8pm, when police took scores of protesters into custody as they marched through the city's down town area, with some entering a YMCA building, police spokesman Jeff Thomason said.
Police said they issued a dispersal order and used smoke and tear gas after some protesters pelted them with bottles, rocks, burning flares and other objects.
More help from other police agencies was also sent to Oakland, with busloads of Alameda County sheriff's deputies arriving in the downtown area late Saturday.
The demonstration comes after Occupy protesters said earlier this week that they planned to move into a vacant building and turn it into a social centre and political hub. They also threatened to try to shut down the port, occupy the airport and take over City Hall.
In a statement Friday, City administrator Deanna Santana said Oakland would not be "bullied by threats of violence or illegal activity."
Interim police Chief Howard Jordan also warned that officers would arrest those carrying out illegal actions.
The national Occupy Wall Street movement, which denounces corporate excess and economic inequality, began in New York City in the autumn but has been largely dormant lately.
Oakland, New York and Los Angeles were among the cities with the largest and most vocal Occupy protests early on. The demonstrations ebbed after those cities used force to move out hundreds of demonstrators who had set up tent cities.
In Oakland, the police department received heavy criticism for using force to break up earlier protests. Among the critics was Mayor Quan, who said she wasn't briefed on the department's plans. Earlier this month, a court-appointed monitor submitted a report to a federal judge that included "serious concerns" about the department's handling of the Occupy protests.
quote:Solidarity Sunday - Wear Black Fight Back
Yesterday, Occupy Oakland moved to convert a vacant building into a community center to provide education, medical, and housing services for the 99%. Police responded with tear gas, rubber bullets, beanbag rounds and mass arrests. The state has compounded its policy of callous indifference with a ruthless display of violent repression. The Occupy movement will respond, as we have always reponded: with an overwhelming show of collective resistance. Today, we take to the streets. Across the country, we will demonstrate our resolve to overcome repression and continue to build a better world grounded in love and solidarity for one another. All eyes on all Occupies.
SOLIDARITY SUNDAY, 7pm EST, Sunday, January 29. Check your local Occupation for convergence points.
Be there.
quote:What really happened at Occupy Oakland.
For the internet, here's a first-hand account of Occupy Oakland on 1/28/2012, because the news never tells the full story. I'll tell you about the street battle, the 300+ arrests, the vandalism, the flag burning, all in the context of my experience today. This is deeper than the headlines. No major news source can do that for you, but Reddit can.
quote:The police moved quickly to surround the entire area; they formed a line on every street that the side street connected to. Police state status: very efficient. They kettled almost the entire protest in the park near the Fox theater. AFTERWARDS, as in after they surrounded everyone, they declared it to be an unlawful assembly BUT OFFERED NO EXIT ROUTE.
quote:A few people attempted to escape into the YMCA; some mis-infonformed news reports claim that the YMCA got 'occupied'. Around 300 people were trapped, mostly young people.
quote:Outside the police lines, things were still happening. A group that escaped the trap decided to head back to Oscar Grant Plaza. I do not know how, but they opened the front door to city hall and occupied the building. Opened, as in no window smashing. The move was not meant to be an occupation but more of a show of solidarity to the 300 arrested protesters down the street. When all the people being arrested heard the news, they let out a big cheer... [...]
..At this point I ran to Oscar Grant Plaza. When I arrived there were only 8 riot cops guarding the open front door, but more arrived very quickly. No one was inside the building anymore, but many had gathered in the Plaza. Someone burned an American Flag in front of city hall. I've seen the same guy do it before; frankly he's weird and it's kind of his thing.
quote:The thing about Occupy, and especially Occupy Oakland, is it refuses to exclude. We are the 99%, and we mean it. The homeless and disenfranchised were welcome in the camp from day 1. The crime rate in Downtown Oakland went down, and some people finally had a safe place to sleep. Idealistic youth, google techies, students, teachers, parents, children, poor, homeless, workers, all coming together. It rekindled hope for a lot of people. Occupy changed the conversation. The idea is more important than any one protest. An idea cannot be stopped. It is no longer about occupations; instead, it's about bringing people together. The 99%, all with their own problems and concerns, have brought their collective attention to the root of the forces preventing them from making a better world.
quote:Oakland to assess damage after Occupy protests
OAKLAND, California (AP) — For weeks the protests had waned, with only a smattering of people taking to Oakland's streets for occasional marches that bore little resemblance to the headline-grabbing Occupy demonstrations of last fall.
Then came Saturday, which started peacefully enough — a midday rally at City Hall and a march. But hours later, the scene near downtown Oakland had dramatically deteriorated: clashes punctuated by rock and bottle throwing by protesters and volleys of tear gas from police, and a City Hall break-in that left glass cases smashed, graffiti spray-painted on walls and an American flag burned.
More than 400 people were arrested on charges ranging from failure to disperse to vandalism, police spokesman Sgt. Jeff Thomason said. At least three officers and one protester were injured.
On Sunday, Oakland officials vowed to be ready if Occupy protesters try to mount another large-scale demonstration. Protesters, meanwhile, decried Saturday's police tactics as illegal and threatened to sue.
Mayor Jean Quan personally inspected damage caused by dozens of people who broke into City Hall. She said she wants a court order to keep Occupy protesters who have been arrested several times out of Oakland, which has been hit repeatedly by demonstrations that have cost the financially troubled city about $5 million.
Quan called on the loosely organized movement to "stop using Oakland as its playground."
"People in the community and people in the Occupy movement have to stop making excuses for this behavior," she said.
Saturday's protests — the most turbulent since Oakland police forcefully dismantled an Occupy encampment in November — came just days after the group announced a new round of actions. The group said it planned to use a vacant building as a social center and political hub and threatened to try to shut down the Port of Oakland for a third time, occupy the airport and take over City Hall.
After the mass arrests, the Occupy Oakland Media Committee criticized the police's conduct, saying that most of the arrests were made illegally because police failed to allow protesters to disperse, and they threatened legal action.
"Contrary to their own policy, the OPD gave no option of leaving or instruction on how to depart. These arrests are completely illegal, and this will probably result in another class action lawsuit against the OPD," a release from the group said.
Deputy Police Chief Jeff Israel told reporters late Saturday that protesters gathered unlawfully and police gave them multiple verbal warnings to disband.
"These people gathered with the intent of unlawfully entering into a building that does not belong to them and assaulting the police," Israel said. "It was not a peaceful group."
Earlier this month, a court-appointed monitor submitted a report to a federal judge that included "serious concerns" about the department's handling of the Occupy protests. Police officials say they were in "close contact" with the federal monitor during the latest protests.
Social activism and civic unrest have long marked Oakland, a rough-edged city of nearly 400,000 across the bay from San Francisco. Beset by poverty, crime and a decades-long tense relationship between the police and the community, its streets have seen clashes between officers and protesters, including anti-draft protests in the 1960s that spilled into town from neighboring Berkeley.
Before the Occupy movement spawned violence, mass arrests and two shutdowns of the Port of Oakland, the city was disrupted by a series of often-violent demonstrations over a white Bay Area Rapid Transit police officer's fatal shooting of an unarmed black man named Oscar Grant on New Year's Day 2009.
Occupy protesters have invoked Grant's memory, referring to the downtown plaza named after Frank Owaga, the city's first Asian-American councilmember, by renaming the former space they occupied with tents as Oscar Grant Plaza.
Police maintained a guard at City Hall overnight, and dozens of officers were on the scene Sunday.
"They were never able to occupy a building outside of City Hall," Interim Police Chief Howard Jordan said Sunday. "We suspect they will try to go to the convention center again. They will get not get in."
City officials said they will call for mutual aid from other police jurisdictions if needed.
Quan, who faces two recall attempts, has been criticized for past police tear-gassing though she said she was not aware of the plans. On Saturday, she thought the police response was measured, adding that she has lost patience with the costly and disruptive protests.
She also said she hopes prosecutors will seek a stay-away order against protesters who have been arrested multiple times.
"It appears that most of them constantly come from outside of Oakland," Quan said. "I think a lot of the young people who come to these demonstrations think they're being revolutionary when they're really hurting the people they claim that they are representing."
Saturday's events began midday when a group assembled outside City Hall and marched through the streets, disrupting traffic as they threatened to take over a vacant convention center.
The protesters then walked to the convention center, where some started tearing down perimeter fencing and "destroying construction equipment" by the convention center shortly before 3 p.m., police said. The number of demonstrators swelled as the day wore on, with afternoon estimates ranging up to 2,000 people, although city leaders say that figure was much closer to several hundred.
A majority of the arrests came after police took scores of protesters into custody as they marched through the city's downtown, with some entering a YMCA building, Thomason said.
Michael Davis, 32, who is originally from Ohio and was in the Occupy movement in Cincinnati, said Sunday that Saturday was a hectic day that originally started off calm but escalated when police began using "flash bangs, tear gas, smoke grenades and bean bags."
"What could've been handled differently is the way the Oakland police came at us," Davis said. "We were peaceful."
The national Occupy Wall Street movement, which denounces corporate excess and economic inequality, began in New York City in the fall but has been largely dormant lately. Oakland, New York and Los Angeles were among the cities with the largest and most vocal Occupy protests early on. The demonstrations ebbed after those cities used force to move out hundreds of demonstrators who had set up tent cities.
Het artikel gaat verder.quote:Secret Email System Revealed in "John Doe" Probe of Walker Staff
The morning after his "State of the State" address where Governor Scott Walker reassured Wisconsin "We are turning things around. We are heading in the right direction," the Milwaukee County District Attorney charged two more Walker staffers with multiple felony and misdemeanor counts of misconduct in public office.
Darlene Wink and Kelly Rindfleisch were charged with conducting partisan campaign work while on the public payroll. The alleged crimes took place while Walker was Milwaukee County Executive and running to be governor. These charges are no joke in the state of Wisconsin, where in 2005, two Senate Democrats and the Republican Assembly Speaker were sentenced to jail time for similar crimes in an episode dubbed "the Caucus Scandal."
This time, Milwaukee County District Attorney John Chisholm is in charge of a secret "John Doe" investigation where he can compel testimony under oath and every person involved is subject to a gag order. Chisholm has used this process in the past to jail Democrats for similar misconduct in office.
If you are keeping count, these are the second set of charges against Walker aides. Earlier this month, Walker’s former county Housing Director Tim Russell and his top county veteran official were both arrested and charged with embezzling more than $60,000 in charitable contributions intended for veterans. Phone records retrieved from the investigation also led to charges against Russell’s boyfriend for child enticement.
There is no end in sight for this multifaceted investigation.
Secret Communication System Set Up by Russell
The whole scandal broke into the open when the Milwaukee Journal Sentinel reported that Darlene Wink, a low-level constituent services coordinator, was caught Facebooking nasty comments about Walker’s democratic campaign opponents while working at her county job. Reporter Dan Bice, who was tipped off about the on-line activity, interviewed Wink, but wasn't sure how big of a deal it was until he was called by the Walker team a few hours later and told she had resigned.
Now we know from the indictments that the activity went far beyond Facebook. Investigators found boxes for two wireless routers in an armoire in Walker’s County Executive office. Packaging labels found with the boxes bore the name "Timothy Russell."
The allegation is that Russell set up an unofficial networking system so that staffers could conduct campaign business on their personal laptops while their salaries were being paid by the taxpayers. The secret email system was available for use by certain staff for both official and unofficial business. Its existence was "never disclosed to county employees outside a closely held group within the Walker administration," says the indictments (available here). On county time, the staffers allegedly communicated extensively with Walker campaign staff, organized fundraisers, made invitations, exchanged fundraising lists and sent out campaign press releases.
quote:Occupy DC protesters in standoff with police as eviction deadline passes
Demonstrators in Washington refuse to comply after National Park Service orders the camp to be cleared on hygiene grounds
Occupy demonstrators in Washington DC have chosen to stand their ground in the face of newly-enforced anti-camping regulations – but protesters worry the authorities could move in at any moment.
The National Park Service in Washington announced it would enforce existing anti-camping rules – which bar demonstrators from holding camping gear, bedding and cooking supplies – at two parks that have served as a home to Occupy DC protesters since the fall. In response, demonstrators have turned the central feature of McPherson Square, a statue of General James B McPherson, into a makeshift tent, and have refused to comply with the orders.
The regulations have largely gone unenforced since the occupation of McPherson Square and Freedom Plaza began in October, but from noon on Monday, the NPS said that would no longer be the case. Critics of the protest camps cite health concerns and an alleged rat infestation as grounds to remove the demonstrators, but some see the sudden vigour to enforce the regulations as a pretext for eviction. Legba Carrefour of Occupy DC described the renewed enforcement of the anti-camping rules as "death by a thousand bureaucratic cuts."
By 12pm, the confrontation that many expected had not come, and a standoff began. Protesters in McPherson Square had draped a so-called "tent of dreams" over the statue and people quickly gathered inside.
Protester Caty McClure said there were "at least 50" people gathered inside the giant tent. A speaker explained that the tent represents the protesters' dreams of seeing a nation where corporations could not guide the democratic process, and where housing existed for all. Gathered around the statue the protesters chanted: "Let us sleep so we can dream." Protesters have surrounded the statue with smaller personal tents.
The plan, McClure explained, is for some protesters to hold a "sleep-in", while others stage a "sleep strike." McClure said NPS authorities had not moved in the protesters. "They're holding off for now," she said. McClure said she believed the "insane amount of media" at the park was keeping officials at bay.
McClure said she hoped the media would stick around. "Once they leave, the police are probably gonna roll in.'
National Lawyers Guild observer and attorney Ann Wilcox agreed that the heavy media presence at the park seemed to have discouraged any effort to crack down on the protesters.
"I don't think the police really want to move in with so much media," Wilcox said. "They might not even enforce it until tonight [Monday night] or tomorrow [Tuesday]."
Wilcox estimated there were "a couple thousand" people gathered at McPherson Square. At Freedom Plaza, she said a "skeleton crew" of about "40 or 50" protesters remained. Demonstrators at Freedom Plaza have a permit allowing for their protest, though they are still subject to the same anti-camping rules and have received the same notification from the NSP. In attempt to hold on to the permit, Wilcox explained, many protesters had cleared their belongings from the plaza.
The two occupations have consistently differed in their tactics, with the encampment at McPherson Square tending to be more provocative.
"It's a totally different approach," Wilcox said.
quote:New York prosecutors ask Twitter to reveal Occupy Wall Street man's tweets
Twitter agrees not to comply with subpoena from district attorney's office while protester's lawyer prepares rebuttal
Prosecutors have subpoenaed the Twitter records of an Occupy Wall Street protester who was arrested in October during a mass protest on the Brooklyn Bridge.
The 26 January subpoena from the Manhattan district attorney's office seeks "user information, including email address," along with three months' worth of tweets from @destructuremal, the Twitter handle for Malcolm Harris.
Harris, 23, a freelance writer and editor who lives in Brooklyn, said on Tuesday that Twitter sent a copy of the subpoena to him on Monday. He posted it on Twitter.
"When you get an email from Twitter Legal, you assume it's a phishing scam, trying to get your password," he said. "It turned out that it is a phishing scam, but it's from the prosecutors."
It is not clear what specific evidence prosecutors are after. But the subpoena is an example of posts on social media sites posing potential legal problems for authors.
Harris said his lawyer, Martin Stolar, would file a motion to quash the subpoena. Twitter has agreed not to comply with the subpoena while Stolar prepares the motion, Harris said.
A spokeswoman for the district attorney's office declined to comment.
The subpoena seeks Harris's tweets from 15 September – two days before the Occupy Wall Street movement began – to 15 December.
Harris is not sure what tweets could be fodder for prosecutors; Twitter's interface does not allow him to review all of his old tweets. Stolar was not available for comment.
A Twitter spokesman declined to comment on the case but confirmed that the San Francisco-based company's policy is "to notify users about law enforcement and governmental requests for their information, unless we are prevented by law from doing so", in order to protect users' rights.
Harris is one of hundreds of Occupy-related defendants whose cases are still winding their way through American courts.
A special courtroom has been set up to handle more than 1,800 cases in New York, the vast majority involving misdemeanour charges.
He was charged with disorderly conduct and is due back in court on 29 February.
Like a number of Occupy protesters, he has vowed to take the case to trial rather than accept a deal from prosecutors.
The National Lawyers Guild is representing many of the arrested protesters.
quote:Op maandag 30 januari 2012 20:16 schreef Papierversnipperaar het volgende:
Wisconsin, Gov. Scott Walker, Koch Bros.:
[..]
Het artikel gaat verder.
quote:The New York Times‘ Scott Shane reported this morning on the Bureau of Investigative Journalism study I wrote about yesterday, detailing that the U.S. drone program, as the NYT put it, “repeatedly targeted rescuers who responded to the scene of a strike, as well as mourners at subsequent funerals.” Shane’s article contains this paragraph:
. A senior American counterterrorism official, speaking on the condition of anonymity, questioned the report’s findings, saying “targeting decisions are the product of intensive intelligence collection and observation.” The official added: “One must wonder why an effort that has so carefully gone after terrorists who plot to kill civilians has been subjected to so much misinformation. Let’s be under no illusions — there are a number of elements who would like nothing more than to malign these efforts and help Al Qaeda succeed.”
quote:With camps gone, Occupiers prepare for new fights
(Reuters) - Their encampments are largely gone, but the U.S. Occupy movement is far from dead, with organizers focused on a next wave of protest.
In Iowa, a major farming state, Occupy activists are mobilizing with other groups against agricultural biotechnology firm, Monsanto. In Oklahoma, Occupy plans to target retail giant Walmart for protests. Groups in more than 50 cities are planning a national protest day February 29, targeting numerous corporations.
Occupy groups in Chicago are forging bonds with the teachers and transit unions. In Cincinnati, Occupy is boosting numbers by building coalitions with civic groups and the Green Party.
To an extent, the groups say their message has been validated by President Barack Obama, a Democrat who has focused on income inequality in his election-year calls for tax reform. But for the most part, Occupy groups have yet to align themselves with a presidential campaign or even get involved in state or local elections.
"We need candidates who are about the people. We don't have any right now. To change that we have to start with each and every one of us," said Nancy Bohannon of IndyOWS, an Occupy group in Indianapolis that is trying to help with voter education.
In interviews with Occupy groups in more than a dozen states - on both coasts and across the Midwest - activists described training for nonviolent confrontation, plans for spring rallies at state capitols and preparations for a major presence at the G-8 and NATO summits to be held in Chicago in May.
"We have had to get back to more conventional grassroots organizing methods to get more people involved and engaged," said Chris Schwartz, a member of Iowa's Occupy Cedar Valley. "What we're doing is building out infrastructure for the spring."
"The encampments were fun and cathartic and they served a purpose in bringing all of us together," said Zach Chasnoff, 33, a landscaper who belongs to Occupy St. Louis. "Now we begin the hard work."
Academics who track middle-class populist movements say that Occupy - originally formed to protest Wall Street excess - is at an important juncture. The tent cities that popped up across the country offered strong symbols but had little policy impact.
"The question is whether they can become more effective while keeping a large number of volunteers engaged and excited. This is where a lot of popular movements hit the shoals and founder," said Steven Schier, a politics professor at Carleton College in Northfield, Minnesota.
Schier said that unlike the Tea Party movement, which focuses on limited government, Occupy's issues range from social and economic justice to environmentalism and human rights.
"If you asked me to describe the Tea Party agenda I could define it pretty well, but the Occupy movement is more amorphous," he said. "As it becomes more specific it may lose people and resources."
Robert Liebman, an associate sociology professor at Portland State University, said he sees the protesters "doing a lot of thinking, networking and training."
"Before you get people out onto the streets en masse, you have to do networking and planning, plus work out what role everyone can play," he said. He said Occupy's activities remind him of the civil rights movement's early days.
DIFFERENT STRATEGIES
Like the conservative Tea Party, the Occupy movement is a loose collection of local groups, without national leaders.
Occupy wants systemic change but, unlike the Tea Party, it has yet to embrace the political process. Most Occupiers interviewed by Reuters said they prefer to stay out of politics, a hallmark of the movement thus far.
Although Occupiers are tracking the upcoming elections, Reuters only encountered one who is seeking political office. Nate Kleinman of Occupy Philadelphia is running against Democratic Representative Allyson Schwartz in Pennsylvania's 13th district.
"I expect others will run for office sooner or later," Kleinman said. "We have to get this country back on track."
Unlike the highly individualistic conservatives in the Tea Party, the Occupy movement has moved quickly to build coalitions, especially in smaller cities.
Kellie Stewart, 46, used the internet to help organize from St. Croix Falls, Wisconsin, population around 2,000.
"There aren't enough of us here to do anything," she said. "So I turned to the Internet to help create a statewide group."
Occupy Wisconsin helps groups coordinate statewide, and similar groups are springing up elsewhere, such as Occupy Indiana and Occupy Oklahoma. Occupy the Midwest is planning a March regional conference in St. Louis.
More than 50 groups plan to take part in the February 29 "Shut Down the Corporations" event, focusing on companies in their areas. In New York, the target will be Bank of America.
"This is part of an effort to boost national coordination," said history student Mark Bray, a member of Occupy Wall Street. "But this is not a top-down organization where people have to get approval from a political party or NGO."
"The Occupy groups in Texas and Iowa are not waiting for us to tell them what to do. They're just going out and doing it."
Activists in smaller cities say they needed to shift their focus from encampments to spreading their message more broadly.
"We aim to peeling back the sleeping eyelids of the American people," said IndyOWS' Bohannon. "We're going to wake them up."
Some groups are planning to return in the spring to encampments that led to confrontations with authorities in Washington, D.C., and Oakland, California. In New York, Occupy Wall Street is considering "pop-up Occupations" for a day in a park, plus other forms of public protest.
"Some people feel that re-encamping would serve as a symbol and that it's something we need to do," said John Zarebski, 62, a skilled tradesman and member of Occupy Lansing in Michigan. "Others feel we should devote our resources elsewhere."
"A MOVEMENT OF MOVEMENTS"
Activists like university student Jessica Garraway of Occupy Cedar Valley - a coalition of activists from Cedar Falls, Iowa and nearby Waterloo - say they are in this for the long haul.
"We have our eyes on a prize far beyond just one election," Garraway said. "There is a systemic problem here that has to be addressed."
They argue that enthusiasm will not dissipate just because the tents have come down.
"I've been waiting for years for people to rise up and get more involved," said Justin Jeffre, 38, of Occupy Cincinnati, a singer best known as part of the once-popular boy band '98 Degrees.' "It finally feels like we have a movement of movements."
(Reporting By Nick Carey; Editing by Marilyn W. Thompson and Vicki Allen)
Comment:quote:US Returns Jotform.com Domain; Still Refuses To Say What Happened
There's been a lot of interest in the story of the Secret Service completely shutting down Jotform.com through a request to GoDaddy. It appears that the suspension is now ending, though it hasn't fully propagated. What's amazing is that no one in the US government (or at GoDaddy) seems to be willing to explain what happened. When GoDaddy completely shut down JotForm.com with no notice, the folks at JotForm had to inquire as to what the hell happened to their entire website. They were merely told to contact a Secret Service agent. That agent then told JotForm she was too busy to respond to them and would get back to them within a week.
Think about that for a second. The US government completely takes down a small business' website and then is too busy to explain why.
JotForm noted that it was willing to cooperate fully if there were specific users that were a problem, but the Secret Service did not seem to care that it had almost destroyed an entire startup's business:
. When I contacted the Secret Service, the agent told me she is busy and she asked for my phone number, and told me they will get back to me within this week. I told them we are a web service with hundreds of thousands of users, so this is a matter of urgency, and we are ready to cooperate fully. I was ready to shutdown any form they request and provide any information we have about the user. Unfortunately, she told me she needs to look at the case which she can do in a few days. I called her many times again to check about the case, but she seems to be getting irritated with me. At this point, we are waiting for them to look into our case.
So far, the Secret Service still isn't talking, returning a bland and meaningless statement to press requests:
. "We are aware of the incident and we're reviewing it internally to make sure all the proper procedures and protocols were followed."
GoDaddy, similarly, appears to be staying almost entirely silent.
All of this is completely unacceptable. Almost everything about this sets off alarm bells about over aggressive (and potentially illegal) censorship by the US government of protected free speech. We've been seeing a much more aggressive and overreaching effort by US officials against websites over the past 18 months or so, and at some point, they're going to get smacked down by a court who will explain to them the nature of the First Amendment and the fact that you can't unilaterally take down entire websites without recognizing the collateral damage on legitimate web businesses.
quote:Chris-Mouse (profile), Feb 17th, 2012 @ 6:26am
The government may get smacked down by a court, but only if it ever gets to a court. The government seems to be doing a very good job of delaying things until their victims either give up or run out of money.
Vet van mij.quote:Obama Administration Asks Supreme Court to Dismiss ACLU Challenge to Warrantless Wiretapping Law
Today, the government asked the Supreme Court to overturn an appeals court ruling that allowed our lawsuit challenging the constitutionality of the 2008 FISA Amendments Act to go forward. That law gives the government unprecedented authority to monitor Americans’ international emails and phone calls.
The appeals court ruling, which was issued in March 2011, held that our case could forward, rejecting the administration’s arguments that the case should be dismissed because our clients could not prove their communications would be collected under the law.
Needless to say, we’re disappointed by the government’s filing today. ACLU deputy legal director Jameel Jaffer stated in a press release, “It’s crucial that the government’s surveillance activities be subject to constitutional limits, but the administration’s argument would effectively insulate the most intrusive surveillance programs from judicial review. The Supreme Court should leave the appeals court’s ruling in place and allow our constitutional challenge to proceed.”
We filed our suit less than an hour after the FISA Amendments Act was signed into law by President Bush in July 2008. The suit was filed on behalf of a broad group of attorneys and human rights, labor, legal and media organizations whose work requires them to engage in sensitive telephone and email communications with people outside the U.S. Our plaintiffs include Amnesty International USA, Human Rights Watch, The Nation, the Service Employees International Union and journalists Chris Hedges and Naomi Klein. The Justice Department claims that the plaintiffs should not be able to sue without first showing that they have been monitored under the program – information that the government refuses to provide.
The FISA Amendments Act is the most sweeping surveillance statute ever enacted by Congress. It allows dragnet surveillance of Americans’ international communications with none of the safeguards that the Constitution requires. Little is known about how the Act has been used. In response to a Freedom of Information Act lawsuit filed by the ACLU, the government revealed that every six-month review of the Act had identified “compliance incidents,” suggesting either an inability or an unwillingness to properly safeguard Americans’ privacy rights. The government has withheld the details of those “compliance incidents,” however, including statistics relating to abuses of the Act.
The Act is scheduled to sunset in December 2012, and we’re calling for amendments that would prohibit dragnet surveillance, require the government to be more transparent about how the law is being used and place stronger restrictions on the retention and dissemination of information that is collected.
Join us: Ask Congress to Fix FISA today! And for more about the battle over warrantless wiretapping, read this blog post.
quote:Occupy movement targets corporate interest group with ties to legislators
Protest planned against the American Legislative Exchange Council, which critics say has undue influence on US lawmakers
Co-ordinated protests are planned in some 60 cities later this month against a right wing group which activists say has an unfair hand in writing state legislation that favours corporate interests.
Working under the banner Shut Down the Corporations, activists plan to target corporate members of the American Legislative Exchange Council (Alec) with nationwide protests on 29 February.
Organisers say Alec, a nonprofit free-market policy group whose membership includes some 2,000 state legislators, wields undue influence by drafting legislation beneficial to its corporate members, which in some cases is then used as a model for legislation in states across America.
The nationwide protest is being co-ordinated by Occupy Portland, with activists across the country due to take part – including from Occupy Wall Street and Occupy Oakland.
"We call on people to target corporations that are part of the American Legislative Exchange Council which is a prime example of the way corporations buy off legislators and craft legislation that serves the interests of corporations and not people," reads a statement on Shut Down the Corporations' website.
David Osborn, from Occupy Portland, said "non-violent direct action" was being encouraged, including protests, rallies and sit-ins.
"In different places it's going to look really different," he said. "In some places it's going to be more of a rally, or a protest outside a corporation that's involved with Alec, whether that's Bank of America, or Pfizer, Altria, or whatever. In other places, and certainly here in Portland, it's going to take more of the form of civil disobedience or direct action, where people will be doing a sit-in or other creative things to disrupt business as usual."
Alec was founded in September 1973 as a "nonpartisan membership association for conservative state lawmakers". The organisation, which counts the conservative billionaire Koch brothers among its financial backers, has a membership some of the largest companies in America.
One of the better known examples of Alec's influence can be found in Arizona's SB 1070 bill. The legislation, seen as one of the strictest anti-illegal immigrant laws in America's history and criticised by Barack Obama, was modelled on Alec's "No Sanctuary Cities for Illegal Immigrants Act", which had been approved by an Alec task force made up, in part, of prison companies that stood to benefit from the act being passed.
Democratic lawmakers in Arizona and Wisconsin are seeking to introduce the Alec Accountability Act in their states, which would require Alec to register as a lobbying organisation and subsequently disclose its financiers.
Mark Pocan, a Democratic member of the Wisconsin state assembly who is gunning for Congress in in Wisconsin's 2nd Congressional District, is behind the proposed Wisconsin legislation.
"Alec is like a giant corporate dating service [for] lonely legislators and their special interest corporate allies," Pocan told the Guardian. "Alec operates best when it operates in the shadows. Once people find out that it's really nothing but a front for corporate special interests you start to know that the ideas they put forward aren't in the public good."
Occupy Wall Street has been involved in planning the February 29 protests, which will take place in New York on the day, said Ed Needham, who acts as a spokesman for the group.
"People really see it as an incredible example of the type of corrosive relationship between money and politics," he said.
"It's really to shine a focus on what Alec is and how it's very much an instrument of the corporations in terms of buying off state and federal legislators and crafting legislation that is strictly within the 1% interest."
Last year the Center for Media and Democracy and The Nation magazine published a leak of more than 800 pieces of Alec's model legislation, which can be found on the Alec Exposed website. The list includes legislation that Alec Exposed and Shut Down the Corporations say was used to draft anti-Labour legislation in Wisconsin and the controversial Arizona immigration law.
Kaitlyn Buss, director of communications at Alec, said the protests were "not embarrassing in the slightest".
"Alec feels that we understand that not everyone agrees with the principles that were founded on, which is to promote free markets, limited government and federalism throughout American government," she said. "We fully respect the right and expression of those who are protesting but it's not going to distract us from what our mission is."
Buss said legislation that originates with Alec is "brought to us by state legislatures" and then "approved by their legislative board of directors".
"What we do value is the energy and the job creation of the private sector and argue very strongly that they should be part of conversation of what our laws are, what our regulations are," she said.
"Most of these regulations end up very strongly affecting the private sector of our economy, so Alec, as we promote free markets and limited government, it all works together that we value the private sector, but the actual legislation is very legislative driven."
Alec's website says that "each year, close to 1,000 bills, based at least in part on Alec model legislation, are introduced in the states.
"Of these, an average of 20 percent become law."
quote:
quote:Relations between Oakland police and the city’s residents have never been good, which is one reason why the department issued body-mounted cameras to its officers last year.
The goal was to increase accountability, which is important for a department that is facing a federal takeover this March.
However, the above video, which shows several officers with their body-mounted cameras turned off – a departmental violation - is just the latest example of Oakland police officers not wanting any accountability.
The video is also a clear demonstration of just how high tensions are between Oakland police and citizens.
quote:
quote:Corporate globalization has been called the most fundamental redesign of social, economic, and political arrangements since the Industrial Revolution. Corporations have swept real economic and political power away from governments. Of the hundred wealthiest countries and corporations listed together, more than half are corporations. ExxonMobil is richer than 180 countries and there are only about 195 countries. Without the responsibilities or costs of nationhood, corporations can innovate and produce at unprecedented speed and scale. Yet they can also undertake acts of enormous environmental destruction and report a profit.
The behavior of corporations arises from their wide freedom of action and their limited liability for harms caused. Further, shareholders own and profit by the corporation, but limited liability means shareholders can lose no more than the money invested; they arent held responsible for anything the corporation does. If they were, stockholders might know what companies they own and why. They might demand corporate responsibility. They might invest more carefully. But because theyre not, they dont.
quote:Cop Identified in Scott Olsen Incident?
Video and police records indicate that Oakland Police Officer Robert Roche threw a stun grenade at protesters trying to help the injured Iraq War vet.
One of the most indelible images of the Occupy movement to date is that of Marine veteran Scott Olsen being carried away from a skirmish line of riot police at 14th Street and Broadway on October 25 in Oakland. Stunned and bleeding from an ugly gash on his forehead, the 24-year-old Wisconsin native had been struck in the head by an unknown projectile during the first salvo of tear gas, flash-bang grenades, and less-than-lethal munitions fired at hundreds of Occupy Oakland supporters facing off against Oakland police and several other Bay Area law enforcement agencies called in on mutual aid.
Video from the tear gas-soaked night of the 25th shows a prone Olsen lying in front of metal barricades and police in riot gear. As several protesters ran to Olsen's aid, someone from the cluster of police appears to lob a flash-bang grenade into the crowd gathered around the young veteran. The stun grenade explodes amid a cloud of tear gas and deafening noise, scattering Olsen's rescuers.
The footage of the flash-bang grenade exploding practically on top of Olsen and his rescuers, as well as dramatic video of a stunned and bloody Olsen being carried away from the intersection, went viral within hours, propelling Occupy Oakland to international attention and setting the stage for the November 2nd General Strike.
In the weeks and months afterward, rumors and accusations flew about the identity of the officer who fired the projectile that wounded Olsen, and the one who threw the concussion grenade on top of him. Rumors circulated on the Internet that either a San Francisco sheriff's deputy or an officer from the Palo Alto Police Department was responsible. Members of Anonymous even went so far as to publish pictures and the personal information of a San Francisco sheriff's deputy they believe tossed the stun grenade at Olsen.
But an extensive review of video footage and Oakland Police Department records by this reporter indicates that Robert Roche, an acting sergeant in the Oakland Police Department and member of OPD's "Tango Teams," threw the flash-bang at Olsen and his rescuers. It's also not the first time that Roche's actions have come under scrutiny. Police records show that Roche had previously killed three people in the line of duty.
In one clip of footage shot on October 25 by KTVU, the camera zooms in on a helmeted, gas-mask wearing officer in OPD insignia pointing a shotgun at the crowd. Olsen's inert body is also visible in front of the barriers. Another video clip shows the same officer training his shotgun on the crowd, lowering the firearm as a crowd gathers around Olsen, and stepping back behind a line of San Francisco sheriff's deputies on the barricade line. A grenade is then tossed at Olsen's body as rescuers arrive.
According to former San Francisco Sheriff Mike Hennessey and Sergeant Kara Apple, a Palo Alto Police spokeswoman, officers from neither agency were equipped with less-than-lethal shotguns or flash-bang grenades that night. A list of OPD crowd-control munitions published by Al Jazeera last year includes the Remington .357 shotgun and two types of CS or pepper spray-loaded blast grenades.
Two stripes and a star, OPD's insignia for acting sergeants, are visible on the officer's left sleeve. In both clips, the officer is holding his shotgun with his right hand on the trigger, his helmet visor is up and the numbers "35" are visible on his helmet. According to an OPD roster of the three-digit helmet numbers assigned to individual officers and the personnel detail for October 25, Officer Robert Roche is the only one with a helmet number beginning with "35" who was assigned to a Tango Team that night. Roche's helmet number that night was "357," according to OPD records.
Three attorneys who reviewed the two clips mentioned above concur that the shotgun-wielding officer is the same in both clips. "From the positioning of that officer in the line and his weapon, it appears it was likely the same cop who tossed the grenade at the medics trying to help Scott Olsen," said R. Michael Flynn, president of the San Francisco Chapter of the National Lawyers Guild. Jim Chanin, one of the two attorneys who have overseen OPD's federal consent decree since 2003, concurred. "His movements and appearance strongly suggest that it's the same officer that threw the grenade," Chanin said. Chanin also observed that the officer's helmet number began with "35."
Rachel Lederman, another NLG-affiliated attorney, also believes the officer is the same and identifiable by the "35" on his helmet. Lederman characterized the officer's actions as "illegal" and "evil." Tossing a flash-bang grenade into a crowd and at a wounded person is "not only improper under [OPD's] crowd control policy — the guy should be fired," Lederman said.
Sergeant Chris Bolton, chief of staff to Police Chief Howard Jordan, said the investigation into the Olsen incident is ongoing. "Any known or alleged uses of force against Mr. Olsen are assigned to an independent investigator," Bolton said in a statement. "Based on available video, photographs, and reports, the department has identified several officers that they are subjects of those open investigations." Bolton added, however, that "no investigative findings or discipline have been announced or imposed."
Roche is a rifle officer who has also served in gang enforcement units. He has been involved in three fatal shootings during his career. In 2006, he fatally shot seventeen-year-old Ronald Brazier after the teenager fired on Roche and two other officers. In 2007, Roche shot and killed an unarmed Jeremiah Dye in a crawlspace under an East Oakland house. Dye had run from police after his cousin shot and wounded an OPD officer during a traffic stop. In March 2008, fifteen-year-old Jose Buenrostro was shot to death by Roche and two other officers while in possession of a sawed-off rifle on 79th Avenue in East Oakland. Buenrostro's family received a $500,000 wrongful death settlement from the City of Oakland in 2010, even though police claimed that Buenrostro pointed the weapon at them. Buenrostro's family contended that he did not threaten the officers.
Alameda County District Attorney's Office records indicate that Roche was cleared of criminal conduct in both the Brazier and Dye shootings.
Roche and Sergeant Ronald Holmgren, who supervised Tango Team 2 during the October 25 crowd control actions, were not assigned to the Tango detail on the evening of the November 2 General Strike, according to Oakland Police Department records. However, Roche was photographed on the street during the January 28 confrontation with Occupy Oakland protesters, shotgun in hand.
OPD's "Tango teams," or tactical teams, have been at the heart of some of the most intense clashes of the Occupy Oakland movement (see "Oakland Used Violent Cops Against Occupy," 12/21/2012). Aside from the Olsen incident, video from the evening of the November 2 General Strike shows an unidentified OPD officer wearing a rucksack emblazoned with "Tango Team" striking US Army veteran Kayvan Sabeghi with a baton. Sabeghi was later hospitalized for a ruptured spleen.
Een lekker lang artikel voor de zondagochtend.quote:How Swedes and Norwegians Broke the Power of the "One Percent"
While many of us are working to ensure that the Occupy movement will have a lasting impact, it’s worthwhile to consider other countries where masses of people succeeded in nonviolently bringing about a high degree of democracy and economic justice. Sweden and Norway, for example, both experienced a major power shift in the 1930s after prolonged nonviolent struggle. They “fired” the top 1 percent of people who set the direction for society and created the basis for something different.
Both countries had a history of horrendous poverty. When the 1 percent was in charge, hundreds of thousands of people emigrated to avoid starvation. Under the leadership of the working class, however, both countries built robust and successful economies that nearly eliminated poverty, expanded free university education, abolished slums, provided excellent health care available to all as a matter of right and created a system of full employment. Unlike the Norwegians, the Swedes didn’t find oil, but that didn’t stop them from building what the latest CIA World Factbook calls “an enviable standard of living.” [...]
quote:Jake Tapper, Jay Carney Clash During White House Press Briefing (VIDEO)
ABC News' senior White House correspondent Jake Tapper challenged White House Press Secretary Jay Carney after he started off the briefing by praising the three journalists who have recently died in Syria.
The New York Times' Anthony Shadid died of an apparent asthma attack last week while crossing the Syrian border. The Sunday Times of London's Marie Colvin and French photojournalist Rémi Ochlik were killed during a shelling attack on Wednesday in Homs.
Tapper asked Carney about the praise the White House has recently given to journalists who have been killed. Tapper then asked, "How does that square with the fact that this administration has been so aggressively trying to stop aggressive journalism in the United States by using the Espionage Act to take whistleblowers to court?"
He added, "Currently I think that you’ve invoked it the sixth time, and before the Obama administration, it had only been used three times in history. You’re — this is the sixth time you’re suing a CIA officer for allegedly providing information in 2009 about CIA torture. Certainly that’s something that’s in the public interest of the United States. The administration is taking this person to court. There just seems to be disconnect here. You want aggressive journalism abroad; you just don’t want it in the United States."
Carney said he did not want to speak to any particular case. He defended the praise he has given to brave reporters "who are placing themselves in extremely dangerous situations in order to bring a story of oppression and brutality to the world." He added, "I think that is commendable, and it’s certainly worth noting by us. And as somebody who knew both Anthony and Marie, I particularly appreciate what they did to bring that story to the American people."
As for Tapper's question about the Espionage Act, Carney said, "I think that there are issues here that involve highly sensitive classified information, and I think that...divulging that kind of information is a serious issue, and it always has been."
Tapper fired back, "So the truth should come out abroad; it shouldn’t come out here?" Carney responded, "Well, that’s not at all what I’m saying, Jake, and you know it’s not."
This is not the first time Tapper and Carney have clashed at White House press briefings. In December, Tapper had his feathers ruffled when Carney addressed a reporter in the back of the press room and skipped over his question.
quote:Occupy National Convention To Be Held In Philadelphia
PHILADELPHIA -- A group of protesters affiliated with the Occupy Wall Street movement plans to elect 876 "delegates" from around the country and hold a national "general assembly" in Philadelphia over the Fourth of July as part of ongoing protests over corporate excess and economic inequality.
The group, dubbed the 99% Declaration Working Group, said Wednesday delegates would be selected during a secure online election in early June from all 50 states, the District of Columbia and U.S. territories.
In a nod to their First Amendment rights, delegates will meet in Philadelphia to draft and ratify a "petition for a redress of grievances," convening during the week of July 2 and holding a news conference in front of Independence Hall on the Fourth of July.
Any U.S. citizen or lawful permanent resident who is 18 years of age or older may run as a nonpartisan candidate for delegate, according to Michael S. Pollok, an attorney who advised Occupy Wall Street protesters arrested on the Brooklyn Bridge last year and co-founded the working group.
"We feel it's appropriate to go back to what our founding fathers did and have another petition congress," Pollok said in an interview with The Associated Press. "We feel that following the footsteps of our founding fathers is the right way to go."
In 1776, the Declaration of Independence was adopted by the Continental Congress in Philadelphia and cited King George III's failure to redress the grievances listed in colonial petitions as a reason to declare independence.
One man and one woman will be elected from each of the 435 congressional voting districts, according to Pollok, and they will meet in Philadelphia to deliberate, draft and ratify a "redress of grievances." One delegate will also be elected to represent each of the U.S. territories.
Organizers won't take a position on what grievances should be included, Pollok said, but they will likely include issues like getting money out of politics, dealing with the foreclosure crisis and helping students handle loan debt.
Details of the conference are still being worked out, Pollok said, but organizers have paid for a venue in Philadelphia. Pollok would not identify the venue, but said it was "a major state-of-the art facility." Pollok said the group planned to pay for the conference through donations.
Once the petition is completed, Pollok said, the protesters will deliver copies to the White House, members of Congress and the Supreme Court. They will demand that Congress takes action in the first 100 days of taking office next year. If sufficient action isn't taken, Pollok said, the delegates will go back to their districts and try to recruit their own candidates for office.
Philadelphia Managing Director Richard Negrin said the city has been in communication with the conference organizers and said the biggest concerns are logistical. The conference is coming at a time when thousands of tourists flock to the City of Brotherly Love for Fourth of July festivities.
"It's mostly a police and traffic control concern," Negrin said. "We think that as the cradle of liberty we have to be careful and hold our constitutional rights especially reverent here. ... We're not going to be heavy handed."
Hundreds of Occupy Philadelphia protesters set up an encampment in a plaza at City Hall in early October in unity with the Occupy Wall Street protests in New York. The city eventually ordered them to leave so it could break ground on a $50 million renovation project at the plaza and evicted the remaining protesters in late November.
quote:http://pastebin.com/9Ucs8WUu
Press release from Anonymous:
Anonymous donates forensic video enhancement software kit to Occupy Oakland in order to assist the Oakland community by holding police officers accountable for violent and illegal acts.
International, February 21, 2012
Anonymous has announced the recent donation of it's OccupyCSI forensic video software system to Occupy Oakland, in the interest of the Oakland community at large, with the purpose of enhancing and analyzing video footage from the Occupy Oakland protests in order to find the forensic truth in the recorded footage of the Oakland Police Department's handling of protesters.
The OccupyCSI software kit is comprised of many unique software programs including Amped Five® video forensic software, Faces 4.0® facial composite software, the Izotope RX advanced audio forensic software 2.01, organizational tools like Maltego Case Files and Treesheets, and encrypted chat and VPN, for private, encrypted communications during investigations.
The three elements of the OccupyCSI Video Forensic Package:
The InvestigatorBoy™ tool-set is the first and most comprehensive forensic video/image processing software environment in the world. It has over nine thousand proprietary designed, user-friendly plug-ins and facilities that enhance, denoise and deblur. Including is the recent additions that create the ability to perform unprecedented hexa-resolve vector-zooms of forensic video micro-evidence (e.g. faces, badge numbers).
The VideoCrystalz™ tool-set is the first real-time forensic video processing software with the world’s only (Anonymous' U.S. Patent) fully automatic real-time double-universal de-multiplexing, including real-time track zone and real-time ultra-universal DVR capture. VideoCrystalz™ allows for patented lossless video capture with encoding that doubles video storage, and the ability to perform a video search (e.g. cars and people).
Anonymous' PeenMeasure™ tool-set is the world’s only fully-automatic photogrammetronic software that allows the user to perform accurate bio-metric neo-measurements of a suspect’s dimensions (e.g. height, width, area), including measurements from video surveillance and photographs during police actions. This software is important to the work of Occupy as it allows the user to know the suspected officer's biometric measurements based on the PeenMeasure™ calculations which in turn helps the user eliminate and narrow down individuals who might have been considered suspect.
Anonymous CEO Dr. David Davidson said, in regards to the donation, “It is our sincere hope that in donating our forensic video OccupyCSI software to Occupy Oakland, we are helping to assist the entire community through the forensic video enhancement and 3D super-analysis of numerous videos that were recorded during the Occupy Oakland protests. Pictures tell the truth and when enhancing these videos and photos forensically, unlawful acts committed by police officers will be seen and analyzed clearly and scientifically, no matter what rank of the officer who committed them.”
About Cignatech, the company who recently donated software to the Oakland Police Department:
In 2010, Cignitech, Inc. received the Advertising Genius Award for excellence in the field of Revolution-based Capitialism. Cignitech is the only forensic video company in the world that, free of charge, armed an out-of-control police state with both proprietary forensic video acquisition hardware and scientific forensic software. In 2012, Cignitech, Inc. was the first company in the world that tried to vampirically capitalize on the Occupy Movement for the free advertising the company would receive in the press.
Brought to you by Anonymous. Special Thanks to Doxcak3.
This is #OO --> http://thispaddedcell.com
###########################################
quote:http://www.adbusters.org/(...)cal-briefing-26.html
Hey you wild cats, dreamers, redeemers, horizontals,
The stage is set for a climactic showdown in Chicago.
The crisis of capitalism is deepening. Youth unemployment has reached 50% in Spain and Greece… 30% in Portugal and Italy… 22% in the UK… almost 20% in the US. Hundreds of millions of people around the world are waking up to the fact that their future does not compute… that their lives will be a never ending series of ecological, financial, political and personal crises… and that if we don’t rise up and start fighting for a different kind of future, we won’t have a future.
That struggle ignites again May 1.
#OCCUPYCHICAGO will be the focal point of this global spiritual insurrection… 50,000 of us will converge on the windy city and confront the G8 and NATO leaders with an ultimatum. We will set up impromptu encampments throughout the city and wage a full-spectrum memewar backed up by new tactics of anarchic swarming. Our militant in-your-face nonviolence will inspire thousands of towns, cities and campuses around the world to rise up in solidarity just like they did last October.
This is a worldwide, multi-front mutiny against the way our economic and military leaders are running the world.
On the CULTURAL FRONT we confront the corpo-commercial lie machine – we shift the way information flows and meaning is produced. We train a new breed of livestreamers, citizen journos and p2p visionaries and unleash them in the streets to be the eyes of the world during the month of May.
On the ENVIRONMENTAL FRONT we demand the G8 reach consensus on drastically reducing their carbon footprints and immediately ratifying a binding international accord on climate change.
On the ECONOMIC FRONT we throw our movement’s weight behind one simple demand: the implementation of a 1% Robin Hood Tax on all financial transactions and currency trades.
On the GEOPOLITICAL FRONT we tell Obama, Cameron, Sarkozy, Putin, Merkel, Noda, Monti, Harper and the NATO military leaders to stop the warmongering and start fighting for peace. We block the looming Iran war with a preemptive global initiative that just about everyone in the world can get behind: a nuclear-free world starting with a nuclear-free Middle East that includes both Israel and Iran.
On the PERSONAL FRONT, hundreds of millions of us vow to live the month of May without dead time… to experience joyous camaraderie… to open ourselves to an imminent life changing epiphany. We follow Miles Davis’ advice on how to play jazz: be spontaneously alive and “play what’s not there.”
quote:Matt Taibbi: Bank of America is a “raging hurricane of theft and fraud”
There are two things every American needs to know about Bank of America.
The first is that it’s corrupt. This bank has systematically defrauded almost everyone with whom it has a significant business relationship, cheating investors, insurers, homeowners, shareholders, depositors, and the state. It is a giant, raging hurricane of theft and fraud, spinning its way through America and leaving a massive trail of wiped-out retirees and foreclosed-upon families in its wake.
The second is that all of us, as taxpayers, are keeping that hurricane raging. Bank of America is not just a private company that systematically steals from American citizens: it’s a de facto ward of the state that depends heavily upon public support to stay in business. In fact, without the continued generosity of us taxpayers, and the extraordinary indulgence of our regulators and elected officials, this company long ago would have been swallowed up by scandal, mismanagement, prosecution and litigation, and gone out of business. It would have been liquidated and its component parts sold off, perhaps into a series of smaller regional businesses that would have more respect for the law, and be more responsive to their customers.
But Bank of America hasn’t gone out of business, for the simple reason that our government has decided to make it the poster child for the “Too Big To Fail” concept. Because it is considered a “systemically important institution” whose collapse would have a major, Lehman-Brothers-style impact on the economy, two consecutive presidential administrations have taken extraordinary measures to keep Bank of America in business, despite a staggering recent legacy of corruption schemes, many of which were simply overlooked by regulators.
This is why the question of whether or not Bank of America should remain on public life support is so critical to all Americans, and not just those millions who have the misfortune to be customers of the bank, or own shares in the firm, or hold mortgages serviced by the company. This gigantic financial institution is the ultimate symbol of a new kind of corruption at the highest levels of American society: a tendency to marry the near-limitless power of the federal government with increasingly concentrated, increasingly unaccountable private financial interests.
The inevitable result of that new form of corruption is this bank, whose continued, state-supported existence should naturally outrage all Americans, be they conservative or progressive.
Conservatives should be outraged by Bank of America because it is perhaps the biggest welfare dependent in American history, with the $45 billion in bailout money and the $118 billion in state guarantees it’s received since 2008 representing just the crest of a veritable mountain of federal bailout support, most of it doled out by the Obama administration.
For instance, with its own credit rating hovering just above junk status, Bank of America has been allowed to borrow tens of billions of dollars against the government’s credit rating using little-known bailout programs with names like the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program. Since the crash of 2008, it’s also borrowed billions if not trillions in emergency, near-zero interest rate loans from the Federal Reserve – it took out $91 million in rolling low-interest financing from the Fed on just one day in January, 2009.
Conservatives believe that a commitment to free market principles and limited government will lead us out of our economic troubles, but Bank of America represents the opposite dynamic: a company that is kept protected from the judgments of the free market, and forces the state to expand to take on its debts.
Last summer, for instance, the Bank – in order to satisfy creditors who were nervous about the enormous quantity of risky assets on its balance sheet – decided to move some $73 trillion (that’s trillion, with a T) in exotic derivative bets from one end of the company into the federally-insured, depository side of the bank.
This move, encouraged by the Obama administration, put the American taxpayer on the hook for an entire generation of irresponsible gambles made by another failed investment firm that should have gone out of business, but was instead acquired by Bank of America with $25 billion in taxpayer help – Merrill Lynch.
When did we make it the job of the taxpayer to buy failed companies, and rescue companies from their own bad decisions? How is that conservative?
Meanwhile, if you’re a progressive, Bank of America is the ultimate symbol of modern predatory capitalism. This company has knowingly sold hundreds of billions of worthless securities to unions and pension funds (New York state filed two different lawsuits against Bank of America and its subsidiaries on behalf of its pension fund, one of which was settled for $624 million) brazenly overcharged its depositors (it was forced to pay customers $410 million in restitution for bogus overdraft charges), and repeatedly lied to its shareholders (most notoriously, it lied about billions in losses on Merrill Lynch’s books before asking shareholders to approve its merger with the firm).
Moreover, Bank of America has ruthlessly preyed upon millions of homeowners, throwing them out on the street on the strength of doctored, “robosigned” paperwork created through brazenly illegal practices they helped pioneer — the firm sped struggling families to foreclosure court using perjured affidavits produced in factory-like fashion by the hundreds or thousands every day, with full knowledge of management. Through the firm’s improper use of an unaccountable private electronic mortgage registry system called MERS, it also systematically evaded millions of dollars in local fees, forcing some communities to cut services and raise property taxes.
Even when caught and punished for its crimes by the authorities, Bank of America has repeatedly ignored court orders. It was one of five companies identified in two separate investigations earlier this year that were caught continuing the practice of robosigning, even after promising to stop in a legally binding consent decree. Last summer, the state of Nevada sought to terminate a settlement over mortgage abuses it had entered into with Bank of America after it found the company was brazenly violating the agreement, among other things raising payments and interest rates on mortgage customers, despite the fact that the settlement only allowed them to modify loans downward.
Over and over again, we see that leveling fines and punishments at this bank is not enough: it simply ignores them. It is the very definition of an unaccountable corporate villain.
Companies like Bank of America are a direct threat to national security, for many reasons. For one thing, they drive smaller, more honest banks out of business: since the market knows the federal government will never let Bank of America fail, it charges less to lend the bank money. That gives Bank of America, despite its near-junk credit rating, a competitive advantage over a smaller, regional bank that might have a better credit rating, but doesn’t have the implicit support of the federal government.
Worse still, stock market investor dollars that normally would go to more customer-friendly, more creative, and more commercially dependable firms will instead continue to flow to Too-Big-To-Fail behemoths like Bank of America, as buying stock in a company with implicit state support will be considered almost a safe-haven investment, like buying gold or Treasury bills.
This robs more deserving and ingenious entrepreneurs of scarce capital, and also encourages existing companies to pour resources not into better performance and increased productivity, but into lobbying and government influence. The result will be fewer Googles and Apples, more bad banks, and more campaign contributions for politicians.
Moreover, we’ve seen throughout our history that when criminal organizations are not punished, they tend to be encouraged to commit more crimes. Five years from now, our government’s decision to avoid jailing Bank of America executives for their roles in the vast robosigning program may result in a situation where no court document of any kind can be trusted, as companies will realize that it is cheaper and easier to simply invent legal affidavits than to draw them up properly and accurately.
What will your defense be against a future lawsuit for a credit card debt or a foreclosure, when your bank walks into court with a pile of invented documents? Will you wish then that you’d fought harder for Bank of America to be punished now?
And the state’s decision to allow Bank of America to pay a middling, $137 million fine for the rigging of bids for five years of municipal bond issues – a very serious crime that robbed taxpayers of millions in revenue, and incidentally is exactly the sort of thing we used to put mobsters in jail for, when the rigged contracts were for cement instead of bonds – may mean that down the road, all municipal bond issues will be rigged.
In recent years, Too-Big-To-Fail banks like Bank of America and Chase and Wells Fargo have been caught rigging the bids for financial services in dozens of municipalities nationwide. Worse, these same banks have repeatedly been let off the hook by regulators, who rarely seek jail sentences for the offenders, and more often simply apply fractional fines to the companies caught. This behavior, if left unchecked, will ultimately mean that we will all have to pay more for our roads, our traffic lights, our sewers, in fact all public services, as the banker’s secret bonus will soon become an institutionalized part of the invoice. And it’ll be our fault, because we didn’t do anything about it now.
The only way to prevent this kind of slide to total lawlessness is to break this unhealthy relationship between bank and government. It would be a great sign of America’s return to healthier capitalism if we could allow one of the worst of public-private monsters, Bank of America, to sink or swim on its own, in the free market.
We don’t want Bank of America to fail. Our position is, it already is insolvent, and already has failed – and only our tax dollars, and our government’s continued protection, is keeping that failure from becoming more common knowledge. There are many opinions about the nature of modern American capitalism. Some think the system is no longer able to meet the needs of ordinary people and needs to be radically overhauled, while others like it just the way it is.
But one thing that everyone on this spectrum of beliefs can agree upon is that our system doesn’t work when corrupt companies, companies that should fail in the free market, are kept alive by the government. When we allow that, what we get is a system that is neither capitalism nor socialist, but somewhere more miserably in between – a bureaucratic state in which profit is not tied to performance, but political power.
We have to break that cycle, and we can. Even with the enormous levels of state support, Bank of America has been teetering on the edge of collapse for years now. In December of 2011, its share price briefly dipped below $5, a near-fatal event in the firm’s history. The market has reacted violently to bad news about the bank on multiple occasions in the last year – after news of layoffs, after hints that the government might not bail the bank out completely in the event of a collapse, and after significant new lawsuits were filed. Each of these corrections nearly sent the company into a tailspin, but it was always rescued in the end by the widespread belief that Uncle Sam would bail it out in the event of a collapse.
We need to put a dent in that belief. We need to convince politicians and investors alike to allow failure to fail.
– Matt Taibbi, February 29th, 2012, Occupy Wall Street
quote:G-8 summit to be held at Camp David, not Chicago
The G-8 economic summit will be held at Camp David, not in Chicago as had been scheduled.
The White House announced the change in the following statement:
"In May, the United States looks forward to hosting the G-8 and NATO Summits. To facilitate a free-flowing discussion with our close G-8 partners, the president is inviting his fellow G-8 leaders to Camp David on May 18-19 for the G-8 Summit, which will address a broad range of economic, political and security issues.
"The president will then welcome NATO allies and partners to his hometown of Chicago for the NATO Summit on May 20-21, which will be the premier opportunity this year for the president to continue his efforts to strengthen NATO in order to ensure that the Atlantic Alliance remains the most successful alliance in history, while charting the way forward in Afghanistan."
Mayor Rahm Emanuel had personally lobbied his old boss, President Barack Obama, to host both summits. It would have been the first time since 1977 in London that the two organizations held meetings in the same city at the same time.
Emanuel's office put out a statement this afternoon saying he wished "President Obama and the other leaders well at the G8 meeting at Camp David and look forward to hosting the NATO Summit in Chicago.
"Hosting the NATO Summit is a tremendous opportunity to showcase Chicago to the world and the world to Chicago and we are proud to host the 50 heads of state, foreign and defense ministers from the NATO and ISAF countries in our great city May 19-21."
Chicago police estimated that 2,000 to 10,000 demonstrators were expected to show up for the overlapping G-8 and NATO summits. At least two major demonstrations were already planned for downtown during the summit, and organizers said they wanted to send crowds of marchers down Michigan Avenue in the middle of the day.
Meetings of leaders of international economic organizations like the G-8 have drawn violent large-scale protests for more than a decade.
Perhaps the most infamous U.S. incident occurred in Seattle in 1999, when a protest against a World Trade Organization meeting devolved into widespread rioting. About 35,000 protesters descended on the city, and police used tear gas and rubber bullets against crowds downtown in what became known as “The Battle of Seattle.”
Businesses reported more than $2 million in damage. Seattle Police Chief Norm Stamper later resigned under heavy criticism of how the department handled the situation.
A 2001 riot at the G-8 meeting in Genoa, Italy, left one person dead and hundreds injured. Before a G-20 economic summit in Pittsburgh in 2009, police fired pepper spray at marchers who threw rocks and rolled garbage bins. Recent meetings have seen less violence, however.
twitter:Occupy_DC twitterde op vrijdag 09-03-2012 om 01:48:36#HR347 was just signed into law by #Obama. This government is corrupt. It does not represent us. http://t.co/9OwzU3FM #occupyDC #ows reageer retweet
quote:Inside that new anti-Occupy bill
HR 347 is drawing fire -- but many of its shameful restrictions already exist
In recent days, there has been a considerable amount of online speculation over a bill that made its way through the House and the Senate last week with little opposition — HR 347, or the Federal Restricted Buildings and Grounds Improvement Act of 2011. Some have decried it as specifically anti-Occupy legislation with the aim to further curtail First Amendment rights. HR 347 makes it a prosecutable offense to knowingly, and without lawful authority, enter “(1) the White House or its grounds or the Vice President’s official residence or its grounds, (2) a building or grounds where the President or other person protected by the Secret Service is or will be temporarily visiting, or (3) a building or grounds so restricted due to a special event of national significance.”
This would, of course, include the areas restricted in Chicago for the NATO summit and Camp David for the G-8. However, concerns focusing solely on the passing of HR 347 seem to be a red herring of sorts, as most of its content has long been enshrined into law.
The new bill specifically addresses certain trespassing violations in D.C., which currently do not fall under the remit of federal law (i.e., HR 347 now makes it a federal issue if you trespass onto White House grounds). The only other significant change in the bill is a shift in language, which will make it easier to prosecute those who are found to unlawfully have entered these restricted areas. The law used to say that the person must have entered the area “knowingly” and “willfully.” HR 347, however, scrapped the “willfully,” which essentially now renders it a crime to remain in a restricted area, even if you do not know that it’s illegal for you to be there.
“By striking out ‘willfully’ they make it easier to prosecute under ‘knowingly,’” explained Mara Verheyden-Hilliard, executive director of the Partnership for Civil Justice Fund. She noted with some exasperation that the campaigns focusing energies against HR 347 miss the bigger, ongoing fight for basic free speech and threats to it, as this specific law is only an amendment to laws that were primarily established in 2006. For Verheyden-Hilliard, HR 347 is best understood as the government “looking at the tools in their arsenal and polishing them up” in time for major, protest-drawing summits and political conventions this year.
This is not to say that free speech issues raised by HR 347′s passage should be ignored, but rather contextualized against a backdrop where protest and dissent are already consistently treated as illegal.
quote:Politie New York manipuleerde misdaadcijfers
Een rapport van een New Yorkse politieagent waarin staat dat zijn district tientallen misdaden niet meldde, is gisteren (lokale tijd) door interne onderzoekers geldig verklaard.
Volgens de agent uit Brooklyn werden rapporten in zijn district niet verzonden. Ook werden slachtoffers ontmoedigd om aangifte te doen. Op die manier hield het district de misdaadcijfers lager. Inmiddels zijn zeven agenten op het matje geroepen en is de baas van het district overgeplaatst.
De agent trok al in 2010 aan de bel, maar toen werd hij gearresteerd en belandde zelfs enkele dagen in een gesticht. Hij is nog steeds geschorst, maar heeft inmiddels een rechtszaak aangespannen.
quote:In Court Today: CIA Claims That Torture Technique Is an “Intelligence Method” Exempted From FOIA
Today I will argue in the federal court of appeals in New York that the CIA must release cables describing its use of waterboarding. The CIA has argued that, even though President Obama has declared waterboarding to be illegal, the cables do not have to be turned over in our Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) lawsuit because waterboarding is an “intelligence method.” We have argued that the CIA’s interpretation of the law is fundamentally inconsistent with the purpose of FOIA — to expose official misconduct to public scrutiny — and that, therefore, the government may not suppress details relating to an interrogation technique that even it recognizes to be unlawful.
The CIA’s characterization of torture as an “intelligence method” is shameful, and at bottom it is simply another effort to prevent the public from learning the full scope of the torture program. We know from documents the government has already released that the CIA’s use of waterboarding violated even the minimal guidelines established by its legal memos. The Obama administration should fulfill its commitment to transparency and release these additional documents.
After the CIA revealed in 2007 that it had violated the district court’s orders in our case by destroying videotapes depicting the torture of two detainees, the court ordered the agency to turn over any documents that would allow the public to reconstruct what was on the tapes. The CIA identified 580 documents that describe what was on the tapes, but it has refused to release them. The agency is also refusing to release a photo of one of the detainees, Abu Zubaydah, apparently taken around the time he was being interrogated.
The American public has a right to know the full truth about the torture that was committed in its name.
quote:Passion vs puritanism as America is gripped by a war over sexuality
US politics is overshadowed by bitter debates over sexual politics, from abortion to contraception and personal morality. But it is not just rightwingers who fear the increasing sexualisation of society
Dr Marty Klein pulled no punches when it came to what he thought of the ferocious debate in America over contraception. As the nation's political classes veer between condemning government funding for birth control and defending it as a basic women's right, the California sex therapist and author of America's War on Sex bluntly said his country was on a perilous path.
"America has entered a new dark age where people are proud of their ignorance," he told the Observer. "The US is careering towards a society that is reshaping women's reproductive rights. It used to be abortion. Now it's contraception. How can contraception be a battleground? It is crazy."
That might be so, but the spat is white hot and part of a much larger argument. Only last week protests broke out in Texas, Arizona, Utah, Georgia and Alabama that all involved some aspects of sex and sexuality. In Utah, it was over the passing of a law that means the only sex education children will get in school will be about abstinence. In Texas, it was about cuts to health insurance that covers birth control. In Georgia, eight of the nine women in the state senate walked out over a bill that attacked abortion rights.
Barely a day has gone by in recent weeks without some fresh fight breaking out over sexual politics. The most fierce was over radio shock jock Rush Limbaugh's comments on Georgetown University law student Sandra Fluke, who had testified in Congress on the importance of government funding for birth control. Limbaugh told millions of conservative listeners that this made Fluke a "slut" and "prostitute".
He said: "If we are going to pay for your contraceptives and thus pay for you to have sex, we want something. We want you to post the videos online so we can all watch." The comments sparked outrage, triggered an advertiser boycott of Limbaugh's show and dragged in all the Republican nomination candidates and Barack Obama.
Limbaugh apologised, but many liberals saw it as a sign of the powerful forces on the right determined to undo decades of advancement in sex and women's rights. Few people symbolise that more than former Pennsylvania senator Rick Santorum, who is now the main challenger to Mitt Romney for the Republican presidential nomination.
A devout Catholic and hardened culture warrior, Santorum is a hero to conservatives for his hardline views on abortion and contraception. For Nancy Cohen, author of the current hit book Delirium: How the Sexual Counter-Revolution is Polarising America, Santorum's rise is the inevitable result of decades of backlash against 1960s sexual liberation. "It is insanity to be having this conversation in our politics when you are a world power. The rest of the world is watching with their jaws agape," she said.
But the image of America gripped by a fervent new puritanism is not the full picture. Any survey of the wider cultural landscape reveals sex has never been more prevalent in American life. On television and in movies sex is everywhere.
Reality shows like The Jersey Shore show their cast members coupling with each other and random strangers. Stars such as Paris Hilton and Kim Kardashian, built lucrative businesses on the back of sex tapes. Gossip websites debate the sex lives of celebrities with a prurient detail that would shock even the most infamous of scandal rags from Hollywood in the 1930s, and they do it for an audience online of millions.
Sex sells like never before, even for the most tangential of products. In sport there is even a Lingerie Football League, whose female players done skimpy outfits and teams have names like the Los Angeles Temptation.
The American sex industry is said to be worth more than $12bn a year. Recent regulations in California aimed at ensuring all porn actors have to use condoms saw protests that such a law would see the industry relocate, with a resultant loss of jobs and taxes. At the same time porn actor James Deen has been cast as the lead in a new Hollywood film The Canyons. Deen has now become such a popular porn star – especially with young women – that he was the subject of a segment on ABC's headline news show Nightline.
In fact, sexual freedom in America has gone so far that conservatives are not the only ones wringing their hands. The sexualisation of young girls – such as Bratz dolls with their bee-stung lips and short skirts – has outraged liberals and feminists, as has the growth of a casual "hook up" culture on American college campuses. Even Klein admits that – sexually speaking – Americans have never been so inventive. "The range of things that people do in their bedrooms is without doubt getting broader and the entertainment options around sex are also broader," he said. But how to explain such vibrant sexual freedoms alongside such a widespread backlash? "Two words: mental illness!" joked Klein. "When people ask me is America getting more progressive sexually or is it getting more conservative, I just answer: 'Yes'."
Cohen has a thesis. In her book she describes a "shadow movement" that has aggressively campaigned to set back women's rights, focused on issues around sex and birth control. It is, she says, largely motivated by religion. That gives it a powerful motivation and it has developed sophisticated techniques to influence mainstream politics, especially via the social-conservative wing of the Republican party.
Klein believes it gives the movement power far beyond its numbers and a louder voice than a more silent majority. "These people are brilliant political organisers. They are ideologues and holy crusaders. They believe that if they lose, then civilisation hangs in the balance," he said.
Unique factors in American history also help to explain the situation. Religion continues to play a big role in public life, which stands in stark contrast to many European countries. About 43% of Americans regularly go to church and it is hard to have a political career in the US without professing a deep faith. The power of religion provides a ready-made vehicle for campaigning on sexual mores. It also means sex is the one part of life where the normal rules of the free market are given a willful pass. "The only place in life in America where more freedom of choice is seen as bad is sex," said Klein.
Many commentators say the hardline Protestantism of 17th-century settlers casts a long shadow over modern sexuality, leading to a distrust of sexual behaviour as pleasure and seeing it as a religious duty for reproduction. Certainly Santorum's pronouncements on the evil of contraception fit this narrative. Despite his Catholicism, Santorum is a huge hit with the evangelicals. But others say the Puritans have been misjudged by history.
"There is evidence they understood and celebrated sex within certain confines, like marriage," said Professor Thomas Foster, a cultural history expert at the Catholic DePaul University in Chicago. "Puritans talk about the clitoris. My classes are always amazed when they hear about that," he added.
Another theory is that American ideas about public and private morality are rooted in the nations' founding fathers. Whereas in France and Italy, there is little link seen between a politician's private life and political behaviour, in America the reverse is true. "There was a sense with the founding fathers that the person who is virtuous in their private life is able to be virtuous in their public life," Foster said. Thus Bill Clinton's affair with a White House intern nearly destroyed his presidency.
A final theory holds that, because America was founded as a revolutionary experiment against the autocracies of Europe, it has a very different sense of "modernism". While European countries have organically evolved social mores over centuries, America has always been in turmoil at the previous generation's social behaviour because such fights are locked into the nation's sense of self-invention. In this view, the current battle over contraception is simply yet another part of the American experience.
"These debates are old. They are as old as the first colonies," said Foster. Or to put it another way, the only thing more American than having sex is arguing about it.
What's your take on the so-called sexual counter-revolution? Is there a war on women? We want to hear your thoughts. Join our People's Panel and share your perspective.
quote:Billionaire Hedge Fund Manager Backs Romney, Says Rich Need More Power
Billionaire hedge fund manager Kenneth Griffin is backing Mitt Romney in the 2012 presidential election, and he says that the ultra-wealthy should have more influence over the country.
Griffin is the head of Citadel, one of the biggest hedge funds in the world. His personal net worth is estimated at $2.3 billion.
In an interview with the Chicago Tribune, Griffin explained that he didn’t think the 1% had enough power: “I think (the ultra-wealthy) actually have an insufficient influence, those who have enjoyed the benefits of our system more than ever now owe a duty to protect the system that has created the greatest nation on this planet.”
Griffin has donated $150,000 to Restore Our Future, a pro-Romney Super PAC. He has also donated $560,000 to the Republican Governor’s Association, and in the past has donated thousands to Karl Rove’s American Crossroads, a pro-Republican group that has regularly been caught creating grossly inaccurate advertising.
The Tribune also reports that Griffin has donated $1.5 million to Americans For Prosperity, the shadowy front group operated by billionaires Charles and David Koch. Americans for Prosperity has funded much of the “tea party” movement.
In 2005, Griffin was a backer of credit derivatives — the complex financial instruments that helped to cause much of the economic crisis in 2008. He described derivatives as “an entirely new and vital way of spreading risk.” Billionaire investor Warren Buffet described these same tools as “financial weapons of mass destruction.”
quote:Subpoenas Issued Demanding Logs and IP Addresses for some Occupy Websites
In a very interesting twist on the Occupy movement Subpoenas are being issued demanding information relating to many of the Websites that related to the Occupy cause. One of the Subpoenas that was posted on Scribd.com is asking for quite a bit of information including “Any and all documents and records relating to the following articles posted on the Website including records of the IP addresses and pseudo names of the blog posters.”
This latest development is a very drastic measure and one that we are pretty confident will backfire on the courts in question. The establishment of a website in support of a political, social or economic cause should still be protected under the 1st amendment right to free speech. So far there are three Subpoena’s posted on the Scridb site started by someone called CabinCr3w (including one for occupy Boston), but we are sure that more will follow as the local and state governments attempt to track down what they obviously feel are dangerous criminals (never mind the real ones out there).
These Subpoenas are the latest in the move to criminalize the online activist movement (Anonymous and now the Occupy Movement). We have already watched as the FUD campaign has pushed ahead with articles that are now trying to portray Sabu (Hector Xavier Monsegur) as a “Gun Carrying Drug Dealer”.
So why the subpoenas all of a sudden? Well there are a couple of reasons that jump to mind. The first is that the people in charge a guessing that many of the individuals that support (or are involved with) the occupy movement are also involved or support Anonymous. This is not that big of a leap of logic, but it is a dangerous situation where the state and local governments are close to abusing (or disregarding) certain rights. This is not that far away from asking for the logs files and IP addresses of visitors to ANY site on the internet that might have an opposing view about the existing government.
The problem with this tactic is that they are very likely to be trampling on innocent people’s rights and freedoms all under the guise of trying to catch those dangerous criminals called Anonymous… not to mention that it really is not going to work the way they want. However, they are drunk with the way that Monsegur was caught (though a domain registry) and are hoping for more success of the same type. We have a feeling that the Electronic Frontier Foundation will be stepping in soon considering their stance on this type of legal abuse.
In the meantime, you can expect to see more court action and also more stories in the press playing up the limited success of the FBI’s actions with Sabu. My personal favorite headline is the one that claims Anonymous is “reeling” from the capture of Sabu and the final breakup of LulzSec. If nothing else this shows the ignorance of the situation that most media and the government agencies have of Anonymous, the Occupy Movement and, well to be honest pretty much anything else that relates to the way the Internet has changed activism and social communication between people, nations, cultures and ideologies.
quote:NYPD Treating Protesters Like Muslims
It's no longer a secret that Muslims anywhere near New York City have been extensively tracked and cataloged by the NYPD, whether or not they pose a threat to security. Today, the New York Times reports that Occupy Wall Street protesters, waiting in the wings for a planned spring resurgence, are being treated in much the same way, at least according to their lawyers. "Not only are the police disrupting people's rights to free expression," said an attorney for a group of demonstrators who were arrested — but not prosecuted — while buying coffee on a planned "day of action" last year. "They are taking preemptive steps by arresting people who might be just thinking about exercising their rights."
"I felt like I had been arrested for a thought crime," said 20-year-old Kira Moyer-Sims, who was charged with obstructing governmental administration and is now planning to sue the city, along with two others.
Separate demonstrators report officers showing up to private meetings to intimidate them. The Times points to expanded surveillance powers granted to the police department in 2003, with terror prevention in mind, but the director of the ACLU says now, "The NYPD surveillance does not appear to be limited to unlawful activity."
And imagine being a person of color:
. Mark Adams, a 32-year-old engineer from Virginia, said he was arrested in November at an Occupy Wall Street protest in Midtown and was questioned by a police detective and an agent from the Federal Bureau of Investigation, who asked about his involvement with Occupy Wall Street, requested his e-mail address and inquired whether he had ever been to Yemen or met anyone connected to Al Qaeda.
Adams is a U.S. citizen, but was born in Pakistan, so he's a potential violator of the worst offense of all: protesting while Muslim.
quote:Tactical Briefing #27.
Alright you wild cats, nimble dreamers and jammer tacticians,
In a sudden about-face, the United States has conceded a victory to Occupy and moved May’s G8 summit to Camp David, an impenetrable military base in rural Maryland. Wow! Looks like the specter of 50,000 occupiers ready to swarm with a list of demands has turned the climactic Showdown in Chicago into a humiliating G8 Backdown. Bravo! Splitting the G8 and NATO summits was a deft move… but now we’ve got a major tactical rethink on our hands.
The big question is do we follow Mao’s advice (“when the enemy retreats, we pursue”) or Sun Tzu’s (“Do not pursue an enemy who simulates flight”)? We’ve heard persuasive arguments on all sides. Some occupiers say the movement should lay chase and go for #OCCUPYCAMPDAVID against all odds … a month of tree-sits, lockdowns and nomadic encampments in the woods and nearby Thurmont. Others believe it’s best to up the ante with #OCCUPYCHICAGO: an even bigger mobilization beginning with the May Day General Strike. Still others advocate an unpredictable everywhere-at-once global insurgency of anarchic swarms throughout the month of May.
When Ben Ali first attacked then tried to hide from his people, he was toppled. When Mubarak refused to negotiate and tried to beat his people back into line, he was deposed. Now the White House and the G8 are repeating the mistakes of last year’s autocrats … first they try to scare us with tough talk of repressive anti-Occupy ordinances, crowd suppression technologies and paramilitary policing, then they make a hasty retreat to the safety of Camp David.
The world’s leaders flee from us … so what do we do? Maybe we just laugh at them?
On May 18, the day the G8 leaders meet in Camp David, why don’t we, the people of the world have a #LAUGHRIOT. Let roars of laughter rise up from towns and cities everywhere at the spectacle of the world’s leaders trying to crisis manage the economy from behind closed doors and razor wire fences.
Laughter is one of the most powerful tactical weapons of memewar … it signals supremacy and loss of fear. So let’s pull off the greatest comedy of howling flash mobs, riotous street parties and hysterical pranks the world has ever seen. May 18 could be a monumental tipping point… an ahahaha! moment when the people of the world have a collective epiphany, and from that point on start thinking differently about how the world should be governed.
Jammers, whatever we do this Spring, let’s float like butterflies and sting like bees! Let’s bend the G8 and NATO to our will with shock tactics and audacious culture jams that capture the imagination of the world. We may be far closer to a Global Spring than any of us has so far dared to imagine …
for the wild,
Culture Jammers HQ
OccupyWallStreet.org / Tactical Briefing #25 and #26 / OccupyWallst.org / G8Protest.org / OccupyChi.org / CANG8.org / Takethesquare.net / OccupyMay1st.org / MayDayNYC.org / Facebook / Twitter / Reddit
quote:Why I Am Leaving Goldman Sachs
TODAY is my last day at Goldman Sachs. After almost 12 years at the firm — first as a summer intern while at Stanford, then in New York for 10 years, and now in London — I believe I have worked here long enough to understand the trajectory of its culture, its people and its identity. And I can honestly say that the environment now is as toxic and destructive as I have ever seen it.
To put the problem in the simplest terms, the interests of the client continue to be sidelined in the way the firm operates and thinks about making money. Goldman Sachs is one of the world’s largest and most important investment banks and it is too integral to global finance to continue to act this way. The firm has veered so far from the place I joined right out of college that I can no longer in good conscience say that I identify with what it stands for.
It might sound surprising to a skeptical public, but culture was always a vital part of Goldman Sachs’s success. It revolved around teamwork, integrity, a spirit of humility, and always doing right by our clients. The culture was the secret sauce that made this place great and allowed us to earn our clients’ trust for 143 years. It wasn’t just about making money; this alone will not sustain a firm for so long. It had something to do with pride and belief in the organization. I am sad to say that I look around today and see virtually no trace of the culture that made me love working for this firm for many years. I no longer have the pride, or the belief.
But this was not always the case. For more than a decade I recruited and mentored candidates through our grueling interview process. I was selected as one of 10 people (out of a firm of more than 30,000) to appear on our recruiting video, which is played on every college campus we visit around the world. In 2006 I managed the summer intern program in sales and trading in New York for the 80 college students who made the cut, out of the thousands who applied.
I knew it was time to leave when I realized I could no longer look students in the eye and tell them what a great place this was to work.
When the history books are written about Goldman Sachs, they may reflect that the current chief executive officer, Lloyd C. Blankfein, and the president, Gary D. Cohn, lost hold of the firm’s culture on their watch. I truly believe that this decline in the firm’s moral fiber represents the single most serious threat to its long-run survival.
Over the course of my career I have had the privilege of advising two of the largest hedge funds on the planet, five of the largest asset managers in the United States, and three of the most prominent sovereign wealth funds in the Middle East and Asia. My clients have a total asset base of more than a trillion dollars. I have always taken a lot of pride in advising my clients to do what I believe is right for them, even if it means less money for the firm. This view is becoming increasingly unpopular at Goldman Sachs. Another sign that it was time to leave.
How did we get here? The firm changed the way it thought about leadership. Leadership used to be about ideas, setting an example and doing the right thing. Today, if you make enough money for the firm (and are not currently an ax murderer) you will be promoted into a position of influence.
What are three quick ways to become a leader? a) Execute on the firm’s “axes,” which is Goldman-speak for persuading your clients to invest in the stocks or other products that we are trying to get rid of because they are not seen as having a lot of potential profit. b) “Hunt Elephants.” In English: get your clients — some of whom are sophisticated, and some of whom aren’t — to trade whatever will bring the biggest profit to Goldman. Call me old-fashioned, but I don’t like selling my clients a product that is wrong for them. c) Find yourself sitting in a seat where your job is to trade any illiquid, opaque product with a three-letter acronym.
Today, many of these leaders display a Goldman Sachs culture quotient of exactly zero percent. I attend derivatives sales meetings where not one single minute is spent asking questions about how we can help clients. It’s purely about how we can make the most possible money off of them. If you were an alien from Mars and sat in on one of these meetings, you would believe that a client’s success or progress was not part of the thought process at all.
It makes me ill how callously people talk about ripping their clients off. Over the last 12 months I have seen five different managing directors refer to their own clients as “muppets,” sometimes over internal e-mail. Even after the S.E.C., Fabulous Fab, Abacus, God’s work, Carl Levin, Vampire Squids? No humility? I mean, come on. Integrity? It is eroding. I don’t know of any illegal behavior, but will people push the envelope and pitch lucrative and complicated products to clients even if they are not the simplest investments or the ones most directly aligned with the client’s goals? Absolutely. Every day, in fact.
It astounds me how little senior management gets a basic truth: If clients don’t trust you they will eventually stop doing business with you. It doesn’t matter how smart you are.
These days, the most common question I get from junior analysts about derivatives is, “How much money did we make off the client?” It bothers me every time I hear it, because it is a clear reflection of what they are observing from their leaders about the way they should behave. Now project 10 years into the future: You don’t have to be a rocket scientist to figure out that the junior analyst sitting quietly in the corner of the room hearing about “muppets,” “ripping eyeballs out” and “getting paid” doesn’t exactly turn into a model citizen.
When I was a first-year analyst I didn’t know where the bathroom was, or how to tie my shoelaces. I was taught to be concerned with learning the ropes, finding out what a derivative was, understanding finance, getting to know our clients and what motivated them, learning how they defined success and what we could do to help them get there.
My proudest moments in life — getting a full scholarship to go from South Africa to Stanford University, being selected as a Rhodes Scholar national finalist, winning a bronze medal for table tennis at the Maccabiah Games in Israel, known as the Jewish Olympics — have all come through hard work, with no shortcuts. Goldman Sachs today has become too much about shortcuts and not enough about achievement. It just doesn’t feel right to me anymore.
I hope this can be a wake-up call to the board of directors. Make the client the focal point of your business again. Without clients you will not make money. In fact, you will not exist. Weed out the morally bankrupt people, no matter how much money they make for the firm. And get the culture right again, so people want to work here for the right reasons. People who care only about making money will not sustain this firm — or the trust of its clients — for very much longer.
Greg Smith is resigning today as a Goldman Sachs executive director and head of the firm’s United States equity derivatives business in Europe, the Middle East and Africa.
quote:Goldman Sachs Mobilizes Rapid Smear Campaign Against Whistleblower
Today, Goldman Sachs employee Greg Smith excoriated the investment bank in a New York Times op-ed, resigning due to the banks “toxic and destructive” culture, one in which the bank’s trading profits took precedence over its customers’ financial well-being. Goldman managers allegedly called customers “muppets,” and traders routinely asked how much was being made ripping off one customer or another.
Goldman has been quick to push back on Smith’s claims, portraying him as just a disgruntled employee. Some employees told Fox Business’ Charlie Gasparino that Smith doesn’t know what he’s talking about because he “never made more than $750,000 a year.”
And of course, the financial press has begun reporting anonymous attacks on Smith, quoting “people familiar with the matter” saying that Smith was angry with the size of his bonus and his lack of promotion:
. – The Wall Street Journal reported that “people familiar with the matter” said that Smith is just miffed that his bonus was small: “The circumstances of Mr. Smith’s departure aren’t entirely clear. When Goldman doled out annual bonuses earlier this year, Mr. Smith’s small payment became a point of friction, according to people familiar with the matter.”
. – Forbes’ Nathan Vardi wrote that Smith is just “having a midlife crisis“: “Smith is not the first person who wants to tell his former bosses to shove it. He is also not a whistleblower.”
The financial prognosticators at CNBC decided to mock Smith, saying that he would go form a media firm with Rolling Stone writer and staunch Goldman critic Matt Taibbi and the characters from Sesame Street. CNBC also compared Smith to Tom Cruise’s character in Jerry Maguire, airing the clip of that film when Cruise asks “who’s coming with me?” repeatedly, with no one actually going with him. Fox Business, meanwhile, insinuated that Smith just left because he didn’t get a promotion and was paid a small bonus. Watch a compilation:
Bloomberg’s William Cohan, author of “Money and Power: How Goldman Sachs Came to Rule the World,” said today that Smith is “now in the Witness Protection Program” due to his sure ostracism from Wall Street.
quote:Occupy in America: looking back on six months of protest
Saturday is Occupy's six-month anniversary. What it was like where you were? Browse the photos and share your memories
Een ander geluid is dat. omdat Obama een outsider is, hij geen controle heeft over de millitairen en NSA.quote:Op zaterdag 17 maart 2012 05:01 schreef Probably_on_pcp het volgende:
Hier nog een goeie docu over hoe Obama alleen maar naar voren is geschoven om het volk te bespelen. Zijn beleid wordt belicht en het komt duidelijk naar voren dat hij achter de schermen helemaal niet de man is die hij pretendeert te zijn:
http://metanoia-films.org/lifting-the-veil/
quote:
quote:Under construction by contractors with top-secret clearances, the blandly named Utah Data Center is being built for the National Security Agency. A project of immense secrecy, it is the final piece in a complex puzzle assembled over the past decade. Its purpose: to intercept, decipher, analyze, and store vast swaths of the world’s communications as they zap down from satellites and zip through the underground and undersea cables of international, foreign, and domestic networks. The heavily fortified $2 billion center should be up and running in September 2013. Flowing through its servers and routers and stored in near-bottomless databases will be all forms of communication, including the complete contents of private emails, cell phone calls, and Google searches, as well as all sorts of personal data trails—parking receipts, travel itineraries, bookstore purchases, and other digital “pocket litter.” It is, in some measure, the realization of the “total information awareness” program created during the first term of the Bush administration—an effort that was killed by Congress in 2003 after it caused an outcry over its potential for invading Americans’ privacy.
quote:Before yottabytes of data from the deep web and elsewhere can begin piling up inside the servers of the NSAs new center, they must be collected. To better accomplish that, the agency has undergone the largest building boom in its history, including installing secret electronic monitoring rooms in major US telecom facilities. Controlled by the NSA, these highly secured spaces are where the agency taps into the US communications networks, a practice that came to light during the Bush years but was never acknowledged by the agency. The broad outlines of the so-called warrantless-wiretapping program have long been exposedhow the NSA secretly and illegally bypassed the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Court, which was supposed to oversee and authorize highly targeted domestic eavesdropping; how the program allowed wholesale monitoring of millions of American phone calls and email. In the wake of the programs exposure, Congress passed the FISA Amendments Act of 2008, which largely made the practices legal. Telecoms that had agreed to participate in the illegal activity were granted immunity from prosecution and lawsuits. What wasnt revealed until now, however, was the enormity of this ongoing domestic spying program.
Meer achtergrond over the Utah Data Center.quote:So the agency had one major ingredienta massive data storage facilityunder way. Meanwhile, across the country in Tennessee, the government was working in utmost secrecy on the other vital element: the most powerful computer the world has ever known.
The plan was launched in 2004 as a modern-day Manhattan Project. Dubbed the High Productivity Computing Systems program, its goal was to advance computer speed a thousandfold, creating a machine that could execute a quadrillion (1015) operations a second, known as a petaflopthe computer equivalent of breaking the land speed record. And as with the Manhattan Project, the venue chosen for the supercomputing program was the town of Oak Ridge in eastern Tennessee, a rural area where sharp ridges give way to low, scattered hills, and the southwestward-flowing Clinch River bends sharply to the southeast. About 25 miles from Knoxville, it is the secret city where uranium- 235 was extracted for the first atomic bomb. A sign near the exit read: what you see here, what you do here, what you hear here, when you leave here, let it stay here. Today, not far from where that sign stood, Oak Ridge is home to the Department of Energys Oak Ridge National Laboratory, and its engaged in a new secret war. But this time, instead of a bomb of almost unimaginable power, the weapon is a computer of almost unimaginable speed.
Project Thin Thread , Project Trailblazer.quote:
quote:The morning that Al Qaeda attacked the U.S. was, coincidentally, Drake’s first full day of work as a civilian employee at the N.S.A.—an agency that James Bamford, the author of “The Shadow Factory” (2008), calls “the largest, most costly, and most technologically sophisticated spy organization the world has ever known.” Drake, a linguist and a computer expert with a background in military crypto-electronics, had worked for twelve years as an outside contractor at the N.S.A. Under a program code-named Jackpot, he focussed on finding and fixing weaknesses in the agency’s software programs. But, after going through interviews and background checks, he began working full time for Maureen Baginski, the chief of the Signals Intelligence Directorate at the N.S.A., and the agency’s third-highest-ranking official.
quote:In the late nineties, Binney estimated that there were some two and a half billion phones in the world and one and a half billion I.P. addresses. Approximately twenty terabytes of unique information passed around the world every minute. Binney started assembling a system that could trap and map all of it. “I wanted to graph the world,” Binney said. “People said, ‘You can’t do this—the possibilities are infinite.’ ” But he argued that “at any given point in time the number of atoms in the universe is big, but it’s finite.”
As Binney imagined it, ThinThread would correlate data from financial transactions, travel records, Web searches, G.P.S. equipment, and any other “attributes” that an analyst might find useful in pinpointing “the bad guys.” By 2000, Binney, using fibre optics, had set up a computer network that could chart relationships among people in real time. It also turned the N.S.A.’s data-collection paradigm upside down. Instead of vacuuming up information around the world and then sending it all back to headquarters for analysis, ThinThread processed information as it was collected—discarding useless information on the spot and avoiding the overload problem that plagued centralized systems. Binney says, “The beauty of it is that it was open-ended, so it could keep expanding.”
quote:In the weeks after the attacks, rumors began circulating inside the N.S.A. that the agency, with the approval of the Bush White House, was violating the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act—the 1978 law, known as FISA, that bars domestic surveillance without a warrant. Years later, the rumors were proved correct. In nearly total secrecy, and under pressure from the White House, Hayden sanctioned warrantless domestic surveillance.
quote:When Binney heard the rumors, he was convinced that the new domestic-surveillance program employed components of ThinThread: a bastardized version, stripped of privacy controls. “It was my brainchild,” he said. “But they removed the protections, the anonymization process. When you remove that, you can target anyone.” He said that although he was not “read in” to the new secret surveillance program, “my people were brought in, and they told me, ‘Can you believe they’re doing this? They’re getting billing records on U.S. citizens! They’re putting pen registers’ ”—logs of dialled phone numbers—“ ‘on everyone in the country!’ ”
quote:But Susan Landau, a former engineer at Sun Microsystems, and the author of a new book, “Surveillance or Security?,” notes that, in 2003, the government placed equipment capable of copying electronic communications at locations across America. These installations were made, she says, at “switching offices” that not only connect foreign and domestic communications but also handle purely domestic traffic. As a result, she surmises, the U.S. now has the capability to monitor domestic traffic on a huge scale. “Why was it done this way?” she asks. “One can come up with all sorts of nefarious reasons, but one doesn’t want to think that way about our government.”
quote:In December, 2005, the N.S.A.’s culture of secrecy was breached by a stunning leak. The Times reporters James Risen and Eric Lichtblau revealed that the N.S.A. was running a warrantless wiretapping program inside the United States. The paper’s editors had held onto the scoop for more than a year, weighing the propriety of publishing it. According to Bill Keller, the executive editor of the Times, President Bush pleaded with the paper’s editors to not publish the story; Keller told New York that “the basic message was: You’ll have blood on your hands.” After the paper defied the Administration, Bush called the leak “a shameful act.” At his command, federal agents launched a criminal investigation to identify the paper’s source.
quote:a successor to Trailblazer, code-named Turbulence
quote:The Purpose of Occupy Wall Street Is to Occupy Wall Street
by Michael Moore
Occupy Wall Street. What other political movement in modern times has won the sympathy and/or support of the majority of the American public—in less than two months? How did this happen? I think it was a revolt that has been percolating across the country since Reagan fired the first air traffic controller. Then, on September 17, 2011, a group of (mostly) young adults decided to take direct action. And this action struck a raw nerve, sending a shock wave throughout the United States, because what these kids were doing was what tens of millions of people wished they could do. The people who have lost their jobs, their homes, their “American dream”—they cathartically cheered on this ragtag bunch who got right in the face of Wall Street and said, “We’re not leaving until you give us our country back!"
By purposely not creating a formal, hierarchical organization with rules and dues and structure and charismatic leaders and spokespeople—all the things their parents told them they would need in order to get anything done—this new way allowed people from all over the country to feel like they were part of the rebellion by simply deciding that they were part of the rebellion. You want to occupy your local bank—do it! You want to occupy your college board of trustees—done! You want to occupy Oakland or Cincinnati or Grass Valley—be our guest! This is your movement, and you can make it what you want it to be.
In the old days, if you were starting a movement, you had to first educate the public about the problem you were trying to fix, and then you had to persuade them to join you. To move America toward a nonracist, nonsexist, nonhomophobic, peace-seeking nation took years—decades—and we’re still not there. But with Occupy Wall Street, you don’t have to convince the majority of Americans that greed rules Wall Street, that the banks have no one’s interests but their own at heart or that corporate America is out to squeeze every last bit of labor and wages out of everyone’s pocket. Everybody gets it. Even those who oppose it. The hardest part of this or any movement—building a majority—has already happened. The people are with us. So now what do we do?
Here’s what we don’t do: don’t turn Occupy Wall Street into another bureaucratic, top-down organization. That will certainly kill it. Baby boomers who grew up working within traditional organizations need to calm down and not shoehorn this movement into the old paradigm of “Let’s elect people to office and then lobby them to pass good laws!” Let Occupy take its natural course. The candidates for office that we need are in this movement. (Are you one of them? Why not? Someone has to do it, and it would be better if it was you!) The laws that must be enacted to make this a more just nation will come in due time. And not ten years from now; some of this will happen this year. The leading candidate for Congress from my hometown of Flint, Michigan, has already taken a pledge to make “getting money out of politics” his top goal once in office. Others have joined him. We need to vote for them and then hold them to it.
But right now, Occupy has to continue as a bold, in-your-face movement—occupying banks, corporate headquarters, board meetings, campuses and Wall Street itself. We need weekly—if not daily—nonviolent assaults right on Wall Street. You have no idea how many people across the country would come to New York City to participate in wave after wave of arrests as they/we attempt to shut down the murderous, thieving machine that is Wall Street. Forty-five thousand people a year die simply because they don’t have health insurance. Do you think they have any relatives, friends, neighbors, parishioners who might be a little upset? How about the 4 million people losing their homes to the banks? Or the millions of students being crushed by debt? I think we could organize a few of them to shut down Wall Street.
And in town after town across America, people need to do similar things, but on a local level. Evictions of people who have been foreclosed upon must be met by citizens occupying the front door of the repossessed home and nonviolently blocking the bank from tossing the family out to the curb. When a neighbor can’t get the medical procedure she needs, people in town must occupy the hospital or the lobby of the insurance company. When a university raises students’ tuition for the umpteenth time, those students must occupy the administration’s office until the board of trustees relents.
It’s important to remember, though, that Occupy Wall Street is about occupying Wall Street. The other Occupies that have sprung up around the country are in solidarity, and while they attack the tentacles and the symptoms of the beast that exist locally everywhere, the head can be chopped off only in one place—and that place is in downtown Manhattan, where this movement started and must continue.
Our kids—the heart and soul of this movement—have watched us for years beating our heads against the walls of power, always marching on Washington, sending in checks to the environmental groups, giving up red meat—and what they got from this is that they are the first generation who will now be worse off than their parents. They still love us (which is remarkable when you think of the world we’ve handed them), but they are taking a different path from ours. Let them. The kids are all right. Do they know where their path will lead? Not necessarily—but that’s the beauty of Occupy Wall Street. The mystery of what’s ahead is the lure. Millions want in on that adventure because, deep down, they know they have no choice. And they know that there’s more of them than the men on Wall Street who currently occupy America. They have no choice but to win.
quote:N.Y. Passes DNA Requirement For Convicted Criminals
Early on Thursday, lawmakers in New York approved a bill that will make the state the first to require DNA samples from almost all convicted criminals — and make its DNA database one of the largest in the nation.
Most states, including New York, already collect DNA samples from felons, according to the National Conference of State Legislatures. What's remarkable about the New York bill is that it would expand the state's database to include DNA from people convicted of almost any crime, even misdemeanors as minor as jumping over a subway turnstile.
Donna Lieberman, director of the New York Civil Liberties Union, is concerned the strain of all that additional DNA will overwhelm the state crime labs that handle it.
"Instead of helping us solve crimes, this may result in the conviction of innocent New Yorkers," she says. "What we've seen in other jurisdictions is that when you engage in the massive expansion of the database like that, there are shortcuts that are taken and there's negligence, there's fraud, there's contamination. And it's really an enormous hurdle for defendants."
The bill's authors did exempt minor marijuana convictions from the DNA reporting requirement. But its backers, including Richard Aborn at the Citizens Crime Commission of New York City, say there's a good argument for including even the most minor offenses in the database.
"We know from lots of studies and lots of data now that violent criminals very often begin their careers as nonviolent criminals," Aborn says. "And the earlier you can get a nonviolent criminal's DNA in the data bank, the higher your chances are of apprehending the right person."
That may be why the bill has enjoyed the support of district attorneys all across the state. Aborn says the bill's authors did a good job of making sure that defense lawyers will have access to the database, too. And he points out that DNA can be used to prove innocence, as well as guilt.
"DNA is really the 21st century fingerprint. And it's actually a more accurate fingerprint," he says, "because it has a higher degree of reliability."
But Lieberman disagrees. "This isn't just like a fingerprint," she says. "This is like a whole range of genetic material."
And that material can potentially reveal far more about you, including your genetic makeup and family background. The New York Civil Liberties Union and others wanted to see stronger oversight of the state agency that will handle the database. In fact, so did Assemblyman Joseph Lentol of Brooklyn, who co-sponsored the bill. But Lentol thinks the benefits of the DNA database outweigh the risks.
"If you've committed a crime and you get into the database, all this does is put you in the database," he says. "And it will sit there forever so long as you don't commit another crime. Nobody's gonna use it; no health agencies are going to have access to it."
Maybe not now, say privacy advocates. But they worry that once the DNA is on file, there's no going back.
quote:Senators terrified with abuse of Patriot Act’s secret laws
Horrified with the way the US government uses the Patriot Act against its own people, two senators have been trying to make these practices public for years. Tired of being ignored, they're now taking their fight against secret programs to public.
Two US senators wrote the attorney general of the United States this week, urging the federal government to give the American public evidence explaining how the Patriot Act has been interpreted since signed into law in 2001.
In a joint letter to Attorney General Eric Holder sent Thursday, Senators Ron Wyden (D-Oregon) and Mark Udall (D-Colorado) plead with the government to provide the American people with the facts behind what the Patriot Act can let America’s top investigators do. The lawmakers, who have rallied for disclosure of these details for more than two years, say citizens would be “stunned” to learn what the government believes it can get away with under the law.
The controversial USA Patriot Act was hastily signed into legislation after the September 11 al-Qaeda attacks under the guise of a being a necessity for preventing future terrorist efforts, but for over a decade since the law has become notorious for its ability to stick federal eyes into seemingly every aspect of the American public in the name of counterterrorism. Although the government has gone on the record to downplay the constitutionally-damning powers they are granted under the law, Senators Wyden and Udall say it is time that the feds fulfill the demands of millions of concerned Americans and discuss in detail what they can do under the act — and what they’ve already done.
Wydell and Udall are specifically calling on Holder to provide information about how the government has interpreted Section 215 of the Patriot Act, which grants government officials with certain clearance to obtain “tangible things” deemed “relevant” to issues of terrorism. While that much is clear, write the senators, how the government goes about abiding by it “has been the subject of secret legal interpretations,” which they add “are contained in classified opinions” that are not made available to much of Congress, let alone members of the general public.
“We believe most Americans would be stunned to learn the details of how these secret court opinions have interpreted Section 215,” add the senators. “As we see it, there is now a significant gap between what most Americans think the law allows and what the government secretly claims the law allows. This is a problem, because it is impossible to have an informed public debate about what the law should say when they public doesn’t know what its government thinks the law says.”
The Justice Department has in their own defense said that disclosing details on certain interpretations could be detrimental to national security, an issue to which the senators acknowledge. “We believe that is entirely legitimate for government agencies to keep certain information secret,” write the lawmakers.The argument being made by Wyden and Udall, however, is that the government is letting itself perceive the law in a way which not only are Americans completely oblivious to, but Americans are also under the false impression that matters are marvelously different.
“In a democratic society — in which the government derives its powers from the consent of the people — citizens rightly expect that their government will not arbitrarily keep information from them,” reads the letter to Holder. “Americans expect their government to operate within the boundaries of publically-understood law, and as voters they have a need and a right to know how the law is being interpreted, so that they can ratify or reject decisions made on their behalf.”
“Americans know that the government will sometimes conduct secret operations, but they don’t think that government officials should be writing secret laws,” write the senators.
Wydell and Udall add that this is not something that they’ve only recently been pressing for. They claim to have gone after the president himself to declassify the interpretations of the Patriot Act so that Congress can consider discussions on Capitol Hill, but say that despite repeated attempts to appeal to Holder and others in the past, no leeway whatsoever has been accomplished. Now both the American Civil Liberties Union and The New York Times are trying to get the truth through filing Freedom of Information Act requests, but the feds are working overtime to make sure that the attempts at finding the facts are ignored. The senators say they had a glimmer of hope in August 2009 when the Department of Justice and the Office of the Director of National Intelligence announced that they would begin a new processes for reviewing and releasing details of decisions from the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Court — the court that interprets the Patriot Act — but “two and a half years later, however, this ‘process’ had produced literally zero results.”
twitter:cullenstalin twitterde op zondag 18-03-2012 om 00:36:14Hey @mmflint ! #Zuccotti has been #reoccupied ! Pls come by @occupywallst after @LeftForum talk! Pls let ppl know! #ows reageer retweet
quote:Occupy Wall Street celebrates 6 months since start
Associated Press= NEW YORK (AP) — Chanting and cheering down Wall Street on Saturday to mark six months since the birth of the Occupy movement, some protesters applauded the Goldman Sachs employee who days ago gave the firm a public drubbing, echoing the movement's indictment of a financial system demonstrators say is fueled by reckless greed.
"I kind of like to think that the Occupy movement helped him to say, 'Yeah, I really can't do this anymore,'" retired librarian Connie Bartusis said of the op-ed piece by Goldman Sachs manager Greg Smith, who claimed the company regularly foisted failing products on clients as it sought to make more money.
Carrying a sign with the words "Regulate Regulate Regulate," Bartusis said the loss of governmental checks on the financial system helped create the climate of unfettered self-interest described by Smith in his piece, although Goldman's leadership suggested he had not portrayed the bank's culture accurately.
"Greed is a very powerful force," Bartusis said. "That's what got us in trouble."
On Saturday, six months after the protesters first took over Zuccotti Park near the city's financial district, the protesters gathered there again, drawing slogans in chalk on the pavement and waving flags as they marched through lower Manhattan.
With the city's attention focused on the huge St. Patrick's Day parade many blocks uptown, the Occupy rally at Zuccotti drew hundreds of people, with many gathering in the park into the evening hours.
With the barricades that once blocked them from Wall Street now removed, the protesters streamed down the sidewalk and covered the steps of the Federal Hall National Memorial. There, steps from the New York Stock Exchange and standing at the feet of a statue of George Washington, they danced and chanted, "We are unstoppable."
Police say arrests had been made, but they don't have a full count yet.
As always, the protesters focused on a variety of concerns, but for Tom Hagan, his sights were on the giants of finance.
"Wall Street did some terrible things, especially Goldman Sachs, but all of them. Everyone from the banks to the rating agencies, they all knew they were doing wrong. ... But they did it anyway. Because the money was too big," he said.
Dressed in an outfit that might have been more appropriate for the St. Patrick's Day parade, the 61-year-old salesman wore a green shamrock cap and carried a sign asking for saintly intervention: "St. Patrick: Drive the snakes out of Wall Street." He, too, praised Smith's editorial and said it came just as the Occupy movement is again gaining ground.
It was a sentiment echoed by others. Stacy Hessler held up a cardboard sign that read, "Spring is coming," a reference, she said, both to the Arab Spring and to the warm weather that is returning to New York City. She said she believes the nicer weather will bring the crowds back to Occupy protests, where numbers have dwindled in recent months since the group's encampment was ousted from Zuccotti Park by authorities in November.
But now, "more and more people are coming out," said the 39-year-old, who left her home in Florida in October to join the Manhattan protesters and stayed through much of the winter. "The next couple of months, things are going to start to grow, like the flowers."
Some have questioned whether the group can regain its momentum. This month, the finance accounting group in New York City reported that just about $119,000 remained in Occupy's bank account — the equivalent of about two weeks' worth of expenses.
But Hessler said the group has remained strong, and she pronounced herself satisfied with what the Occupy protesters have accomplished over the last half year.
"It's changed the language," she said. "It's brought out a lot of issues that people are talking about. ... And that's the start of change."
Nema problema:quote:Op zondag 18 maart 2012 02:06 schreef Senor__Chang het volgende:
En dit keer mag het van mij wel agressiever.
quote:NYPD officers allegedly smash ‘medic’s’ head into glass window during OWS protest
During a night of clashes between police and “occupy wall street” protesters marking the six-month anniversary of the occupation of New York’s Zuccotti Park, citizen journalists captured an intense scuffle between police and a man who was identified as a “medic.” From the video, it appears that the police smashed the man’s head into a reinforced glass window.
The incident occurs at approximately 3:50 in the video embedded below:
twitter:Anon_Central twitterde op zondag 18-03-2012 om 08:57:40The officers involved in brutalizing #OWS medic "John": nypd id tag number: #13448, nypd id tag number: #12965 http://t.co/r59aJN7u reageer retweet
quote:Updated: Occupy Wall Street Activist Cecily McMillan Allegedly Beaten By N.Y.P.D. (Video)
Cecily McMillan, an Occupy Wall Street activist once profiled in Rolling Stone, suffered a seizure Saturday night during protest action near Zuccotti Park. Many on-scene reported Ms. McMillan had trouble breathing after she was tackled and handcuffed by law enforcement.
A video uploaded to Youtube late Saturday night purports to show the attack. Two women can be heard commenting, Theres Cecily, then there is confusion as the police clearly perform a violent take-down on someone in the crowd.
According to Jeff Sharlets November, 2011 article about the Occupy Movement, this may be Ms. McMillans second violent encounter with police. She is an organizer for the Northeast region of youths involved in the Democratic Socialists of America, which Mr. Sharlet reports is the largest socialist organization in the United States. Ms. McMillan, however, once led a more conventional life:
twitter:OccupyWallStNYC twitterde op zondag 18-03-2012 om 04:29:29Police have left park, and now #occupiers are setting up orange netting around #LibertySq! The same orange netting that kettled us. #ows reageer retweet
quote:
quote:Dozens of demonstrators sat down and locked arms as officers moved in about 11:30 p.m. The protesters chanted “we are not afraid” as the police began pulling people from the crowd, one by one, and leading them out of the park in handcuffs.
quote:By 11:30 p.m., as police officers massed on Broadway, a commander announced that the park was closed. Those inside shouted back that the park was obliged through an agreement with the city to remain open. The commander then announced that anyone who remained inside would be arrested and charged with trespassing.
quote:At one point, a woman who appeared to be suffering from seizures flopped on the ground in handcuffs as bystanders shouted for the police to remove the cuffs and provide medical attention.
quote:But then, just after 2 p.m., police officers began telling a large group of protesters that they could not stand on the sidewalk on a stretch of Liberty Street. Officers pushed the crowd until more than 100 protesters on the sidewalk were pressed against a wall that borders the park.
Then the police began grabbing and arresting people, taking into custody at least half a dozen. Officers surged into the crowd, dragging protesters toward the street, as people yelled objections.
“They were grabbing people randomly,” Zachary Kamel said, adding that his girlfriend, Lauren DiGoia, had been arrested while dancing on the sidewalk.
quote:Executive Order -- National Defense Resources Preparedness
EXECUTIVE ORDER
NATIONAL DEFENSE RESOURCES PREPAREDNESS
By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the laws of the United States of America, including the Defense Production Act of 1950, as amended (50 U.S.C. App. 2061 et seq.), and section 301 of title 3, United States Code, and as Commander in Chief of the Armed Forces of the United States, it is hereby ordered as follows:
PART I - PURPOSE, POLICY, AND IMPLEMENTATION
Section 101. Purpose. This order delegates authorities and addresses national defense resource policies and programs under the Defense Production Act of 1950, as amended (the "Act").
Sec. 102. Policy. The United States must have an industrial and technological base capable of meeting national defense requirements and capable of contributing to the technological superiority of its national defense equipment in peacetime and in times of national emergency. The domestic industrial and technological base is the foundation for national defense preparedness. The authorities provided in the Act shall be used to strengthen this base and to ensure it is capable of responding to the national defense needs of the United States.
Sec. 103. General Functions. Executive departments and agencies (agencies) responsible for plans and programs relating to national defense (as defined in section 801(j) of this order), or for resources and services needed to support such plans and programs, shall:
(a) identify requirements for the full spectrum of emergencies, including essential military and civilian demand;
(b) assess on an ongoing basis the capability of the domestic industrial and technological base to satisfy requirements in peacetime and times of national emergency, specifically evaluating the availability of the most critical resource and production sources, including subcontractors and suppliers, materials, skilled labor, and professional and technical personnel;
(c) be prepared, in the event of a potential threat to the security of the United States, to take actions necessary to ensure the availability of adequate resources and production capability, including services and critical technology, for national defense requirements;
(d) improve the efficiency and responsiveness of the domestic industrial base to support national defense requirements; and
(e) foster cooperation between the defense and commercial sectors for research and development and for acquisition of materials, services, components, and equipment to enhance industrial base efficiency and responsiveness.
Sec. 104. Implementation. (a) The National Security Council and Homeland Security Council, in conjunction with the National Economic Council, shall serve as the integrated policymaking forum for consideration and formulation of national defense resource preparedness policy and shall make recommendations to the President on the use of authorities under the Act.
(b) The Secretary of Homeland Security shall:
(1) advise the President on issues of national defense resource preparedness and on the use of the authorities and functions delegated by this order;
(2) provide for the central coordination of the plans and programs incident to authorities and functions delegated under this order, and provide guidance to agencies assigned functions under this order, developed in consultation with such agencies; and
(3) report to the President periodically concerning all program activities conducted pursuant to this order.
(c) The Defense Production Act Committee, described in section 701 of this order, shall:
(1) in a manner consistent with section 2(b) of the Act, 50 U.S.C. App. 2062(b), advise the President through the Assistant to the President and National Security Advisor, the Assistant to the President for Homeland Security and Counterterrorism, and the Assistant to the President for Economic Policy on the effective use of the authorities under the Act; and
(2) prepare and coordinate an annual report to the Congress pursuant to section 722(d) of the Act, 50 U.S.C. App. 2171(d).
(d) The Secretary of Commerce, in cooperation with the Secretary of Defense, the Secretary of Homeland Security, and other agencies, shall:
(1) analyze potential effects of national emergencies on actual production capability, taking into account the entire production system, including shortages of resources, and develop recommended preparedness measures to strengthen capabilities for production increases in national emergencies; and
(2) perform industry analyses to assess capabilities of the industrial base to support the national defense, and develop policy recommendations to improve the international competitiveness of specific domestic industries and their abilities to meet national defense program needs.
PART II - PRIORITIES AND ALLOCATIONS
Sec. 201. Priorities and Allocations Authorities. (a) The authority of the President conferred by section 101 of the Act, 50 U.S.C. App. 2071, to require acceptance and priority performance of contracts or orders (other than contracts of employment) to promote the national defense over performance of any other contracts or orders, and to allocate materials, services, and facilities as deemed necessary or appropriate to promote the national defense, is delegated to the following agency heads:
(1) the Secretary of Agriculture with respect to food resources, food resource facilities, livestock resources, veterinary resources, plant health resources, and the domestic distribution of farm equipment and commercial fertilizer;
(2) the Secretary of Energy with respect to all forms of energy;
(3) the Secretary of Health and Human Services with respect to health resources;
(4) the Secretary of Transportation with respect to all forms of civil transportation;
(5) the Secretary of Defense with respect to water resources; and
(6) the Secretary of Commerce with respect to all other materials, services, and facilities, including construction materials.
(b) The Secretary of each agency delegated authority under subsection (a) of this section (resource departments) shall plan for and issue regulations to prioritize and allocate resources and establish standards and procedures by which the authority shall be used to promote the national defense, under both emergency and non-emergency conditions. Each Secretary shall authorize the heads of other agencies, as appropriate, to place priority ratings on contracts and orders for materials, services, and facilities needed in support of programs approved under section 202 of this order.
(c) Each resource department shall act, as necessary and appropriate, upon requests for special priorities assistance, as defined by section 801(l) of this order, in a time frame consistent with the urgency of the need at hand. In situations where there are competing program requirements for limited resources, the resource department shall consult with the Secretary who made the required determination under section 202 of this order. Such Secretary shall coordinate with and identify for the resource department which program requirements to prioritize on the basis of operational urgency. In situations involving more than one Secretary making such a required determination under section 202 of this order, the Secretaries shall coordinate with and identify for the resource department which program requirements should receive priority on the basis of operational urgency.
(d) If agreement cannot be reached between two such Secretaries, then the issue shall be referred to the President through the Assistant to the President and National Security Advisor and the Assistant to the President for Homeland Security and Counterterrorism.
(e) The Secretary of each resource department, when necessary, shall make the finding required under section 101(b) of the Act, 50 U.S.C. App. 2071(b). This finding shall be submitted for the President's approval through the Assistant to the President and National Security Advisor and the Assistant to the President for Homeland Security and Counterterrorism. Upon such approval, the Secretary of the resource department that made the finding may use the authority of section 101(a) of the Act, 50 U.S.C. App. 2071(a), to control the general distribution of any material (including applicable services) in the civilian market.
Sec. 202. Determinations. Except as provided in section 201(e) of this order, the authority delegated by section 201 of this order may be used only to support programs that have been determined in writing as necessary or appropriate to promote the national defense:
(a) by the Secretary of Defense with respect to military production and construction, military assistance to foreign nations, military use of civil transportation, stockpiles managed by the Department of Defense, space, and directly related activities;
(b) by the Secretary of Energy with respect to energy production and construction, distribution and use, and directly related activities; and
(c) by the Secretary of Homeland Security with respect to all other national defense programs, including civil defense and continuity of Government.
Sec. 203. Maximizing Domestic Energy Supplies. The authorities of the President under section 101(c)(1) (2) of the Act, 50 U.S.C. App. 2071(c)(1) (2), are delegated to the Secretary of Commerce, with the exception that the authority to make findings that materials (including equipment), services, and facilities are critical and essential, as described in section 101(c)(2)(A) of the Act, 50 U.S.C. App. 2071(c)(2)(A), is delegated to the Secretary of Energy.
Sec. 204. Chemical and Biological Warfare. The authority of the President conferred by section 104(b) of the Act, 50 U.S.C. App. 2074(b), is delegated to the Secretary of Defense. This authority may not be further delegated by the Secretary.
PART III - EXPANSION OF PRODUCTIVE CAPACITY AND SUPPLY
Sec. 301. Loan Guarantees. (a) To reduce current or projected shortfalls of resources, critical technology items, or materials essential for the national defense, the head of each agency engaged in procurement for the national defense, as defined in section 801(h) of this order, is authorized pursuant to section 301 of the Act, 50 U.S.C. App. 2091, to guarantee loans by private institutions.
(b) Each guaranteeing agency is designated and authorized to: (1) act as fiscal agent in the making of its own guarantee contracts and in otherwise carrying out the purposes of section 301 of the Act; and (2) contract with any Federal Reserve Bank to assist the agency in serving as fiscal agent.
(c) Terms and conditions of guarantees under this authority shall be determined in consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury and the Director of the Office of Management and Budget (OMB). The guaranteeing agency is authorized, following such consultation, to prescribe: (1) either specifically or by maximum limits or otherwise, rates of interest, guarantee and commitment fees, and other charges which may be made in connection with such guarantee contracts; and (2) regulations governing the forms and procedures (which shall be uniform to the extent practicable) to be utilized in connection therewith.
Sec. 302. Loans. To reduce current or projected shortfalls of resources, critical technology items, or materials essential for the national defense, the head of each agency engaged in procurement for the national defense is delegated the authority of the President under section 302 of the Act, 50 U.S.C. App. 2092, to make loans thereunder. Terms and conditions of loans under this authority shall be determined in consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury and the Director of OMB.
Sec. 303. Additional Authorities. (a) To create, maintain, protect, expand, or restore domestic industrial base capabilities essential for the national defense, the head of each agency engaged in procurement for the national defense is delegated the authority of the President under section 303 of the Act, 50 U.S.C. App. 2093, to make provision for purchases of, or commitments to purchase, an industrial resource or a critical technology item for Government use or resale, and to make provision for the development of production capabilities, and for the increased use of emerging technologies in security program applications, and to enable rapid transition of emerging technologies.
(b) Materials acquired under section 303 of the Act, 50 U.S.C. App. 2093, that exceed the needs of the programs under the Act may be transferred to the National Defense Stockpile, if, in the judgment of the Secretary of Defense as the National Defense Stockpile Manager, such transfers are in the public interest.
Sec. 304. Subsidy Payments. To ensure the supply of raw or nonprocessed materials from high cost sources, or to ensure maximum production or supply in any area at stable prices of any materials in light of a temporary increase in transportation cost, the head of each agency engaged in procurement for the national defense is delegated the authority of the President under section 303(c) of the Act, 50 U.S.C. App. 2093(c), to make subsidy payments, after consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury and the Director of OMB.
Sec. 305. Determinations and Findings. (a) Pursuant to budget authority provided by an appropriations act in advance for credit assistance under section 301 or 302 of the Act, 50 U.S.C. App. 2091, 2092, and consistent with the Federal Credit Reform Act of 1990, as amended (FCRA), 2 U.S.C. 661 et seq., the head of each agency engaged in procurement for the national defense is delegated the authority to make the determinations set forth in sections 301(a)(2) and 302(b)(2) of the Act, in consultation with the Secretary making the required determination under section 202 of this order; provided, that such determinations shall be made after due consideration of the provisions of OMB Circular A 129 and the credit subsidy score for the relevant loan or loan guarantee as approved by OMB pursuant to FCRA.
(b) Other than any determination by the President under section 303(a)(7)(b) of the Act, the head of each agency engaged in procurement for the national defense is delegated the authority to make the required determinations, judgments, certifications, findings, and notifications defined under section 303 of the Act, 50 U.S.C. App. 2093, in consultation with the Secretary making the required determination under section 202 of this order.
Sec. 306. Strategic and Critical Materials. The Secretary of Defense, and the Secretary of the Interior in consultation with the Secretary of Defense as the National Defense Stockpile Manager, are each delegated the authority of the President under section 303(a)(1)(B) of the Act, 50 U.S.C. App. 2093(a)(1)(B), to encourage the exploration, development, and mining of strategic and critical materials and other materials.
Sec. 307. Substitutes. The head of each agency engaged in procurement for the national defense is delegated the authority of the President under section 303(g) of the Act, 50 U.S.C. App. 2093(g), to make provision for the development of substitutes for strategic and critical materials, critical components, critical technology items, and other resources to aid the national defense.
Sec. 308. Government-Owned Equipment. The head of each agency engaged in procurement for the national defense is delegated the authority of the President under section 303(e) of the Act, 50 U.S.C. App. 2093(e), to:
(a) procure and install additional equipment, facilities, processes, or improvements to plants, factories, and other industrial facilities owned by the Federal Government and to procure and install Government owned equipment in plants, factories, or other industrial facilities owned by private persons;
(b) provide for the modification or expansion of privately owned facilities, including the modification or improvement of production processes, when taking actions under sections 301, 302, or 303 of the Act, 50 U.S.C. App. 2091, 2092, 2093; and
(c) sell or otherwise transfer equipment owned by the Federal Government and installed under section 303(e) of the Act, 50 U.S.C. App. 2093(e), to the owners of such plants, factories, or other industrial facilities.
Sec. 309. Defense Production Act Fund. The Secretary of Defense is designated the Defense Production Act Fund Manager, in accordance with section 304(f) of the Act, 50 U.S.C. App. 2094(f), and shall carry out the duties specified in section 304 of the Act, in consultation with the agency heads having approved, and appropriated funds for, projects under title III of the Act.
Sec. 310. Critical Items. The head of each agency engaged in procurement for the national defense is delegated the authority of the President under section 107(b)(1) of the Act, 50 U.S.C. App. 2077(b)(1), to take appropriate action to ensure that critical components, critical technology items, essential materials, and industrial resources are available from reliable sources when needed to meet defense requirements during peacetime, graduated mobilization, and national emergency. Appropriate action may include restricting contract solicitations to reliable sources, restricting contract solicitations to domestic sources (pursuant to statutory authority), stockpiling critical components, and developing substitutes for critical components or critical technology items.
Sec. 311. Strengthening Domestic Capability. The head of each agency engaged in procurement for the national defense is delegated the authority of the President under section 107(a) of the Act, 50 U.S.C. App. 2077(a), to utilize the authority of title III of the Act or any other provision of law to provide appropriate incentives to develop, maintain, modernize, restore, and expand the productive capacities of domestic sources for critical components, critical technology items, materials, and industrial resources essential for the execution of the national security strategy of the United States.
Sec. 312. Modernization of Equipment. The head of each agency engaged in procurement for the national defense, in accordance with section 108(b) of the Act, 50 U.S.C. App. 2078(b), may utilize the authority of title III of the Act to guarantee the purchase or lease of advance manufacturing equipment, and any related services with respect to any such equipment for purposes of the Act. In considering title III projects, the head of each agency engaged in procurement for the national defense shall provide a strong preference for proposals submitted by a small business supplier or subcontractor in accordance with section 108(b)(2) of the Act, 50 U.S.C. App. 2078(b)(2).
PART IV - VOLUNTARY AGREEMENTS AND ADVISORY COMMITTEES
Sec. 401. Delegations. The authority of the President under sections 708(c) and (d) of the Act, 50 U.S.C. App. 2158(c), (d), is delegated to the heads of agencies otherwise delegated authority under this order. The status of the use of such delegations shall be furnished to the Secretary of Homeland Security.
Sec. 402. Advisory Committees. The authority of the President under section 708(d) of the Act, 50 U.S.C. App. 2158(d), and delegated in section 401 of this order (relating to establishment of advisory committees) shall be exercised only after consultation with, and in accordance with, guidelines and procedures established by the Administrator of General Services.
Sec. 403. Regulations. The Secretary of Homeland Security, after approval of the Attorney General, and after consultation by the Attorney General with the Chairman of the Federal Trade Commission, shall promulgate rules pursuant to section 708(e) of the Act, 50 U.S.C. App. 2158(e), incorporating standards and procedures by which voluntary agreements and plans of action may be developed and carried out. Such rules may be adopted by other agencies to fulfill the rulemaking requirement of section 708(e) of the Act, 50 U.S.C. App. 2158(e).
PART V - EMPLOYMENT OF PERSONNEL
Sec. 501. National Defense Executive Reserve. (a) In accordance with section 710(e) of the Act, 50 U.S.C. App. 2160(e), there is established in the executive branch a National Defense Executive Reserve (NDER) composed of persons of recognized expertise from various segments of the private sector and from Government (except full time Federal employees) for training for employment in executive positions in the Federal Government in the event of a national defense emergency.
(b) The Secretary of Homeland Security shall issue necessary guidance for the NDER program, including appropriate guidance for establishment, recruitment, training, monitoring, and activation of NDER units and shall be responsible for the overall coordination of the NDER program. The authority of the President under section 710(e) of the Act, 50 U.S.C. App. 2160(e), to determine periods of national defense emergency is delegated to the Secretary of Homeland Security.
(c) The head of any agency may implement section 501(a) of this order with respect to NDER operations in such agency.
(d) The head of each agency with an NDER unit may exercise the authority under section 703 of the Act, 50 U.S.C. App. 2153, to employ civilian personnel when activating all or a part of its NDER unit. The exercise of this authority shall be subject to the provisions of sections 501(e) and (f) of this order and shall not be redelegated.
(e) The head of an agency may activate an NDER unit, in whole or in part, upon the written determination of the Secretary of Homeland Security that an emergency affecting the national defense exists and that the activation of the unit is necessary to carry out the emergency program functions of the agency.
(f) Prior to activating the NDER unit, the head of the agency shall notify, in writing, the Assistant to the President for Homeland Security and Counterterrorism of the impending activation.
Sec. 502. Consultants. The head of each agency otherwise delegated functions under this order is delegated the authority of the President under sections 710(b) and (c) of the Act, 50 U.S.C. App. 2160(b), (c), to employ persons of outstanding experience and ability without compensation and to employ experts, consultants, or organizations. The authority delegated by this section may not be redelegated.
PART VI - LABOR REQUIREMENTS
Sec. 601. Secretary of Labor. (a) The Secretary of Labor, in coordination with the Secretary of Defense and the heads of other agencies, as deemed appropriate by the Secretary of Labor, shall:
(1) collect and maintain data necessary to make a continuing appraisal of the Nation's workforce needs for purposes of national defense;
(2) upon request by the Director of Selective Service, and in coordination with the Secretary of Defense, assist the Director of Selective Service in development of policies regulating the induction and deferment of persons for duty in the armed services;
(3) upon request from the head of an agency with authority under this order, consult with that agency with respect to:the effect of contemplated actions on labor demand and utilization; (ii) the relation of labor demand to materials and facilities requirements; and (iii) such other matters as will assist in making the exercise of priority and allocations functions consistent with effective utilization and distribution of labor;
(4) upon request from the head of an agency with authority under this order:formulate plans, programs, and policies for meeting the labor requirements of actions to be taken for national defense purposes; and (ii) estimate training needs to help address national defense requirements and promote necessary and appropriate training programs; and
(5) develop and implement an effective labor management relations policy to support the activities and programs under this order, with the cooperation of other agencies as deemed appropriate by the Secretary of Labor, including the National Labor Relations Board, the Federal Labor Relations Authority, the National Mediation Board, and the Federal Mediation and Conciliation Service.
(b) All agencies shall cooperate with the Secretary of Labor, upon request, for the purposes of this section, to the extent permitted by law.
PART VII - DEFENSE PRODUCTION ACT COMMITTEE
Sec. 701. The Defense Production Act Committee. (a) The Defense Production Act Committee (Committee) shall be composed of the following members, in accordance with section 722(b) of the Act, 50 U.S.C. App. 2171(b):
(1) The Secretary of State;
(2) The Secretary of the Treasury;
(3) The Secretary of Defense;
(4) The Attorney General;
(5) The Secretary of the Interior;
(6) The Secretary of Agriculture;
(7) The Secretary of Commerce;
(8) The Secretary of Labor;
(9) The Secretary of Health and Human Services;
(10) The Secretary of Transportation;
(11) The Secretary of Energy;
(12) The Secretary of Homeland Security;
(13) The Director of National Intelligence;
(14) The Director of the Central Intelligence Agency;
(15) The Chair of the Council of Economic Advisers;
(16) The Administrator of the National Aeronautics and Space Administration; and
(17) The Administrator of General Services.
(b) The Director of OMB and the Director of the Office of Science and Technology Policy shall be invited to participate in all Committee meetings and activities in an advisory role. The Chairperson, as designated by the President pursuant to section 722 of the Act, 50 U.S.C. App. 2171, may invite the heads of other agencies or offices to participate in Committee meetings and activities in an advisory role, as appropriate.
Sec. 702. Offsets. The Secretary of Commerce shall prepare and submit to the Congress the annual report required by section 723 of the Act, 50 U.S.C. App. 2172, in consultation with the Secretaries of State, the Treasury, Defense, and Labor, the United States Trade Representative, the Director of National Intelligence, and the heads of other agencies as appropriate. The heads of agencies shall provide the Secretary of Commerce with such information as may be necessary for the effective performance of this function.
PART VIII - GENERAL PROVISIONS
Sec. 801. Definitions. In addition to the definitions in section 702 of the Act, 50 U.S.C. App. 2152, the following definitions apply throughout this order:
(a) "Civil transportation" includes movement of persons and property by all modes of transportation in interstate, intrastate, or foreign commerce within the United States, its territories and possessions, and the District of Columbia, and related public storage and warehousing, ports, services, equipment and facilities, such as transportation carrier shop and repair facilities. "Civil transportation" also shall include direction, control, and coordination of civil transportation capacity regardless of ownership. "Civil transportation" shall not include transportation owned or controlled by the Department of Defense, use of petroleum and gas pipelines, and coal slurry pipelines used only to supply energy production facilities directly.
(b) "Energy" means all forms of energy including petroleum, gas (both natural and manufactured), electricity, solid fuels (including all forms of coal, coke, coal chemicals, coal liquification, and coal gasification), solar, wind, other types of renewable energy, atomic energy, and the production, conservation, use, control, and distribution (including pipelines) of all of these forms of energy.
(c) "Farm equipment" means equipment, machinery, and repair parts manufactured for use on farms in connection with the production or preparation for market use of food resources.
(d) "Fertilizer" means any product or combination of products that contain one or more of the elements nitrogen, phosphorus, and potassium for use as a plant nutrient.
(e) "Food resources" means all commodities and products, (simple, mixed, or compound), or complements to such commodities or products, that are capable of being ingested by either human beings or animals, irrespective of other uses to which such commodities or products may be put, at all stages of processing from the raw commodity to the products thereof in vendible form for human or animal consumption. "Food resources" also means potable water packaged in commercially marketable containers, all starches, sugars, vegetable and animal or marine fats and oils, seed, cotton, hemp, and flax fiber, but does not mean any such material after it loses its identity as an agricultural commodity or agricultural product.
(f) "Food resource facilities" means plants, machinery, vehicles (including on farm), and other facilities required for the production, processing, distribution, and storage (including cold storage) of food resources, and for the domestic distribution of farm equipment and fertilizer (excluding transportation thereof).
(g) "Functions" include powers, duties, authority, responsibilities, and discretion.
(h) "Head of each agency engaged in procurement for the national defense" means the heads of the Departments of State, Justice, the Interior, and Homeland Security, the Office of the Director of National Intelligence, the Central Intelligence Agency, the National Aeronautics and Space Administration, the General Services Administration, and all other agencies with authority delegated under section 201 of this order."Health resources" means drugs, biological products, medical devices, materials, facilities, health supplies, services and equipment required to diagnose, mitigate or prevent the impairment of, improve, treat, cure, or restore the physical or mental health conditions of the population.
(j) "National defense" means programs for military and energy production or construction, military or critical infrastructure assistance to any foreign nation, homeland security, stockpiling, space, and any directly related activity. Such term includes emergency preparedness activities conducted pursuant to title VI of the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act, 42 U.S.C. 5195 et seq., and critical infrastructure protection and restoration.
(k) "Offsets" means compensation practices required as a condition of purchase in either government to government or commercial sales of defense articles and/or defense services as defined by the Arms Export Control Act, 22 U.S.C. 2751 et seq., and the International Traffic in Arms Regulations, 22 C.F.R. 120.1 130.17.
(l) "Special priorities assistance" means action by resource departments to assist with expediting deliveries, placing rated orders, locating suppliers, resolving production or delivery conflicts between various rated orders, addressing problems that arise in the fulfillment of a rated order or other action authorized by a delegated agency, and determining the validity of rated orders.
(m) "Strategic and critical materials" means materials (including energy) that (1) would be needed to supply the military, industrial, and essential civilian needs of the United States during a national emergency, and (2) are not found or produced in the United States in sufficient quantities to meet such need and are vulnerable to the termination or reduction of the availability of the material.
(n) "Water resources" means all usable water, from all sources, within the jurisdiction of the United States, that can be managed, controlled, and allocated to meet emergency requirements, except "water resources" does not include usable water that qualifies as "food resources."
Sec. 802. General. (a) Except as otherwise provided in section 802(c) of this order, the authorities vested in the President by title VII of the Act, 50 U.S.C. App. 2151 et seq., are delegated to the head of each agency in carrying out the delegated authorities under the Act and this order, by the Secretary of Labor in carrying out part VI of this order, and by the Secretary of the Treasury in exercising the functions assigned in Executive Order 11858, as amended.
(b) The authorities that may be exercised and performed pursuant to section 802(a) of this order shall include:
(1) the power to redelegate authorities, and to authorize the successive redelegation of authorities to agencies, officers, and employees of the Government; and
(2) the power of subpoena under section 705 of the Act, 50 U.S.C. App. 2155, with respect toauthorities delegated in parts II, III, and section 702 of this order, and (ii) the functions assigned to the Secretary of the Treasury in Executive Order 11858, as amended, provided that the subpoena power referenced in subsections
and (ii) shall be utilized only after the scope and purpose of the investigation, inspection, or inquiry to which the subpoena relates have been defined either by the appropriate officer identified in section 802(a) of this order or by such other person or persons as the officer shall designate.
(c) Excluded from the authorities delegated by section 802(a) of this order are authorities delegated by parts IV and V of this order, authorities in section 721 and 722 of the Act, 50 U.S.C. App. 2170 2171, and the authority with respect to fixing compensation under section 703 of the Act, 50 U.S.C. App. 2153.
Sec. 803. Authority. (a) Executive Order 12919 of June 3, 1994, and sections 401(3) (4) of Executive Order 12656 of November 18, 1988, are revoked. All other previously issued orders, regulations, rulings, certificates, directives, and other actions relating to any function affected by this order shall remain in effect except as they are inconsistent with this order or are subsequently amended or revoked under proper authority. Nothing in this order shall affect the validity or force of anything done under previous delegations or other assignment of authority under the Act.
(b) Nothing in this order shall affect the authorities assigned under Executive Order 11858 of May 7, 1975, as amended, except as provided in section 802 of this order.
(c) Nothing in this order shall affect the authorities assigned under Executive Order 12472 of April 3, 1984, as amended.
Sec. 804. General Provisions. (a) Nothing in this order shall be construed to impair or otherwise affect functions of the Director of OMB relating to budgetary, administrative, or legislative proposals.
(b) This order shall be implemented consistent with applicable law and subject to the availability of appropriations.
(c) This order is not intended to, and does not, create any right or benefit, substantive or procedural, enforceable at law or in equity by any party against the United States, its departments, agencies, or entities, its officers, employees, or agents, or any other person.
BARACK OBAMA
THE WHITE HOUSE,
March 16, 2012.
quote:Watch: Police Get Violent As OWS Retakes Zuccotti Park
On Saturday, hundreds of protesters marked the six-month anniversary of Occupy Wall Street by attempting to retake Zuccotti Park. By the end of the night, 73 had been arrested and the park forcefully cleared. In scenes that recalled the early days of the movement last fall, citizen journalists captured the New York City Police Department roughing up dozens of apparently peaceful activists. One of them, Craig Judelman, posted a bloody photo of himself on Facebook with the caption, "just got punched in the face like 5 times by NYPD." Journalists J.A. Myerson and Ryan Devereaux have good summaries of other alleged brutality, including officers throwing punches, "rubbing" a boot on someone's head, dragging a woman by the hair, and breaking a guy's thumb. Many other incidents were caught on tape. Here are some of the most disturbing:
quote:
quote:. “In a nutshell, it’s the blueprint for Peacetime Martial Law and it gives the president the power to take just about anything deemed necessary for “National Defense”, whatever they decide that is.” (The Intel Hub)
While millions of people have been preparing for the possibility of a catastrophic event by relocating to rural homesteads or farms, as well as stockpiling food, water, personal defense armaments and other essential supplies with the intention of utilizing these preparations if the worst happens, the latest executive order signed by President Obama on March 16, 2012 makes clear that in the event of a nationally deemed emergency all of these resources will fall under the authority of the United States government.
The signing of the National Defense Resources Preparedness executive order grants the Department of Homeland Security, the Department of Agriculture, the Department of Labor, the Department of Defense and other agencies complete control of all US resources, including the ability to seize, confiscate or re-delegate resources, materials, services, and facilities as deemed necessary or appropriate to promote the national defense as delegated by the following agencies:
quote:The new order provides specific definitions for each of these essential infrastructure elements, indicating that all resources, not just those owned by large farms and businesses, are to be directly controlled by the government. Thus, if you think the investments you made in digging a water well, building a solar array, or stockpiling food were for your own personal use, think again:
quote:Additionally, like the Selective Service established to draft Americans into the military in the event of war, all Americans are automatically registered for the National Defense Executive Reserve, an agency responsible for identifying experts and skilled laborers for jobs that may need to be performed during a national security. That means your entire work history is now stored, aggregated and flagged in a national database and you can be called on at any time and forced into service for national security reasons at a government-run institution or labor camp:
quote:As of March 16, 2012, your land, your food, your water and your abilities as a laborer are now a wholly owned subsidiary of the United States government at any time they choose to initiate the provisions of this order, which according to the order itself, can be during an emergency or a non-emergency.
While some reports indicate that the general impact of this new executive order is negligible, when considered with the broader implications including the introduction and passage of laws allowing for the indefinite detention of American citizens without charge or trial, restricting the general assembly of individuals to protest, the establishment of an internet kill switch contingency plan and jamming of all non-government communications, the existence of FEMA refugee and detainment camps, coupled with confirmations that the U.S. government is training members of the armed forces for domestic policing duties and preparing for economic collapse and civil unrest, this latest legislation may very well be the final nail in the coffin for American liberty as we have known it under the US Constitution.
quote:Police Evict Hundreds of Protesters From Union Square
It seems the NYPD's tolerance for public occupations has reached an all-time low. Police evicted the fledgling Occupy Wall Street camp set up at Union Square that I wrote about yesterday, which the OWS website claimed started with about 70 individuals but exploded to 300 early Wednesday.
Just after midnight, the NYPD moved in and forced several hundred people out onto the sidewalk, and barricaded off the southern end of the park. At least one arrest was made, and according to multiple observers, a protester went into labor during the standoff.
"Break on the Union Square standoff to remove an Occupier in labor," tweeted @JoeyBoots, who posted this photo of the woman being carried away:
"A woman behind the police line just went into labor. Protesters begged 2 let her out 2 deliver. Being lifted into ambulance now," @OccupyWallStNYC tweeted, adding, "I have lived in #NYC for 15 years & I have never seen #UnionSq shut down, not even after 9/11. Who is the terrorist now #Bloomberg?"
Police violently rushed the crowd, "shoving and attacking people," according to RT, and activists claim a woman was badly injured after officers grabbed and threw her to the ground. (photo by @JoeyBoots)
As has become customary at Occupy protesters, police reportedly filmed the activists' face, which caused some to tweet the need for bringing bandanas or masks for those arriving to "reinforce" the protest, RT reports.
Independent journalist John Knefel tweeted that he discovered an "army of cops," some in riot gear, upon his arrival at Union Square, and he spoke with protesters who have spent three nights at the new occupation, and as many as 100 individuals stayed overnight on Tuesday. (photo by @johnknefel)
Protesters were "understandably uneasy after weekend's brutality," Knefel tweeted, referencing the police violence that occurred at Zuccotti Park during Occupy's 6-month anniversary. "Memory of violence close to surface," Knefel wrote.
Gothamist points out, though city parks, unlike Privately Owned Public Spaces (POPS) like Zuccotti, close at 1 a.m., the curfew has almost never been implemented at Union Square.
"I'm overwhelmed," said Amanda DeRoller, 22, a protester from Harlem, to the New York Daily News. "I don't understand why we can’t be here. Usually the park is open 24 hours. Now they want us out, because Bloomberg says so. It makes no sense." (photo by @OccupyWallStNYC)
Occupiers quickly gathered to figure out what their next move should be. (photo by @JoeyBoots)
. "No one is doing anything wrong," said Lina Cigno, 21, of Washington, D.C. "We just want a place to protest. They are trying to get us out."
. Cigno said the police had no justification for the eviction. "One girl was hitting her tambourine too hard?" she asked sarcastically.
The Daily News reports dozens of police surrounded the edge of the park and at least two FDNY ambulances showed up, fearing violence.
The crowd assembled at the edge of the park, chanting, "Zuccotti is everywhere."
City authorities have said they will tolerate OWS in small numbers, but they cannot sit or lie down in the park if their number goes above 25, the Daily News reports.
"What's the long-term plan here, NYPD? To close every park in NYC to the entire public forever? That'll go over well," tweeted @CarrieM213.
quote:Occupy Oakland protesters issued city hall 'stay-away' orders
Judge issues restraining orders to activists who participated in protests last fall, setting a troubling precendent, say critics
Authorities in California's Alameda County call it "smarter policing", but critics say new legal approaches meant to curb Occupy protesters are infringing on first amendment rights.
Over the past two months, the Alameda County district attorney's office has issued temporary restraining orders, or "stay-aways", to more than 30 protesters charged with misdemeanor and felony behavior at Occupy demonstrations in Oakland and at the University of California at Berkeley. More are reportedly on the way.
While awaiting trial, protesters issued these orders are banned from setting foot within 100 to 300 yards of City Hall Plaza. Occupy Cal protesters are banned from any University of California property both in the city of Berkeley as well as throughout the rest of the state, with a narrow exception for "official business", such as attending classes. The orders are temporary in name, but have so far been open-ended and indefinite.
The American Civil Liberties Union's Michael Risher, who filed a writ of habeas corpus on behalf of four Occupy Oakland protesters, said the stay-away orders place a restraint on protesters who have not been convicted of any crime.
"If they violate the law, they can be arrested and prosecuted," he said. "But the government cannot in such extraordinary circumstances simply ban them from going out there and expressing themselves in the first place."
In many cases, they have been issued without presentation of evidence. Two weeks ago, a judge upheld the orders as constitutional because, she stated, Occupy is a "global movement", so protesters are free demonstrate elsewhere.
Oakland police department public information officer Johnna Watson said the orders were a part of "smarter strategies" the department is looking to adopt in handling Occupy. "We want to implement other tools that the law allows us," she said, pointing to the department's history of asking for similar orders against sex workers and drug dealers as well.
In an opinion piece for the San Francisco Chronicle, district attorney Nancy O'Malley characterized the protesters as "violent, senseless and criminal."
A spokesperson for the DA's office, Teresa Drenick, said the district attorney considers the orders "on a case by case basis" and that judges reserve the right to reject them. So far, few judges have done so.
Protesters say the orders do not just infringe on their right to protest, but also affect their everyday lives.
Chris Moreland, 23, received a temporary restraining order on January 9, following his arrest for trespassing at a bank-owned home in West Oakland. Moreland's is a 300-yard stay-away, banning him from all meetings and activities at city hall, as well as the downtown Oakland commuter rail station.
"I feel isolated from just what's going on with the city," he said.
Shane Boyle, 29, a graduate student at UC Berkeley, was issued a temporary restraining order on Monday after being charged with obstructing a throughway and a police officer during a November 9 Occupy Cal demonstration.
"It was completely unexpected," he said. "It makes me kind of scared to go on campus because I really don't want to be snatched by an officer and accused of violating the stay-away order."
The National Lawyer's Guild plans to appeal to the state court in coming weeks on behalf of two defendants with stay away orders.
The ACLU's Risher is concerned that if the stay-away orders are allowed to stand, they would set a troubling precedent that other municipalities may follow.
"If the government can silence [Occupy protesters], that has very troubling first amendment implications," he said. "And we certainly don't want to see this sort of order spread."
quote:Occupy protesters accuse NYPD of beating activist during weekend clashes
Cecily McMillan, who has been charged with assaulting a police officer, reportedly suffered a seizure after being handcuffed
Occupy protesters have accused New York police officers of beating a woman and then neglecting her when she suffered a seizure after being handcuffed.
Cecily McMillan was arrested on Saturday night as police removed scores of demonstrators from Zuccotti Park, formerly the base of the Occupy movement.
The case, and the weekend's violent clashes, have fueled allegations that the NYPD is adopting brutal and intimidatory tactics to prevent the Occupy movement taking ground in the city in the way it did last September.
McMillan was one of at least 73 people arrested Saturday, and videos and eyewitness accounts of her detention suggest she had a seizure while in police custody at the park. In multiple videos McMillan is seen writhing on the ground with her hands cuffed behind her back.
Bystanders are heard screaming at police to call an ambulance and remove her handcuffs, while a number of officers are seen standing around her convulsing body. Numerous witnesses told the Guardian that McMillan's head was unsupported throughout the incident and claimed her skull repeatedly struck the pavement.
The New York police department, meanwhile, has pointed to a separate video allegedly detailing the sequence of events leading to McMillan's arrest. Grainy footage shows an individual who the NYPD claims is McMillan swinging an elbow backwards and striking a police officer in the head.
McMillan, who faces charges of assault and obstructing governmental administration, was released on Monday afternoon after a judge denied a request from the district attorney that bail be set at $20,000.
During the court appearance, there was noticeable swelling and discoloration on McMillan's left eyelid. At times her breathing appeared labored. As she waited to approach the judge, a police officer at McMillan's side asked her supporters to have painkillers ready upon her release.
The district attorney accused her of "intentionally walking up to a police officer and elbowing him in the face", reportedly resulting in swelling and bruising to the officer's left eye. When the judge asked if the officer sustained further injuries, the district attorney replied: "Not that I'm aware of."
Witnesses to Saturday's police crackdown at Zuccotti Park said McMillan suffered heavy-handed treatment as she was taken into custody.
A woman who chose to identify herself as "Anne", said she was no more than 25ft away from McMillan when she was taken down by police.
"She was walking away from where the arrests were happening," she claimed. Anne said she did not witness the incident that precipitated McMillan's arrest, but said McMillan was quickly thrown to the ground.
Anne claims that "without a doubt, there was kicking and clubs being used" as police moved in on McMillan for what Anne estimated was at least 30 seconds to a minute.
"I'm 31 years old and I've never seen a violent act like that before in my life," Anne said. "It was horrifying to see."
"I became so upset that I had to walk away because I was crying," she added.
Jennifer Waller saw McMillan convulsing in the street after police took her into custody and shared a crowded jail cell with her on Saturday night. According to Waller, it was clear that McMillan was in "serious pain" before she suffered her apparent seizure. The two were among a few dozen protesters held at the park's east side.
"We were yelling: 'This woman needs medical attention'," Waller said. "Next thing I knew she was in the middle of the street writhing, having a seizure and that went on for more than 10 minutes."
Witnesses have claimed it took at least 17 minutes for an ambulance to arrive before McMillan was transferred to a local hospital. It remains unclear if the ambulance was summoned by police or bystanders. Upon her release, McMillan was transferred to the NYPD's midtown south precinct, where Waller says the conditions were cramped.
Using their arms to measure, Waller and her fellow detainees determined, "There were 21 women in a 6ft x 11ft cell."
Waller said there was "nowhere to lie down or sit".
"We just tried to make [McMillan] as comfortable as possible," Waller claimed. "She could not be touched. Her entire body was in pain."
"We just took turns holding her hand," she added. "She was just crying hysterically and showed us all her bruises all over her body."
"They told her at the hospital that she would be brought back to the precinct for 20 minutes and then she would be seeing her personal doctor," Waller claimed. "Twenty minutes turned into many hours."
The police confirmed that McMillan was eventually transferred to Bellevue hospital. The extent of her injuries and treatment remain unclear. Following her arrest on Saturday evening, McMillan's attorney was unable to speak to her one-on-one until Monday afternoon at approximately 2.15pm, shortly before she appeared before the judge.
On Monday, the Mass Defense Coordination Committee of New York City chapter of the National Lawyers Guild issued a statement regarding Saturday's police activity.
"The NYPD's egregious behavior toward protesters this weekend is merely one highly visible instance of their larger program of the arbitrary and brutal behavior that disrupts the health and welfare of communities city-wide," the statement read.
The MDCC called for an independent investigation into the department's practices. "We demand attention to these repressive, hostile and violent practices, including a federal investigation into the policies and practices of the NYPD under the auspices of Commissioner Kelly and Mayor Bloomberg. Without critical scrutiny of NYPD policy and practice, the safety of New York City's residents is more compromised than protected by the police."
quote:Occupy Wall Street joins communities in call for NYPD commissioner to quit
Protesters issue call with black and Muslim neighbourhoods in outrage over alleged police brutality and surveillance
Occupy Wall Street protesters have issued a joint call with members of New York City's black, Latino and Muslim communities for New York City's police commissioner to resign.
A rally on Tuesday increased the public pressure on Commissioner Ray Kelly and the NYPD following a series of recent controversies over the policing of Occupy protests, surveillance of Muslim communities and the use of stop-and-frisk powers.
The rally was inspired by Saturday's mass arrest of at least 73 Occupy protesters in lower Manhattan. Many Occupiers have described the evening as one of the most violent police crackdowns since the movement began in September.
Occupy's response to the weekend's events was to call on communities who have also expressed frustration with NYPD policies and tactics. A further rally and mass action is planned for Saturday.
Tuesday's event began with a silent march from Foley Square to the NYPD's headquarters at One Police Plaza.
Roughly 100 activists walked with their hands bound behind their backs in flex cuffs, many with tape over their mouths. At the front of the march demonstrators held a large banner that read "Kelly must resign." In a demonstration that was equal parts somber and emotional, activists denounced the department as violent and racially biased.
After arriving at NYPD headquarters, juvenile justice activist Chino Hardin told the rally: "Real community safety does not begin with NYPD. It begins with the community. You wanna know how to keep us safe? Ask us!" A convicted felon, Hardin now works with the Center for New Leadership, an organization run by formerly incarcerated individuals.
Hardin targeted the department's widespread use of stop, question and frisk tactics. The controversial searches have increased over 600% in the last 10 years. Commissioner Kelly and New York mayor Michael Bloomberg say the stops keep weapons off the streets and save the lives of young men of color.
Critics say the practice is an institutionalized violation of fourth amendment rights that yields marginal results while disproportionately impacting the very group the mayor and commissioner say it protects.
"Yeah, I'm angry," Hardin added. "I'm angry because every time I look around there's a black or Latino boy or girl being illegally searched. Every time I turn on the news you portray us to be animals."
Linda Sarsour, executive director of the Arab American Association of New York, has been a vocal critic of the NYPD's recently-exposed practice of monitoring Muslim Americans based on religion. Sarsour called on Occupy Wall Street's supporters to, "stand up and say no. Stop spying and harassing and intimidating the Muslim community for being Muslim."
"I commit myself and our community to the Occupy Wall Street movement and look for your solidarity with our community," she said.
In the days that have followed Saturday's crackdown, an increasing number of allegations of serious police abuse have surfaced. Occupiers are quick to add, however, that their experiences pale in comparison to the lives of individuals living in low-income communities and and communities of color.
Addressing the crowd on Tuesday, Occupier Jennifer Waler, who was arrested on Saturday, said a police officer threatened to Tase her and take her to a psychiatric ward because she was singing in her jail cell.
"Yes, on Saturday the police were brutal," Waller said. "This is just the tip of the iceberg."
"In Harlem they beat and arrest people just for walking down the street. In the Bronx they shoot people point blank in their own bathroom," she added, referring to the police shooting of unarmed 19 year-old Ramarley Graham in February.
"The NYPD surveils, targets and entraps Muslim people, creating convoluted schemes to legitimize the war on terror through racist policing, and they never ever pay a price," she went on to say.
Occupier Jose Whelan, agreed that the issue of police violence extends beyond the treatment of Occupy Wall Street protesters. On Saturday night, Whelan's arrest drew attention from around the country, as photos showed a massive crack in glass door that a police officer threw him into.
Whelan was arrested for disorderly conduct while standing on a public sidewalk in an incident witnessed by the Guardian. He was punched in the face multiple times. It came without warning, Whelan said.
"They just grabbed me and started punching me. Nothing like, 'You're under arrest.' Nothing like, 'Put your hands behind your back'."
Whelan sees the opposition to police violence described at Tuesday's event as an interconnected struggle that predates Occupy Wall Street by generations.
"The work we've been doing for a long time in Occupy is really trying to connect to the groups who've been doing it for a really long time. There's community organizations here that have been doing it for 30 years, tirelessly, in the communities that are much more strongly effected, that don't have a team of cameras and a team of jail support and a team of lawyers behind them when this stuff happens. And this stuff happens every single night in New York City."
quote:Occupu's bank blokkade victory
UC Davis occupiers innovate powerful new tactic.
For the last two months, Occupy UC Davis has been blockading a campus branch of U.S. Bank. Now, in a victory for Occupy that potentially gives birth to a new movement tactic, U.S. Bank has capitulated and permanently closed the branch.
U.S. Bank has been a visible symbol on campus of the corporatization and monied corruption of education in part because, as The Aggie campus newspaper explains, “in 2010, all students were required to get new ID cards with the U.S. Bank logo on the back.”
The tactic of the occupiers was simple, nonviolent and highly effective. The Aggie describes the scene: “the blockade became a daily ritual. Protesters — typically numbering around 15 — would arrive around noon, followed by an officer from the campus police department. Thirty minutes later, bank employees would leave and the entire process would be repeated the next day.”
A celebratory statement posted on Occupy UC Davis’s website said, “the blockade of the U.S. Bank was a real battle against the privatization agenda, and its closure is a victory... This is not enough, this is not the end.”
The victory at Davis opens a new tactical horizon for Occupy. Can the bank blockade tactic be replicated across the nation? Could shutting down big banks every day for a month be the tactical breakthrough we need for May?
quote:Documents Show Homeland Security Was Tracking Occupy Wall Street Even Before The First Protest
The Department of Homeland Security has been tracking the Occupy Wall Street movement since well before protesters first took Zuccotti Park last September, according to internal DHS memos obtained by Business Insider through a Freedom of Information Act Request.
The documents show that DHS alerted its agents to the Wall Street protests — and specifically the involvement of the hacker group Anonymous in organizing the protests — sometime before the Sept. 17 kickoff of the protests in downtown Manhattan.
In an undated memo, titled "Details On 'Anonymous' Upcoming Operations: 17 September 2011: Occupy Wall Street; U.S. Day of Rage," the DHS Office of Intelligence notes that the hacker group had came out in support of the planned Sept. 17 Wall Street protests. The memo provides details of a YouTube video released by Anonymous that called on protesters "to adopt a non-violent 'Tahrir-acampadas model,'" and to "flood into lower Manhattan, set up tents, kitchens, peaceful barricades and occupy Wall Street for a few months."
The memo warns that AdBusters, the original organizers of the OWS protests, had also planned a demonstration on the National Mall to coincide with the 10th anniversary of the invasion of Iraq in October 2011.
Another DHS Intelligence memo provides further warnings about the impact and likelihood of upcoming Anonymous Operations.
According to that memo, DHS cybersecurity analysts considered it "likely" that that peaceful OWS protests would occur on Sept. 17, and that "those protests may be accompanied by malicious cyber activity conducted by Anonymous."
The memo says analysts considered it unlikely that Anonymous would follow through with threats to launch a coordinated attack against Facebook on Nov. 5 2011.
On Anonymous's "Project Mayhem," — a year-long effort that will end with an "unveiling of secrets" on Dec. 21 2012 — the DHS warns that "inconsequential physical mischief and potentially disruptive malicious cyber activities" are expected, but "specific tactics, techniques, and procedures are unknown."
The memo also mentions an "Operation Halliburton" but says that "little is known" about the potential operation, which presumably targets the U.S. oilfield services giant.
Two other memos obtained by BI warn about Anonymous' threats to take down the New York Stock Exchange and to hack Fox News' website over the network's coverage of the OWS movement.
The documents were released to Business Insider today in response to a FOIA request we filed when reports first started circulating that DHS helped coordinate the nationwide OWS crackdown last November.
Although we have only made it through some of the 408 documents, what we've seen so far indicates that while the agency reluctant to get involved in the Occupy protests (at least initially), Homeland Security was definitely keeping tabs on the movement from the outset.
Read the memos below.
Read more: http://www.businessinside(...)2012-3#ixzz1pmgAeMeE
quote:Republicans have morality upside down. Santorum, Gingrich, and even Romney are barnstorming across the land condemning gay marriage, abortion, out-of-wedlock births, access to contraception, and the wall separating church and state.
But America’s problem isn’t a breakdown in private morality. It’s a breakdown in public morality. What Americans do in their bedrooms is their own business. What corporate executives and Wall Street financiers do in boardrooms and executive suites affects all of us.
There is moral rot in America but it’s not found in the private behavior of ordinary people. It’s located in the public behavior of people who control our economy and are turning our democracy into a financial slush pump. It’s found in Wall Street fraud, exorbitant pay of top executives, financial conflicts of interest, insider trading, and the outright bribery of public officials through unlimited campaign “donations.”
twitter:AfrazerC twitterde op donderdag 22-03-2012 om 03:05:38#millionhoodiemarch and #occupywallstreet making a supernova of activity in union square right now. This is crazy reageer retweet
De neo-cons willen bepalen wat voor individuele waarden men moet hebben terwijl ze het land leegstelen.quote:Het project Amerika is gedoemd te mislukken
Een holle elite en een amoreel proletariaat vernietigen Amerika, betoogt politicoloog Charles Murray in Coming Apart. Het boek zal volgens David Brooks, columnist van The New York Times, uitgroeien tot een van de belangrijkste boeken van dit jaar. Murray hekelt veel. Maar kijkt hij wel goed om zich heen?
Charles Murray houdt niet van tatoeages. Die afkeer deelt hij vermoedelijk met veel lezers van deze krant, mijzelf incluis. Maar terwijl veel van die lezers zullen opmerken dat mensen zelf maar moeten weten of ze aan zelfverminking willen doen of niet, neemt Murray daar geen genoegen mee. Hij hekelt het nonjudgmentalism van een denkende elite. En hij vindt het een voorbeeld van de ‘proletarisering van de dominante minderheid’ dat iets dat traditioneel een merkteken van het proletariaat was, nu chique is geworden.
De auteur, als politicoloog verbonden aan het American Enterprise Institute, de invloedrijke conservatieve denktank waarvan ook Ayaan Hirsi Ali en Newt Gingrich deel uitmaken, schetst in zijn boek hoe de Amerikaanse samenleving uiteen valt – niet langs raciale of etnische lijnen maar langs lijnen van klasse.
‘Het Amerikaanse project’ is een vorm van civiele religie die uitging van Amerika’s uitzonderlijkheid de overtuiging ‘dat mensen als individuen en families vrij moeten zijn om hun leven te leiden zoals zij dat willen en samen te komen om vrijwillig hun gezamenlijke problemen op te lossen’. Maar in een halve eeuw tijd, met de moord op John F. Kennedy als begin, is Amerika aan het desintegreren. Het is een samenleving aan het worden van twee culturen die in verschillende mate minder met de founding virtues van het land te maken hebben.
Murray heeft het dan niet over de veelbesproken 99% en de 1% die door Obama, misschien, fiscaal aangepakt gaat worden. Hij beschrijft de evolutie in het waardenpatroon van de bovenste 20% van het land, gerekend naar inkomen en opleiding en woonachtig in een door hem gebruikte sociale constructie die hij Belmont noemt. Maar ook de evolutie van de onderste dertig procent, woonachtig in een imaginair Fishtown dat grote overeenkomsten vertoont met de wijk van die naam in Philadelphia. Tussen de ‘steden’ constateert Murray een groeiende kloof, ook in geografische zin, en deze scheiding zal ‘een einde zal maken aan wat Amerika Amerika gemaakt heeft.’
Murray heeft het nadrukkelijk over blank Amerika. Een van zijn vorige boeken, samen met Richard Herrnstein schreef hij The Bell Curve, veroorzaakte in 1994 grote opschudding. Het deed een jonge burgerrechten-advocaat uit Chicago concluderen dat ‘blank Amerika klaar is om terug te keren naar een goed ouderwets racisme zolang het maar kunstig verpakt is.’ De naam van de advocaat: Barack Obama.
quote:Trayvon Martin's parents speak at New York march: 'Our son is your son'
Hundreds attend 'Million Hoodie March' in outrage over Florida teen's killing, but crowd turned rowdy as night progressed
The parents of Trayvon Martin, the Florida teenager whose shooting death last month has sparked international outrage, described their heartache to a crowd of well over a thousand people at a New York City rally held in their son's honor.
"My son did not deserve to die," said Sybrina Fulton, Martin's mother told the mass of supporters gathered in Union Square early in the evening on Wednesday. "Our son is your son."
"My heart is in pain," she added. The crowd responded to Fulton with a chant, "You are not alone."
"Seeing the support from all of you really makes a difference," Fulton went on to say.
"If Trayvon had been alive he would be right here on these steps with you guys rallying for justice," Tracy Martin, Trayvon's father, added. "Trayvon Martin is you. Trayvon Martin did matter. And I just want New York to know that we're not going to stop until we get justice for Trayvon."
Dubbed the Million Hoodie March, the demonstration was called in response to the controversial killing of the unarmed, 17 year-old African American by Hispanic neighborhood watch volunteer George Zimmerman.
Martin was carrying a bag of Skittles and a can of iced tea at the time of his death and wore a hooded sweatshirt. Zimmerman has not been arrested in the incident, though the US justice department has launched an investigation.
Supporters of Martin's family have blamed the Sanford police department for failing to investigate the teen's death properly.
"It's not about George Zimmerman," said Raphael Nelson, an attendee at Wednesday's demonstration. "It's about the fact the police came, they saw a dead boy on the floor and they left."
Martin's death has sparked a national outcry, resulted in a petition for Zimmerman's prosecution that has gained nearly 1m signatures and renewed conversations of racial justice in the United States.
"The darker your skin, the more you look like a criminal," New York City councilman Jumaane Williams told the crowd.
"It's Trayvon Martin in Florida. It's Ramarley Graham in the Bronx," he added, referring to an unarmed African American teen shot to death in his bathroom by a New York City police officer in February.
Wednesday's rally saw scores of families, many African American, fill some of Manhattan's most major streets. Parents pushed strollers and many demonstrators carried bags of Skittles and cans of iced tea. At times demonstrators chanted, "Don't shoot me, don't kill me, for Skittles and iced tea."
"Stop killing innocent black men and we won't have to do this," one young woman yelled to police following the march.
As the night progressed demonstrators splintered into several marches numbering in the hundreds, taking off in different directions throughout the city. The crowds were fused with Occupy Wall Street protesters who were cleared from Union Square just one day before the rally took place.
A contingent of demonstrators made their way to Times Square while another headed south into the financial district. The southbound march grew increasingly raucous as it carried on into the night. One young man was seen running over the hood and roof of a moving car as it slowly approached the march. He stepped on the sun-roof of the vehicle, shattering the glass.
Shortly after, the march, then reduced to approximately 200, arrived at the iconic Wall Street bull statue at Bowling Green Park. Since Occupy Wall Street protests began last year, the sculpture has been penned in by police barricades. As demonstrators surrounded the bull, a young man began pulling a section of the barricades down. As the police moved in his direction, other demonstrators followed suit and within moments all of the barricades were removed.
A man quickly scrambled onto the back on the bronze statue, raised his fist and yelled, "I am Trayvon Martin."
Some argued Wednesday's later marches became unfocused.
"The bull has nothing to do with Trayvon Martin," said Occupy protester Stan Williams. "I think the people leading the march may have lost focus."
By approximately 10pm, the various marches began to reconvene in Union Square. The atmosphere took a distinctly more Occupy-focused turn as several hundred people gathered in the square, talking and celebrating. Scores of police filled the area.
Shortly before midnight the parks department announced the park would be closed and asked the crowd to leave. The scene grew tense and many expected a potentially violent confrontation.
At midnight a senior New York City police officer announced, "You are occupying the space unlawfully," and ordered the crowd to leave. Moments after midnight struck a glass bottle was hurled in the direction of the police and parks department officials.
Scores of police officers in column formation methodically made their way into the square's plaza, as the demonstrators willingly moved to the sidewalk surrounding the park and a second glass bottle was thrown at police.
Barricades were erected around the perimeter of the square's well-known plaza. Roughly 200 demonstrators remained on the pavement into the wee hours of the morning.
For many who attended the rally, Trayvon Martin's death represented long-standing fears.
"Trayvon could've been my little brother," said KC, who declined to give her last name as she marched through lower Manhattan. "Shot for nothing."
When asked if she believed Zimmerman would be prosecuted, KC hesitated.
"I don't know," she said. "We live in America."
quote:WOOPS: Homeland Security Broke Rules With Occupy Wall Street
The first in a long series of Freedom of Information Act Requests (FOIA) was responded to by the Department of Homeland Security. Truthout was the first news organization to receive and post the information it received.
Contained within those initial FOIA documents are some interesting revelations. The first is that DHS "accidentally" broke it's own rules regarding intelligence operations on political speech, from Business Insider:
. But even as DHS leadership in Washington was careful to avoid top-down involvement in the Occupy protests, an apparently unauthorized memo regarding the potential threats of the movement was circulating through the department's intelligence channels. The 5-page report, recently obtained by Wikileaks and published by Rolling Stone, states that the growth of the movement will make it difficult to "control protesters" and darkly urges security personnel to exercise "heightened situational awareness."
According to the emails obtained by Business Insider, the memo was posted to the DHS's Tripwire intelligence sharing database without being cleared, and was taken down soon after. A link to the report was also included in a email briefing from the Domestic Security Alliance Council, a strategic intelligence partnership between DHS and the FBI.
DHS officials appear to have immediately recognized the potential damaging impact of the report.
"This could be quite unfortunate," one email reads. "I thought IP had withdrawn this piece. We may need DSAC to immediately withdraw their email and take it off DSAC's portal if it is posted there."
Yeah, that's big no-no. The Department of Homeland Security is not supposed to be a Political Police Force. To their credit, some within DHS understood this.
. The new documents show that senior DHS officials were acutely aware of the First Amendment issues surrounding any type of intelligence gathering on Occupy. In a series of emails dated in late October and early November, the agency adopts the position to avoid reporting on the movement, and leave it up to its local law enforcement partnerships, or Fusion Centers, to assess the Occupy threat.
From an email dated October 17, 2011:
"We maintain our longstanding position that DHS should not report on activities when the basis for reporting is political speech. We would also be loath to pass DHS requests for more information on the protests along to the appropriate fusion centers without strong guidance that the vast majority of activities occurring as part of these protests is protected. To do otherwise might give the appearance that DHS is attempting to circumvent existing restrictions, policies, and laws."
But later emails show that the Fusion Centers created a political headache for DHS headquarters, as the agency's senior leadership struggled to keep their local partners within Constitutional bounds. For example, one email obtained by BI raises concerns about an assessment of Occupy Pittsburgh that "might be advocating surveillance and other countermeasures to be employed against activities protected under the 1st Amendment." A response to that email notes that those problems were also "an issue with other fusion centers."
Surprise surprise. When you give people undeserved power they abuse it.
These requests for unconstitutional intelligence actions were not limited to Pittsburgh as DHS also denied Louisiana Fusion Center Request for Federal Intelligence on OWS.
The take away is clear, America has a fully functional police state that only requires the turn of the key for it to be unleashed on American citizens.
quote:Goldman Sachs Has Friends in High Places, Led By Mayor Bloomberg
As the fallout over Greg Smith’s public resignation continues to swirl around Goldman Sachs, several powerful figures have rallied to the bank’s defense, including New York Mayor Michael Bloomberg — who made his fortune supplying data terminals to Wall Street — and Morgan Stanley CEO James Gorman. Even as Goldman faces a torrent of negative publicity — as well as the ire of a resurgent Occupy Wall Street movement — it’s clear that the powerful bank still has many friends in high places.
Bloomberg stopped by Goldman’s lower-Manhattan headquarters to offer his support, shaking hands on the trading floor and sharing burgers with CEO Lloyd Blankfein, according to The New York Times. The mayor’s visit came just days after Smith, a 32-year-old executive director for Goldman’s equity derivatives business, published a scathing resignation letter in The Times, accusing the bank of putting profits before the best interests of its clients. Smith, who worked in Goldman’s London office, has not commented publicly since he resigned.
For Bloomberg, loyalty to Goldman Sachs — and the financial services industry in general — runs deep. He spent nearly a decade early in his career at famed investment bank Salomon Brothers. Later, he made billions supplying now-iconic Bloomberg data terminals to Wall Street banks, helping to lead a technological revolution in the financial services industry.
(MORE: Goldman Sachs Banker Quits ‘Toxic’ Firm: Will Clients Flee Next?)
But even without those ties, as mayor of New York City, it might as well be in Bloomberg’s job description to support what is arguably the most important firm in the city’s most important sector — one that generates billions of dollars in tax revenue every year for the city. “It’s my job to stand up and support companies that are here in this city that bring us a tax base and that employ our people,” Bloomberg said on his weekly radio show Friday. He called Goldman “a great firm,” and criticized the very public manner in which Smith resigned as bad form.
“I thought (it was) a nasty letter from an employee,” Bloomberg said. “You know, you go to work for a company, it seems to me they have an obligation to never diss you. They can part company with you. But they should never do that.”
Other Wall Street heavy-hitters also stepped up to defend Goldman, including Morgan Stanley CEO James Gorman. Speaking at a breakfast hosted by Fortune, Gorman said he told his employees not to circulate Smith’s op-ed. “I didn’t think it was fair,” Gorman said of Smith’s letter, according to The Wall Street Journal. “I don’t really care what one employee said,” Gorman said. “At any point, someone is unhappy… To pick a random employee, I don’t think it’s fair. I don’t think its balanced.”
(MORE: 7 Ways of Seeing Goldman Sachs)
J.P. Morgan CEO Jamie Dimon also told his firm not to circulate Smith’s op-ed, so as not to “take advantage” of the situation. “We respect our competitors, and our focus should be on doing the best we can to continually strengthen our own standards,” Dimon wrote in a memo to his employees.
Meanwhile, in a sign that anger toward Wall Street remains a potent force in the national conversation about income inequality, hundreds of protestors converged on New York’s Zuccotti to mark the six-month anniversary of Occupy Wall Street, only to be ejected by the police hours later. Some of the demonstrators even sought to make common cause with Smith. “I kind of like to think that the Occupy movement helped him to say, ‘Yeah, I really can’t do this anymore,’” retired librarian Connie Bartusis told the Associated Press.
Read more: http://business.time.com/(...)mberg/#ixzz1ptEOd1yx
quote:Fault Lines tells the definitive history of Occupy Wall Street from its early days through the movement's rapid spread up to the brutal crackdown by state authorities.
quote:NYPD intelligence officers monitored liberal groups, files reveal
Undercover officers attended meetings and kept files on liberal political groups, particularly those opposed to racial profiling
Undercover New York police department officers attended meetings of liberal political organizations and kept intelligence files on activists who planned protests around the US, according to interviews and documents that show how police have used counter-terrorism tactics to monitor even lawful activities.
The infiltration echoes the tactics the NYPD used in the run-up to New York's 2004 Republican national convention, when police monitored church groups, anti-war organizations and environmental advocates nationwide. That effort was revealed by the New York Times in 2007 and in an ongoing federal civil rights lawsuit over how the NYPD treated convention protesters.
Police said the pre-convention spying was necessary to prepare for the huge, raucous crowds that were headed to the city. But documents obtained by the Associated Press show that the police department's intelligence unit continued to keep close watch on political groups in 2008, long after the convention had passed.
In April 2008, an undercover NYPD officer travelled to New Orleans to attend the People's Summit, a gathering of liberal groups organized around their shared opposition to US economic policy and the effect of trade agreements between the US, Canada and Mexico.
When the undercover effort was summarized for supervisors, it identified groups opposed to US immigration policy, labor laws and racial profiling. Two activists — Jordan Flaherty, a journalist, and Marisa Franco, a labor organizer for housekeepers and nannies — were mentioned by name in one of the police intelligence reports obtained by the AP.
"One workshop was led by Jordan Flaherty, former member of the International Solidarity Movement Chapter in New York City," officers wrote in an April 25, 2008, memo to David Cohen, the NYPD's top intelligence officer. "Mr. Flaherty is an editor and journalist of the Left Turn Magazine and was one of the main organizers of the conference. Mr. Flaherty held a discussion calling for the increase of the divestment campaign of Israel and mentioned two events related to Palestine."
The document provides the latest example of how, in the name of fighting terrorism, law enforcement agencies around the country have scrutinized groups that legally oppose government policies. The FBI, for instance, has collected information on anti-war demonstrators. The Maryland state police infiltrated meetings of anti-death penalty groups. Missouri counterterrorism analysts suggested that support for Republican congressman Ron Paul might indicate support for violent militias — an assertion for which state officials later apologized. And Texas officials urged authorities to monitor lobbying efforts by pro Muslim-groups.
Police have good reason to want to know what to expect when protesters take to the streets. Many big cities, such as Seattle in 1999, Cincinnati in 2001 and Toledo in 2005, have seen protests turned into violent, destructive riots. Intelligence from undercover officers gives police an idea of what to expect and lets them plan accordingly.
"There was no political surveillance," Cohen testified in the ongoing lawsuit over NYPD's handling of protesters at the Republican convention. "This was a program designed to determine in advance the likelihood of unlawful activity or acts of violence."
The result of those efforts, however, was that people and organizations can be cataloged in police files for discussing political topics or advocating even legal protests, not violence or criminal activity.
By contrast, at the height of the Occupy Wall Street protests and in related protests in other cities, officials at the US homeland security department repeatedly urged authorities not to produce intelligence reports based simply on protest activities.
"Occupy Wall Street-type protesters mostly are engaged in constitutionally protected activity," department officials wrote in documents obtained under the Freedom of Information Act by the website Gawker. "We maintain our longstanding position that DHS should not report on activities when the basis for reporting is political speech."
At the NYPD, the monitoring was carried out by the Intelligence Division, a squad that operates with nearly no outside oversight and is so secretive that police said even its organizational chart is too sensitive to publish. The division has been the subject of a series of Associated Press articles that illustrated how the NYPD monitored Muslim neighborhoods, catalogued people who prayed at mosques and eavesdropped on sermons.
The AP left phone messages with Cohen and two NYPD press officers last week seeking comment about the undercover operation in New Orleans. They did not return the calls.
The NYPD has defended its efforts, saying the threat of terrorism means officers cannot wait to open an investigation until a crime is committed. Under rules governing NYPD investigations, officers are allowed to go anywhere the public can go and can prepare reports for "operational planning."
Though the NYPD's infiltration of political groups before the 2004 convention generated some controversy and has become an element in a lawsuit over the arrest, fingerprinting and detention of protesters, the surveillance itself has not been challenged in court.
Flaherty, who also writes for the Huffington Post, said he was not an organizer of the summit, as police wrote in the NYPD report. He said the event described by police actually was a film festival in New Orleans that same week, suggesting that the undercover officer's duties were more widespread than described in the report.
Flaherty said he recalls introducing a film about Palestinians but spoke only briefly and does not understand why that landed him a reference in police files.
"The only threat was the threat of ideas," he said. "I think this idea of secret police following you around is terrifying. It really has an effect of spreading fear and squashing dissent."
Before the terrorist attacks of September 2001, infiltrating political groups was one of the most tightly controlled powers the NYPD could use. Such investigations were restricted by a longstanding court order in a lawsuit over the NYPD's spying on protest groups in the 1960s.
After the attacks, Cohen told a federal judge that, to keep the city safe, police must be allowed to open investigations before there's evidence of a crime. A federal judge agreed and relaxed the rules.
Since then, police have monitored not only suspected terrorists but also entire Muslim neighborhoods, mosques, restaurants and law-abiding protesters.
Keeping tabs on planned demonstrations is a key function of Cohen's division. Investigators with his Cyber Intelligence Unit monitor websites of activist groups, and undercover officers put themselves on email distribution lists for upcoming events. Plainclothes officers collect fliers on public demonstrations. Officers and informants infiltrate the groups and attend rallies, parades and marches.
Intelligence analysts take all this information and distill it into summaries for Police Commissioner Raymond Kelly's daily briefing, documents show.
The April 2008 memo offers an unusually candid view of how political monitoring fit into the NYPD's larger, post-9/11 intelligence mission. As the AP has reported previously, Cohen's unit has transformed the NYPD into one of the most aggressive domestic intelligence agencies in the United States, one that infiltrated Muslim student groups, monitored their websites and used informants as listening posts inside mosques.
Along with the political monitoring, the document describes plans to use informants to monitor mosques for conversations about the imminent verdict in the trial of three NYPD officers charged in the 2006 shooting death of Sean Bell, an unarmed man who died in a hail of gunfire. Police were worried about how the black community, particularly the New Black Panther Party, would respond to the verdict, according to this and other documents obtained by the AP.
The document also contained details of a whitewater rafting trip that an undercover officer attended with Muslim students from City College New York.
"The group prayed at least four times a day, and much of the conversation was spent discussing Islam and was religious in nature," the report reads.
• Read more from Adam Goldman and Matt Apuzzo on surveillance by the NYPD at the Associated Press website
quote:The ex-FBI informant with a change of heart: 'There is no real hunt. It's fixed'
Craig Monteilh describes how he pretended to be a radical Muslim in order to root out potential threats, shining a light on some of the bureau's more ethically murky practices
Craig Monteilh says he did not balk when his FBI handlers gave him the OK to have sex with the Muslim women his undercover operation was targeting. Nor, at the time, did he shy away from recording their pillow talk.
"They said, if it would enhance the intelligence, go ahead and have sex. So I did," Monteilh told the Guardian as he described his year as a confidential FBI informant sent on a secret mission to infiltrate southern Californian mosques.
It is an astonishing admission that goes that goes to the heart of the intelligence surveillance of Muslim communities in America in the years after 9/11. While police and FBI leaders have insisted they are acting to defend America from a terrorist attack, civil liberties groups have insisted they have repeatedly gone too far and treated an entire religious group as suspicious.
Monteilh was involved in one of the most controversial tactics: the use of "confidential informants" in so-called entrapment cases. This is when suspects carry out or plot fake terrorist "attacks" at the request or under the close supervision of an FBI undercover operation using secret informants. Often those informants have serious criminal records or are supplied with a financial motivation to net suspects.
In the case of the Newburgh Four – where four men were convicted for a fake terror attack on Jewish targets in the Bronx – a confidential informant offered $250,000, a free holiday and a car to one suspect for help with the attack.
In the case of the Fort Dix Five, which involved a fake plan to attack a New Jersey military base, one informant's criminal past included attempted murder, while another admitted in court at least two of the suspects later jailed for life had not known of any plot.
Such actions have led Muslim civil rights groups to wonder if their communities are being unfairly targeted in a spying game that is rigged against them. Monteilh says that is exactly what happens. "The way the FBI conducts their operations, It is all about entrapment … I know the game, I know the dynamics of it. It's such a joke, a real joke. There is no real hunt. It's fixed," he said.
But Monteilh has regrets now about his involvement in a scheme called Operation Flex. Sitting in the kitchen of his modest home in Irvine, near Los Angeles, Monteilh said the FBI should publicly apologise for his fruitless quest to root out Islamic radicals in Orange County, though he does not hold out much hope that will happen. "They don't have the humility to admit a mistake," he said.
Monteilh's story sounds like something out of a pulp thriller. Under the supervision of two FBI agents the muscle-bound fitness instructor created a fictitious French-Syrian altar ego, called Farouk Aziz. In this disguise in 2006 Monteilh started hanging around mosques in Orange County – the long stretch of suburbia south of LA – and pretended to convert to Islam.
He was tasked with befriending Muslims and blanket recording their conversations. All this information was then fed back to the FBI who told Monteilh to act like a radical himself to lure out Islamist sympathizers.
Yet, far from succeeding, Monteilh eventually so unnerved Orange County's Muslim community that that they got a restraining order against him. In an ironic twist, they also reported Monteilh to the FBI: unaware he was in fact working undercover for the agency.
Monteilh does not look like a spy. He is massively well built, but soft-spoken and friendly. He is 49 but looks younger. He lives in a small rented home in Irvine that blends into the suburban sprawl of southern California. Yet Monteilh knows the spying game intimately well.
By his own account Monteilh got into undercover work after meeting a group of off-duty cops working out in a gym. Monteilh told them he had spent time in prison in Chino, serving time for passing fraudulent checks.
It is a criminal past he explains by saying he was traumatised by a nasty divorce. "It was a bad time in my life," he said. He and the cops got to talking about the criminals Monteilh had met while in Chino. The information was so useful that Monteilh says he began to work on undercover drug and organised crime cases.
Eventually he asked to work on counter-terrorism and was passed on to two FBI handlers, called Kevin Armstrong and Paul Allen. These two agents had a mission and an alias ready-made for him.
Posing as Farouk Aziz he would infiltrate local mosques and Islamic groups around Orange County. "Paul Allen said: 'Craig, you are going to be our computer worm. Our guy that gives us the real pulse of the Muslim community in America'," Monteilh said.
The operation began simply enough. Monteilh started hanging out at mosques, posing as Aziz, and explaining he wanted to learn more about religion. In July, 2006, at the Islamic Center of Irvine, he converted to Islam.
Monteilh also began attending other mosques, including the Orange County Islamic Foundation. Monteilh began circulating endlessly from mosque to mosque, spending long days in prayer or reading books or just hanging out in order to get as many people as possible to talk to him.
"Slowly I began to wear the robes, the hat, the scarf and they saw me slowly transform and growing a beard. At that point, about three or four months later, [my FBI handlers] said: 'OK, now start to ask questions'."
Those questions were aimed at rooting out radicals. Monteilh would talk of his curiosity over the concepts of jihad and what Muslims should do about injustices in the world, especially where it pertained to American foreign policy.
He talked of access to weapons, a possible desire to be a martyr and inquired after like-minded souls. It was all aimed at trapping people in condemning statements. "The skill is that I am going to get you to say something. I am cornering you to say "jihad"," he said.
Of course, the chats were recorded.
In scenes out of a James Bond movie, Monteilh said he sometimes wore a secret video recorder sewn into his shirt. At other times he activated an audio recorder on his key rings.
Monteilh left his keys in offices and rooms in the mosques that he attended in the hope of recording conversations that took place when he was not here. He did it so often that he earned a reputation with other worshippers for being careless with his keys. The recordings were passed back to his FBI handlers at least once a week.
He also met with them every two months at a hotel room in nearby Anaheim for a more intense debriefing. Monteilh says he was grilled on specific individuals and asked to view charts showing networks of relationships among Orange County's Muslim population.
He said the FBI had two basic aims. Firstly, they aimed to uncover potential militants. Secondly, they could also use any information Monteilh discovered – like an affair or someone being gay – to turn targeted people into becoming FBI informants themselves.
None of it seemed to unnerve his FBI bosses, not even when he carried out a suggestion to begin seducing Muslim women and recording them.
At one hotel meeting, agent Kevin Armstrong explained the FBI attitude towards the immense breadth of Operation Flex – and any concerns over civil rights – by saying simply: "Kevin is God."
Monteilh's own attitude evolved into something very similar. "I was untouchable. I am a felon, I am on probation and the police cannot arrest me. How empowering is that? It is very empowering. You began to have a certain arrogance about it. It is almost taunting. They told me: 'You are an untouchable'," he said.
But it was not always easy. "I started at 4am. I ended at 9.30pm. Really, it was a lot of work … Farouk took over. Craig did not exist," he said. But it was also well paid: at the peak of Operation Flex, Monteilh was earning more than $11,000 a month.
But he was wrong about being untouchable.
Far from uncovering radical terror networks, Monteilh ended up traumatising the community he was sent into. Instead of embracing calls for jihad or his questions about suicide bombers or his claims to have access to weapons, Monteilh was instead reported to the FBI as a potentially dangerous extremist.
A restraining order was also taken out against him in June 2007, asking him to stay away from the Islamic Center of Irvine. Operation Flex was a bust and Monteilh had to kill off his life as Farouk Aziz.
But the story did not end there. In circumstances that remain murky Monteilh then sued the FBI over his treatment, claiming that they abandoned him once the operation was over.
He also ended up in jail after Irvine police prosecuted him for defrauding two women, including a former girlfriend, as part of an illegal trade in human growth hormone at fitness clubs. (Monteilh claims those actions were carried out as part of another secret string operation for which he was forced to carry the can.)
What is not in doubt is that Monteilh's identity later became public. In 2009 the FBI brought a case against Ahmad Niazi, an Afghan immigrant in Orange County.
The evidence included secret recordings and even calling Osama bin Laden "an angel". That was Monteilh's work and he outed himself to the press to the shock of the very Muslims he had been spying on who now realised that Farouk Aziz – the radical they had reported to the FBI two years earlier – had in fact been an undercover FBI operative.
Now Monteilh says he set Niazi up and the FBI was trying to blackmail the Afghani into being an informant. "I built the whole relationship with Niazi. Through my coercion we talked about jihad a lot," he said. The FBI's charges against Niazi were indeed later dropped.
Now Monteilh has joined an American Civil Liberties Union lawsuit against the FBI. Amazingly, after first befriending Muslim leaders in Orange County as Farouk Aziz, then betraying them as Craig Monteilh, he has now joined forces with them again to campaign for their civil liberties.
That has now put Monteilh's testimony about his year undercover is at the heart of a fresh legal effort to prove that the FBI operation in Orange County unfairly targeted a vulnerable Muslim community, trampling on civil rights in the name of national security.
The FBI did not respond to a request from the Guardian for comment.
It is not the first time Monteilh has shifted his stance. In the ACLU case Monteilh is now posing as the sorrowful informant who saw the error of his ways.
But in previous court papers filed against the Irvine Police and the FBI, Monteilh's lawyers portrayed him as the loyal intelligence asset who did sterling work tackling the forces of Islamic radicalism and was let down by his superiors.
In those papers Monteilh complained that FBI agents did not act speedily enough on a tip he gave them about a possible sighting of bomb-making materials. Now Monteilh says that tip was not credible.
Either way it does add up to a story that shifts with the telling. But that fact alone goes to the heart of the FBI's use of such confidential informants in investigating Muslim communities.
FBI operatives with profiles similar to Monteilh's – of a lengthy criminal record, desire for cash and a flexibility with the truth – have led to high profile cases of alleged entrapment that have shocked civil rights groups across America.
In most cases the informants have won their prosecutions and simply disappeared. Monteilh is the only one speaking out. But whatever the reality of his year undercover, Monteilh is almost certainly right about one impact of Operation Flex and the exposure of his undercover activities: "Because of this the Muslim community will never trust the FBI again."
quote:U.S. Treasury Plans to Collect 28% Less in Corporate Taxes Than Originally Thought
The Center for Tax Justice notes that the Treasury Department’s monthly statement shows the U.S. will collect $96 billion less in corporate taxes than originally thought:
The latest monthly statement by the Treasury Department contains a startling revelation: the amount that Treasury expects to collect in corporate taxes in 2012 has been slashed by more than 28 percent, from $333 down to $237 billion.
With such a dramatic revision, one might expect that lagging corporate profits or a sudden economic disruption is to blame. In reality however, corporate tax revenue continues to limp in spite of the fact that corporate profits have rebounded to record highs.
If corporate profits are not behind this $96 billion drop in expected corporate tax revenue, then what is?
The Wall Street Journal’s David Reilly suspects that there are two critical drivers: the offshoring of more profits through overseas entities by multi-national corporations; and the continuation of extravagant corporate tax breaks for accelerated depreciation of assets like equipment.
Sadly, how can we be shocked? Corporate welfare is so commonplace in this country it is laughable. As George Will writes in his Bangor Daily News op-ed on the Export-Import Bank, “In Washington, the penalty for slipping the leash of law is a longer leash and a larger purse.”
As usual, Center for Tax Justice suggests viable solutions:
In order to prevent the continued decline of the corporate tax, Congress and the President should enact revenue-positive corporate tax reform, rather than their current revenue-neutral approach. Right now, political leaders of all stripes are proposing merely to eliminate some tax breaks but continue or even expand others and possibly reduce the statutory rate. With the federal deficit growing every day, asking profitable U.S. companies to pay something closer to the statutory tax rate is a reasonable (not to mention popular) approach.
quote:RT’s main YouTube channel down for several hours
RT’s main YouTube channel was suspended for about eight hours, returning online about 2 p.m. Moscow time (10:00 GMT). YouTube ascribed the temporary blackout to a “technical mistake.”
During the temporary suspension, anyone who attempted to access RT’s main YouTube channel was greeted with a startling message: “This channel has been suspended due to multiple or severe violations of YouTube’s policy against spam, scans, and commercially deceptive content.”
During the temporary blackout, all of the content on our main YouTube channel was inaccessible.
RT’s YouTube account manager has confirmed it was the YouTube team's mistake, and they have since apologized for the incident.
RT’s web promotion chief Mikhail Konrad particularly stressed RT has not violated YouTube’s terms of service in any way, shape or form.
“There have been no copyright or community guideline violations on our part which could result in this kind of measures,” he said.
RT is the most popular news broadcaster present on YouTube, having racked up about 700 million views and 275 thousand subscribers since the channel’s inception.
RT has a long-running relationship with YouTube and Google, and its channels are part of YouTube's Premium Partnership program. This is the first such incident in the history of our close partnership.
In 2007, RT became the first Russian media outlet to open its channel on YouTube. In 2009, RT pioneered the use of YouTube's Content ID program in Russia.
YouTube’s director of video partnerships Patrick Walker had previously lauded his company’s relationship with RT.
"RT is our trump card, one of the, if not the biggest news provider on YouTube worldwide," he told the MIPCOM 2011 conference.
The blackout sparked frenzy among RT viewers around the world attempting to access the channel and provoked speculation it had been intentionally taken down.
Viewers speculated that everything from censorship to a hacker attack could have been behind the incident. Some of them said this is “ACTA in action”, while others focused on the timing, which coincided with an NYPD crackdown on an OWS protest in New York which was being covered by the channel.
quote:Police brutality increasing against occupy
Police across the country are increasingly using extreme violence against occupiers. The weekly SF Bay Guardian recently revealed that Oakland police have received numerous complaints of excessive force. In a complaint from Oct. 25, an occupier says that “officers found a person alone, beat him, and broke his knee.” A complaint from a Jan. 7 march says that a police officer kneed an occupier in the back “causing his spine to break.” In New York City, media reports that an occupier’s rib was broken on the six-month anniversary of OWS. When the wounded occupier began having a seizure, she was denied medical attention while a crowd watched in horror. When occupiers from across the middle of America gathered in St. Louis, Missouri for the Occupy the Midwest regional summit, they too were also brutally beat back. Tazers were used, a dozen arrests were made, and several occupiers were led away with their faces covered in blood.
In the following eyewitness account, an occupier describes how it feels to be in confronted by extreme police brutality:
. “For those that have never witnessed police violence, I want to make something clear. Nothing about this situation followed the prescription of an arrest – this media image of a “You are under arrest. You have the right…” is not what happens in real life. A friend said it best, what happened Thursday night was some gangsta shit. It was angry, vicious people jumping unarmed protesters and bystanders. It was an attack. It was intentional brutality. They did not follow any procedure of kettling, “less lethal” tactics, etc. Their actions were directly targeting individuals and beating the shit out of them. It was so fucked up.
I am traumatized. I am having flashbacks, and the more I try to make the motions of my mundane life the more vivid they become. Work, school, friendly conversations all seem completely devoid of meaning. All I can do is tell the story of my experience and force the people I surround myself with to question the society we participate in. I am so fucking angry.”
Read the whole story at https://antistatestl.word(...)onal-account-of-the-... and join the discussion below on how Occupy can overcome increasing police brutality.
quote:Exclusive: OWS Activist Cecily McMillan Describes Seizure, Bodily Injuries in Arrest by NYPD
Occupy Wall Street activist Cecily McMillan suffered a seizure when New York City police officers pulled her from the crowd and arrested her as hundreds attempted to re-occupy Zuccotti Park on Saturday to mark six months since the launch of the movement. In her first interview since her arrest, McMillan says she has decided to speak out because of an outpouring of public support. "I have received so many emails and twitters and messages and phone calls, and people [are] just really horrified about what happened to me." McMillan has a black eye, and her body is covered in bruises, at least one in the shape of a handprint. She says she was not allowed to contact an attorney while she was taken to the hospital and transferred to a jail cell along with some of the 72 other detained protesters. Facing charges of police assault and obstructing governmental administration, she was released Monday after a judge denied a request that her bail be set at $20,000. McMillan is Northeast regional organizer for Young Democratic Socialists of America and a graduate student at the New School for Social Research. We’re also joined by Meghan Maurus, McMillan’s attorney and mass defense coordinator at the New York City chapter of the National Lawyers Guild. [includes rush transcript]
quote:NYPD: 'They're Throwing Glass Bottles! They Want to Hurt Us, Guys!'
This video is from Union Square Park this week as the NYPD forced Occupy Wall Street protesters out of the park area after declaring it closed for the night for "cleaning."
Were these cops ordered to attempt to incite a riot with their repeating "They're throwing glass bottles! They want to hurt us, guys!" ? Was it a training exercise of some sort? All of these officers appear quite young, and perhaps are new to the force, so an "on-the-job-training" exercise seems possible.
The occupier speaking during this altercation claims that there was a bottle thrown, but that it was tossed by an undercover cop planted in the crowd.
Het artikel gaat verder.quote:The NYPD Tapes Confirmed
For more than two years, Adrian Schoolcraft secretly recorded every roll call at the 81st Precinct in Brooklyn and captured his superiors urging police officers to do two things in order to manipulate the "stats" that the department is under pressure to produce: Officers were told to arrest people who were doing little more than standing on the street, but they were also encouraged to disregard actual victims of serious crimes who wanted to file reports.
Arresting bystanders made it look like the department was efficient, while artificially reducing the amount of serious crime made the commander look good.
In October 2009, Schoolcraft met with NYPD investigators for three hours and detailed more than a dozen cases of crime reports being manipulated in the district. Three weeks after that meeting—which was supposed to have been kept secret from Schoolcraft's superiors—his precinct commander and a deputy chief ordered Schoolcraft to be dragged from his apartment and forced into the Jamaica Hospital psychiatric ward for six days.
In the wake of our series, NYPD commissioner Raymond Kelly ordered an investigation into Schoolcraft's claims. By June 2010, that investigation produced a report that the department has tried to keep secret for nearly two years.
The Voice has obtained that 95-page report, and it shows that the NYPD confirmed Schoolcraft's allegations. In other words, at the same time that police officials were attacking Schoolcraft's credibility, refusing to pay him, and serving him with administrative charges, the NYPD was sitting on a document that thoroughly vindicated his claims.
Investigators went beyond Schoolcraft's specific claims and found many other instances in the 81st Precinct where crime reports were missing, had been misclassified, altered, rejected, or not even entered into the computer system that tracks crime reports.
These weren't minor incidents. The victims included a Chinese-food delivery man robbed and beaten bloody, a man robbed at gunpoint, a cab driver robbed at gunpoint, a woman assaulted and beaten black and blue, a woman beaten by her spouse, and a woman burgled by men who forced their way into her apartment.
"When viewed in their totality, a disturbing pattern is prevalent and gives credence to the allegation that crimes are being improperly reported in order to avoid index-crime classifications," investigators concluded. "This trend is indicative of a concerted effort to deliberately underreport crime in the 81st Precinct."
NYPD spokesman Paul Browne did not respond to repeated requests for comment.
The investigation found that crime complaints were changed to reflect misdemeanor rather than felony crimes, which prevented those incidents from being counted in the all-important crime statistics. In addition, the investigation concluded that "an unwillingness to prepare reports for index crimes exists or existed in the command."
Moreover, a significant number of serious index crimes were not entered into the computer tracking system known as OmniForm. "This was more than administrative error," the probe concluded.
There was an "atmosphere in the command where index crimes were scrutinized to the point where it became easier to either not take the report at all or to take a report for a lesser, non-index crime," investigators concluded.
Precinct Commander Steven Mauriello "failed to meet [his] responsibility." As a result, "an atmosphere was created discouraging members of the command to accurately report index crimes."
Mauriello's lawyer and union representative say he did nothing wrong.
Some 45 members of the command were interviewed, and hundreds of documents were examined.
The implications of the report are obvious: If the 81st Precinct was a typical station house, then crime manipulation is more widespread than city officials have admitted.
John Eterno, a criminologist at Molloy College and a former NYPD captain, says that what was happening in the 81st Precinct is no isolated case. "The pressures on commanders are enormous, to make sure the crime numbers look good," Eterno says. "This is a culture. This is happening in every precinct, every transit district, and every police housing service area. This culture has got to change."
As for Mauriello, he's no rogue commander, says Eterno, who has published a book about crime reporting with John Jay College professor Eli Silverman. "Mauriello is no different from any other commander," he says. "This is just a microcosm of what is happening in the entire police department."
Indeed, it is clear from Schoolcraft's recordings that Mauriello was responding to pressure emanating from the Brooklyn North borough command and police headquarters for lower crime numbers and higher summons and stop-and-frisk numbers.
The seven index crimes—murder, rape, robbery, assault, burglary, grand larceny, and auto theft—are the central public indicators of the city's crime rate and, by extension, its reputation. The crime numbers are also the bedrock in evaluating the Bloomberg administration and critical to attracting tourism and economic development to the city.
As a result, Mayor Bloomberg and Kelly have gone to great lengths to insist the crime statistics are accurate. They have publicly downplayed the Schoolcraft allegations and insisted that any "underreporting" is a tiny anomaly.
quote:Occupy Wall Street activists attempt to occupy the United Nations
The Occupy Wall Street movement tried to occupy, and set up camp at the United Nations headquarters in New York city, resulting in alleged arrests by police, and the dismantling of the attempted encampment.
[frustratie mode]quote:Op zaterdag 24 maart 2012 19:10 schreef Papierversnipperaar het volgende:
[..]
Het artikel gaat verder.
Dat kan ook weer niet. Dan krijg je, wat Wim Kok noemde, "de (be)rekenende burger"quote:Op zondag 25 maart 2012 17:24 schreef deelnemer het volgende:
[..]
[frustratie mode]
Dit nu een typisch voorbeeld van corruptie zoals dat eigenlijk overal plaatsvindt. De beste mensen worden ziek van het gesjoemel en een pragmaticus heeft er geen enkel probleem mee.
Op een middelbare school wordt je voorbereid op de maatschappij. Twee dingen zou iedereen moeten leren:
1. Ik heb overal schijt aan, zolang ik mijn beloning maar krijg.
2. Als alles misgaat, overtuigend kunnen uitleggen dat het geweldig ging.
Zo niet, dan stuur je mensen naief de samenleving in.
[/frustratie mode]
quote:Occupying a House Auction
On International Women's Day (March 8) we successfully occupied a house auction
I'd never been to a house auction before, so when I heard about a "Stop the Sale" action to save the home of two Oakland residents, I went to the Alameda County Courthouse, entered the building, and looked all around. But I didn't see any protesters. Finally I asked at the information desk and was told the auction was being held outside, on the south steps overlooking Fallon Street.
Outside, on the steps? Really? This sounded like something from the 1820s--a scene from a vaguely remembered period movie came to mind. So I looked more closely at the leaflet in my hand, and sure enough, that's what it said.
Exiting the building, I heard a din from around the distant corner that I was approaching. The sound grew and grew as I neared the end of the building, turned the corner, and stepped into a world of incredible noise. The beating of drums, banging of pots and pans, and the rhythmic chanting of people. Demonstrations are often loud, sometimes very loud. But this was loudness beyond loud. Loudness to the point of a deafening silence.
There on the steps, over a hundred people were gathered, pressing in tightly from all sides around a man clutching a fistful of documents. He was clearly the auctioneer, and he seemed to be reading from the documents. His lips were moving, but no words could make their way through the din. It was like watching a silent movie.
"Occupy Oakland" read a large sign being held above the auctioneer's head. All around were signs and banners declaring "Stop the Sale!" and "¡Alto a la venta!" Many people were wearing red shirts with the words "Causa Justa" and "Just Cause."
No buyers seemed to be present. Perhaps they'd been driven away by the noise, like vultures from a promised kill that was showing unexpected signs of life. Still kicking, alive and full of sound.
After a few minutes of this the auctioneer left, presumably giving up, and a woman took up a bullhorn, "It's not over!" she yelled, urging us to stay. Speaking both in Spanish and in English, she told us the auctioneer was likely to return and make the sale if we left.
The home we were there to save belonged to Nell Myhand and Synthia Green. Synthia had suffered a stroke and is now blind. They'd gone through lengthy loan modification applications, and in the midst of these procedures, Chase Bank--which may not even have had legal title--had put it up for auction. The speaker explained that if the house were not sold this afternoon, it would take the bank another month or more to schedule another auction, so in the meantime the bank would be forced back into negotiations with the women.
On the street below, cars drove by, some of them honking and waving to us.
"We need noise over here!" someone yelled, interrupting the speaker and directing us to the corner. A second auctioneer had appeared, this one black. I guessed that they'd substituted him for the previous one who was white, thinking such a tactic might work. But the people here were color blind, and this auctioneer got the same reception as his predecessor.
"Not for sale!" began a chant. "Not for sale! Not for sale!" Someone at the edge of the gathering was beating a drum. Soon the chant and even the drum were drowned out as pots and pans went into action. The auctioneer's lips moved, silenced by the din. Then he stepped out onto the sidewalk, near the bus stop, with us in pursuit, closing in on him. He began walking up the sidewalk along 12th Street, with us hot on his heels. Sheriff's deputies didn't interfere with us, but simply cautioned us to stay off the street.
"Banks got bailed out -- we got sold out!" we chanted, following the auctioneer up the street and down the street, carefully remaining on the sidewalk. The auctioneer sometimes spoke to the deputies, presumably asking them to intervene, but they were only concerned with keeping us off the street.
"Mic check!" someone called out. The pots and pans were silenced.
"This man works for LPS," a speaker told us, and explained that to be auctioning houses, the law required that the auctioneer be bonded. "This man is NOT bonded!"
The procession resumed, the un-bonded auctioneer walking up and down the sidewalk, attempting to escape us and sell the house.
More people were arriving. Somebody asked me what was happening. I briefly summed up the situation. The crowd had grown; there looked to be about two hundred people now.
Up and down the street we dogged the auctioneer, across Oak Street and back. This went on for an hour, till finally the auctioneer gave up and left.
We'd stopped the sale, which meant that the bank would be forced to negotiate for another month. And if they tried to put the home back on the auction block, we'd show up again, with pots and pans.
We gathered around Nell, who took up the bullhorn and thanked us for our support.
Rarely at a demonstration do we see immediate results. This day we did. Foreclosure disproportionately affects women; and this being International Women's Day, it was an appropriate day for this action.
DANIEL BORGSTRÖM
http://danielborgstrom.blogspot.com/
quote:The reason I'm helping Chris Hedges' lawsuit against the NDAA
By placing journalists in jeopardy for reporting on 'terrorists', the Homeland Battlefield Bill has had a chilling effect on media work
Naomi Wolf
I have discussed the terms of the Homeland Battlefield Bill – also known as the National Defense Authorization Act – with numerous other journalists, writers, and members of democracy-supporting organizations across the political spectrum, from the Bill of Rights Defense Committee to the Tenth Amendment Center. I have also discussed the bill with various political leaders, including city council members and legislators, who span the political spectrum in the United States. They all agree that the bill can potentially affect an American journalist who meets with and publishes reports on individuals connected to organizations deemed terrorist by the United States government.
To state the obvious, I do not support terrorism or any terrorist groups. I do not believe acts of violence against civilian populations are an appropriate way to achieve political, or any other change. I have never supported or condoned the actions of any terrorist organization.
I do, however, believe that a properly functioning media should report on newsworthy items, including discussions with and beliefs professed by various groups, including persons whom the United States government has labeled as terrorists. I believe part of my job involves meeting with, discussing ideas with, and publishing stories about persons and groups who have, or are under threat of being, labeled a terrorist or terrorist group.
My understanding of the bill, however, has forced me to decline to meet with certain newsworthy individuals, and groups of people, for fear that my communications with them and publishing articles on these individuals could be considered to be providing material support to a terrorist or terrorist organization. I have forgone meeting with individuals, and reporting on facts and stories, that I otherwise believe are newsworthy, and contribute to a healthy national discourse – for no other reason than to avoid potential repercussions under the bill.
I wish to highlight several instances of my having had to decline to meet with individuals in situations in which, under the normal conditions of my profession, meeting them, and potentially interviewing them, would have led to investigative articles for publication that I believe would have served the public interest.
In November 2011, I declined, in writing, a proposed meeting with Vaughan Smith and Julian Assange, because of statements made by high-level United States officials regarding their belief that Assange is a terrorist, as well as the ongoing Department of Justice investigation, which, as I understand it, could lead to terrorism and/or espionage charges against him. I have declined to meet directly with members of Occupy Wall Street, because that group is being threatened with being named as terrorists in Miami. As a result, I have ceased conducting one-on-one interviews with them.
I have declined, in writing, to follow up with a proposed meeting with a support group in London that serves former prisoners, released without charge by the US government from the US detention center at Guantánamo Bay. Because some of these prisoners were released without government determination of whether they were connected to a terrorist organization, I declined to meet with this group for fear that this story could conceivably be considered some form of support to a group affiliated with terrorists.
I declined, in writing, to give additional media attention to a reporter who produced a documentary based on the bombardment of Gaza, and its effect on the Palestinian civilian population. Since I did not know who else, or which other entities, may have contributed to its production, I was concerned that my shining a media spotlight on the film, and gathering other members of the press to see it, might lead to wider attention and further fundraising that could conceivably fall under the term "material support".
Thus the Homeland Battlefield Bill has already a chilling effect upon my ability to investigate and document matters of national controversy that would ordinarily be subject to my professional inquiry. It has therefore prevented my readers from receiving the full spectrum of truthful reporting which, in a functioning democracy, they have a right to expect.
quote:US anti-terrorism law curbs free speech and activist work, court told
Controversy over NDAA centres on loose definition of key words, such as who are 'associated forces' of named terrorist groups
A group political activists and journalists has launched a legal challenge to stop an American law they say allows the US military to arrest civilians anywhere in the world and detain them without trial as accused supporters of terrorism.
The seven figures, who include ex-New York Times reporter Chris Hedges, professor Noam Chomsky and Icelandic politician and WikiLeaks campaigner Birgitta Jonsdottir, testified to a Manhattan judge that the law – dubbed the NDAA or Homeland Battlefield Bill – would cripple free speech around the world.
They said that various provisions written into the National Defense Authorization Bill, which was signed by President Barack Obama at the end of 2011, effectively broadened the definition of "supporter of terrorism" to include peaceful activists, authors, academics and even journalists interviewing members of radical groups.
Controversy centres on the loose definition of key words in the bill, in particular who might be "associated forces" of the law's named terrorist groups al-Qaida and the Taliban and what "substantial support" to those groups might get defined as. Whereas White House officials have denied the wording extends any sort of blanket coverage to civilians, rather than active enemy combatants, or actions involved in free speech, some civil rights experts have said the lack of precise definition leaves it open to massive potential abuse.
Hedges, who is a Pulitzer Prize-winner and longtime writer on the Middle East, told New York judge Katherine Forrest on Thursday that he feared he might be subject to arrest under the terms of NDAA if interviewing or meeting Islamic radicals could constitute giving them "substantial support" under the terms of the law.
"I could be detained by the US military, held in a military facility – including offshore – denied due process and incarcerated until 'the end of hostilities' whenever that is," Hedges said. He added that the law was already impacting his ability to work as he feared speaking to or meeting with sources who the US government could see as terrorists or advocates of violence.
"Any kind of language in my presence that countenances violence against the US … given the passage of the NDAA, really terrifies me," he said.
Testifying alongside Hedges was Kai Wargalla, a German organiser behind Occupy London, and a supporter of WikiLeaks, which has extensively published secret US government documents.
Wargalla said that since British police had included Occupy London alongside al-Qaida on a terrorism warning notice, she was afraid of the implications of NDAA. She said that after NDAA was signed she was no longer willing to invite an Islamic group like Hamas to speak on discussion panels for fear of being implicated a supporter of terrorism. "We are on a terrorism list just under al-Qaida and this is what the section of the NDAA is talking about under 'associated forces'," she said.
Author and campaigner Naomi Wolf read testimony in court from Jonsdottir, who has been a prominent supporter of WikiLeaks and a proponent of free speech laws. Jonsdottir's testimony said she was now afraid of arrest and detention because so many US political figures had labelled WikiLeaks as a terrorist group.
Despite receiving verbal assurance from US officials that she was not under threat, Jonsdottir testified she would not travel to the US despite being invited to give lectures in the country. "[The NDAA] provisions create a greater sense of fear since now the federal government will have a tool with which to incarcerate me outside of the normal requirements of the criminal law. Because of this change in the legal situation, I am now no longer able to travel to the US for fear of being taken into custody as as having 'substantially supported' groups that are considered as either terrorist groups or their associates," said Jonsdottir in the statement read by Wolf, who is also a Guardian commentator.
In an opening argument, lawyers for the plaintiffs argued that they would try to show the definitions used in the NDAA provisions were so unclear that it would have a "chilling" effect on the work of journalists, activists and academics even if no one was actually detained.
Lawyers for Obama, and other named defendants in the case like the defence secretary, Leon Panetta, offered no opening statement nor did they currently plan to call any witnesses. However, in cross-examination of Hedges, Wargalla and another witness they repeatedly pointed out that at no stage had the US government ever been shown to have threatened any of them with detention under the terms of the new law.
Forrest will now seek to rule on whether any of the plaintiffs have shown enough convincing evidence that they have "standing" to move the case forwards. If that happens she will also then have to rule on a possible temporary injunction against the NDAA, which would undoubtedly trigger a high profile legal battle.
quote:Daylong Tussle on 'Homeland Battlefield' Law
MANHATTAN (CN) - Overcoming an initially "skeptical" federal judge, opponents of the 2012 National Defense Authorization Act - which allows the military to indefinitely detain anyone it suspects "substantially supported" al-Qaida, the Taliban or "associated forces" - brought strong arguments Thursday to a case once believed to be quixotic.
Prominent writers and activists - led by Pulitzer Prize-winning journalist Chris Hedges - met in court for the first time for a hearing challenging the law, which President Barack Obama signed on New Year's Eve. The bill is also known as the Homeland Battlefield law.
Buried within the 565-page statute, opponents said, is a short paragraph that makes political activists and muckraking journalists susceptible to indefinite military detention for exercising free speech.
Section 1021 (b)(2) allows the military to detain anyone it suspects "substantially supported" al-Qaida, the Taliban or "associated forces," and to keep them detained until "the end of hostilities." Hedges and others claim those words are so vague they could justify indefinite detention of political dissidents without due process. As the hearing began, U.S. District Judge Katherine Forrest said she was "extremely skeptical" that the opponents could challenge the law on its face, but she put the government lawyers on the defensive as the proceedings closed late in the day.
The first plaintiff to testify, Alexa O'Brien, co-founded the U.S. Day of Rage, a group whose "one purpose," she said, is to "reform our corrupt elections." Though its website lists "nonviolence" as its founding principle, O'Brien said she found out that agents of a private intelligence firm tried to link U.S. Day of Rage to Islamic fundamentalists. The revelations came when Wikileaks released 5 million emails from Stratfor, under the name "Global Intelligence Files," O'Brien said. Stratfor describes itself as a geopolitical intelligence firm.
The documents, O'Brien said, included an Aug. 18, 2011, email from Thomas Kopecky, stating, "I was looking into that US Day of Rage movement and specifically asked to connect it to any Saudi or other fundamentalist Islamic movements. "Thus far, I have only hear[d] rumors but not gotten any substantial connection. "Do you guys know much about this other than its US Domestic fiscal ideals?" Kopecky is or was then director of operations for Investigative Research Consultants / Fortis Protective Services, according to the email.
The email was sent to Fred Burton, whom O'Brien said was an agent with the U.S. Diplomatic Security Service. Burton replied: "No, we're not aware of any concrete connections between fundamentalist Islamist movements and the Day of Rage, or the October 2011 movement at this point," according to the email, as reported by Wikileaks. O'Brien said another private intelligence firm, Provide Security, sent her a threatening message via Twitter: "Now you are really in over your head with this." She said Provide Security sent her follow-up tweets saying she would encounter "problems" from forming a relationship with Anonymous, the hacker collective that brought the Stratfor files to light. O'Brien said Anonymous, which she describes as an "Internet swarm," has no relationship to the U.S. Day of Rage. She said she later learned that two of the Provide Security employees, Kevin Schatzle and Thomas Ryan, had government ties.
In September 2011, O'Brien said, a man identifying himself as a federal agent told her confidentially that a classified Department of Homeland Security memo showed plans to infiltrate the group. O'Brien said the government scrutiny became overwhelming to Lime Energy, where she was working at the time as a digital media architect. The company contracts with the government and major businesses. "I became, essentially, a liability," O'Brien said.
She said the company's director of government contracts, a family friend, told her candidly that "contacts of the government" had approached him about her. O'Brien said she tried to explain that she knew that U.S. Day of Rage was being monitored, but her boss said the problem was not only with her association. "No, Alexa, you," he said, according to O'Brien. "Multiple times, multiple individuals."
Now an independent journalist, O'Brien testified that she shelved two investigations about Guantanamo detainees for fear of reprisal under the National Defense Authorization Act (NDAA).
The next witness was Kai Wargalla, 27, who said she "dropped everything" to bring her graduate studies from Germany to a tent in Occupy London. London Police last year sent businesses a memo labeled "Terrorism / Extremism," listing the local Occupy movement alongside al-Qaida and militant groups from Columbia and Belarus, Wargalla said.
Wargalla says she also got involved in advocacy groups for Wikileaks, Julian Assange and Bradley Manning, and a movement called Revolution Truth. Revolution Truth broadcasts "Live Panels" over the Internet on various topics, and considered inviting "groups like Hamas," a U.S.-designated terrorist organization, Wargalla said. She said that she and other organizers shelved that idea after the NDAA was passed. "It's not about me," she said. "It's about the whole group." Asked if the British government threatened her, Wargalla replied, "Other than describing my group as a terrorist group, no," to laughter in the courtroom. The hearing's only other non-U.S. citizen, Icelandic Parliamentarian Birgitta Jonsdottir, would not travel to New York for fear of being detained, according to a statement that Guardian columnist Naomi Wolf read into the record. "I am acutely aware that WikiLeaks has been classified by elected political leaders and members of the Obama Administration as a terrorist organization," Jonsdottir said, citing remarks by House Homeland Security Chairman Peter King and Sarah Palin. Jonsdottir said she pushed for broad transparency laws allowing WikiLeaks' operations in Iceland and helped produce a video of the July 12, 2007 Baghdad airstrike that killed 11 people, including two journalists. Wikileaks and Jonsdottir called it "Collateral Murder."
Hedges, who was the first to sue, was the last to testify. A former war correspondent, Hedges read the U.S. State Department's list of designated terrorist groups on the witness stand, and said he met with 17 of them as a reporter. Hedges described "piecing together the movements" of Sept. 11 ringleader Mohammed Atta, and having dinner with Hamas co-founder Abdel Aziz Al-Rantissi before Rantissi was killed in an Israeli airstrike. He also testified about being attacked by warplanes from Turkey, a U.S. ally, while traveling with Kurdish militants.
Hedges said some of his articles remain on radical Islamist websites, and he worries that U.S. government officials may not differentiate between reporting the views and activities of these groups and joining them. "If you are countering the official narrative, there is no difference between you and the people you are covering," Hedges said. He said he was detained during the first Gulf War for straying from the press pool - a detention he attributes to government efforts to control public perception. Every time he gets a call from Iran, he says, it drops after the first ring, which he said reminded him of the Salvadoran government's tapping of his phone when he covered that conflict. Hedges said the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act authorizing warrantless wiretapping dried up some of his sources, but the NDAA affects him directly.
"The NDAA is about me," he said. During cross-examination, Hedges interrupted a government lawyer who asked whether the law made him "skittish." "Skittish is one word," Hedges said. "Fear is another." The remaining plaintiffs, Pentagon Papers source Daniel Ellsberg, M.I.T. Professor Noam Chomsky, and Revolution Truth founder Jennifer "Tangerine" Bolen, did not testify Thursday. Government lawyers did not offer any witnesses in support of the law, which they said merely "affirmed" the decade-old Authorization to Use Military Force.
But Judge Forrest said the language had changed, and she must assume a purpose behind that. "Congress writes legislation for a reason, right?" she asked. Government lawyer Benjamin Torrance refused to answer a barrage of questions from Forrest about whether any of the witnesses could be detained for the actions they spoke about on the stand. "I can't make specific representations regarding specific plaintiffs," Torrance said. He said he had not been authorized to say whether Jonsdottir would have been detained, had she flown in from Iceland.
Torrance said he could only say, generally, that association with Wikileaks alone would not make her subject to the NDAA. The judge said Torrance's answers did not help his case that common citizens do not need to fear the new law. "If people weren't worried before those series of questions, they could worry about it now," she said. "It sounded like Mr. Hedges was all over co-belligerents." To win the right to sue, only one of the seven plaintiffs needs to establish a "reasonable fear" of being detained for free speech. The plaintiffs that remain standing can then challenge the law on constitutional grounds. Government attorneys claimed that the phrases in the law that the plaintiffs consider vague have meanings in case law and briefs describing the executive branch's changing positions. But Carl Mayer, an attorney for the plaintiffs, said "constantly moving" law is the "definition of vagueness." Ultimately, the judge said she is bound by the Supreme Court's instructions in Holder v. Humanitarian Law Project, which warn her to "tread carefully" before changing national security law. But citing the difficulty of determining what "substantial support" or "associated forces" may mean, Forrest asked: "How does the common citizen know?"
Attorneys must deliver written arguments in April.
quote:Ex-werknemer Goldman Sachs werkt aan boek over 'giftige' zakenbank
De oud-werknemer van Goldman Sachs, Greg Smith, die een paar weken geleden een sensationeel opiniestuk schreef over de 'giftige' bedrijfscultuur bij de zakenbank, gaat een boek schrijven. Naar alle waarschijnlijkheid zal hij daarin nog meer details onthullen over de gang van zaken bij de machtigste bank van Wall Street.
Volgens de New York Post krijgt de oud- derivatenverkoper Smith een voorschot van 1,5 miljoen dollar van zijn uitgever voor het boek over zijn 'leven en tijd' bij Goldman.
Toen Smith een paar weken geleden bij zijn voormalige werkgever vertrok, deed hij Wall Street schudden. In een ingezonden stuk in the New York Times hekelde hij de 'giftige en destructieve' bedrijfscultuur. En schreef hij dat er 'geen seconde wordt besteed aan dienstverlening' maar dat er tijdens vergaderingen alleen maar wordt gesproken over hoeveel geld de Goldman-bankiers van hun klanten kunnen aftroggelen.
Zijn meest spraakmakende onthulling was dat de bankiers over 'muppets' spreken in plaats van klanten. Volgens Smith is het topmanagement verantwoordelijk voor een geleidelijke cultuurverandering waarbij de dienstverlening volledig uit zicht is geraakt.
Pr-ramp
Goldman Sachs reageerde met een korte verklaring op de uitlatingen van Smith. 'Wij zijn het niet eens met het beeld dat wordt geschetst. Het is naar onze mening geen reflectie van de manier waarop wij onze werkzaamheden uitvoeren.' Het is afwachten welke onthullingen Smith nog meer in petto heeft en in hoeverre het boek een pr-ramp voor de zakenbank betekent.
quote:OWS Protesters To March Across Brooklyn Bridge Tomorrow
Six months ago more than 700 demonstrators were arrested in an Occupy Wall Street march on the Brooklyn Bridge. Tomorrow a march to commemorate the event that clogged the court system, spawned lawsuits and galvanized the movement will begin at 2:00 p.m. in Zuccotti Park in Manhattan and 1 Hanson Place in Brooklyn. After a march over the Brooklyn Bridge the groups will meet at Cadman Plaza for a General Assembly.
Two days after the eviction of Zuccotti Park, thousands of protesters gathered to march across the Brooklyn Bridge, an event that was largely peaceful.
As the legal wrangling over the arrests during the October 1 Brooklyn Bridge action continues to drag on, the question of whether Brookfield Properties and the NYPD had the authority to clear the park in the dead of night on November 15 is still unresolved.
The Times' Colin Moynihan reports that a lawyer defending two protesters arrested during the eviction argued yesterday that Brookfield Properties had no right to order protesters out of Zuccotti Park because of rules established over three decades ago that required it to be open 24 hours a day. "Brookfield lacked the authority to exclude people," attorney Jethro Eisenstein said.
Eisenstein, along with the NYCLU, argue that Brookfield is only allowed to clear the space if it gains approval from the City Planning Commission. An attorney for the city disagreed. "They have the ability to enforce rules," prosecutor Ryan Hayward said. Justice Matthew Sciarrino, Jr., made a point that the park's rules probably wouldn't permit any activity, added that the ordeal showed him that "the law is not simply what the city says it is." Sciarrino did not rule on the defense's motion to dismiss.
Mayor Bloomberg immediately claimed responsibility for the eviction, calling the decision, "mine and mine alone." The mayor argued that "the health of the public and our first responders" were at stake, so the park had to be forcibly cleaned. A cleaning that strangely no one was allowed to witness.
quote:Report: Pepper-spraying of students not warranted
Associated Press= SAN FRANCISCO (AP) — A University of California task force said Wednesday that UC Davis police should not have used pepper-spray on student demonstrators in an incident that prompted national outrage and calls for the chancellor's resignation after online videos of the confrontation went viral.
The officers' decision to douse pepper-spray on a seated line of Occupy protesters was "objectively unreasonable" and not authorized by campus policy, according to the report by a UC Davis task force created to investigate the incident.
"The pepper-spraying incident that took place on November 18, 2011, should and could have been prevented," the task force concluded in the long-awaited report.
Officers involved in the incident said they felt they needed to use pepper spray because they believed they were surrounded by a hostile crowd, but the investigation suggested that was not the case, according to the report.
The task force also attributed the response to breakdowns in the campus chain of command, from Chancellor Linda Katehi to police Chief Annette Spicuzza to Lt. John Pike, the main officer shown in the widely viewed online videos.
The report said Pike, who was not interviewed by task force investigators, used a pepper-spray canister that was larger than the one campus police officers are authorized and trained to use.
The task force blamed the chancellor for not clearly communicating to her subordinates that police should avoid physical force on the protesters. It also said she was responsible for the decision to deploy police on a Friday afternoon, rather than wait until early morning as the police chief wanted.
UC Davis published the task force's findings and recommendations online a day after a judge approved its release without the names of most officers involved in the clash.
The task force was led by retired state Supreme Court Justice Cruz Reynoso. Its report was originally planned for release on March 6, but the campus police officers' union sued to keep the document under wraps. It claimed the report contained confidential personnel records that should not be publicly released under state law.
Alameda County Judge Evelio Grillo ruled last month that the university could release the entire report but must redact the names of all officers except Pike and Spicuzza, whose identities became known during media coverage.
In February, the American Civil Liberties Union filed a lawsuit against school administrators on behalf of a group of pepper-sprayed students seeking unspecified damages and campus policies to prevent similar responses to non-violent protests.
quote:
quote:Why do we have a general feeling of powerlessness?
Imagine you are on an airplane, up there in the sky. You could be reading, drinking, sleeping, playing video games, anticipating a romantic meeting or an arduous work schedule of meetings and talks, or maybe a pleasant vacation... you know how it is on a plane.
Then a nice voice, a soft reassuring voice, a well-educated and welcoming voice makes an announcement, but its a recorded message, recorded some time ago, telling you that there is no one flying the plane, the cockpit is completely empty. Flight attendants still mill around with drinks, but you have to pay for them. You only have a credit card and they only take cash. You begin to get thirsty and slightly anxious. You start licking your lips in fear.
The announcement reassures you that theres an automatic pilot, but then you find out that its a rather old model and the batteries that charge it risk running down before you land. But you might still land safely.
Then theres a second announcement. This time about the airport where youre meant to be landing. Its bad news: the airport has not been built yet; it is still in the planning stages, held up by various forms of red tape, corrupt local planning departments, a series of general strikes if it were a Greek airport. Indeed, it then emerges that the application for the airport still hasnt even been submitted to the right department and meanwhile the lead construction company is being prosecuted for unpaid taxes.
For Bauman, and I think he is right, this story is an image of our age. It expresses our sense of fear, which is the fear of not being in control.
The truth is we are not in control. But thats not the worst of it. We suspect, indeed we know, that no one is in control: no God, no glorious leader, no benevolent dictator, nothing and no one. Its even worse than the fantasy behind the Wizard of Oz and the Emperors New Clothes. Theres no wizard and no emperor. This is the source, I think, of the massive fear and anxiety that we experience on a daily basis.
Our fear is scattered and diffused. It doesnt have a specific object. One moment, the object of fear could be a hurricane. The next, it could be a tsunami or it could be the downsizing of your company, or your wife could leave you or your boyfriend suddenly gets sick or your pensions have disappeared. It could be that your house is robbed, car stolen. You could be diagnosed with a fatal disease. We live with a generalized sense of fear, a feeling that I am not in control and that nothing and no one is in control either.
It is as if we are living in quicksand. We try to dig ourselves out and we dig ourselves deeper. The more we try, the deeper we sink into the sand, or, as they say here, into the shit&hellp; quickshit?
Why do we have this feeling of not being in control? Why cant we pinpoint the source of our fear? Why do we have a general feeling of powerlessness?
One reason, not the only reason but one important reason, is the profound separation of politics and power.
Power is the ability to get things done. Politics is the means to get those things done. The location of the union of power and politics was once understood to be the nation state. This was never the complete truth, particularly for colonized or subjugated peoples, and it was certainly never the full truth of our always interconnected economic life (in a sense theres always been globalization). But for a period of time in many of the countries of the world, the countries that most of us are from, it was a reasonable expectation that the nation state was the location of the unity of power and politics and this was how we could get things done.
Democracy is the name for a political regime or politeia that believes that power lies with the people. Representative liberal democracy on the Western model (and there are other models, as the last year of Occupy has reminded us) is premised on the idea that we exercise political power through the vote and that these votes would be aggregated by parties, representatives would be elected, governments would be formed, and these governments would have power to get things done. (Personally, as an old Rousseauist, I never really had much faith in representative government, but lets leave that aside.)
Our belief was that if we worked politically for a certain group, on the right or the left, then we could win an election, form a government, and have the power to change things.
The fact is that today politics and power have fallen apart in liberal democracy. They are separated, maybe even divorced. We know this. We feel this viscerally, I would wager. And every day brings new evidence that confirms this view.
Papandreou remember him?
Former Prime Minister of Greece George Papandreous idea of a referendum to the Greek people to ratify the new EU bailout proposals in October of 2011 is a case in point. Although he handled the referendum idea incompetently, it was a democratic gesture of an old-fashioned kind. Merkel and her sidekick Sarko (who are the punitive super-egoic Batman and Robin of modern EuropeSarko is Robin and Merkel is the Dark Knight) were, of course, appalled because they know that this referendum idea is a deep misunderstanding of contemporary political reality, where power has shifted elsewhere. The referent of power is not the people and is not located in national governments. It is elsewhere: with financial institutions or the European Central Bank. And these are the institutions that European governments serve, not the people. How could Papandreou be so naïve?
Well, Papandreou is now gone and we have an unelected government of technocrats in Greece and the same thing in Italy. I agree with Habermas on this point. Democracy at this time in history, even representative liberal democracy, risks being no more than a word, a kind of ideological birdsong. Power has evaporated into supranational spaces. These are the spaces of finance, obviously, of trade, obviously, and also information and information platforms, obviously. But these supranational spaces are also those of drug trafficking, human trafficking, illegal immigration, the many boats that cross the Mediterranean, and so on.
We know this. And yet power still feels local. We feel English or Greek or Tunisian, but power has migrated beyond local boundaries. Sovereignty lies elsewhere. It is certainly not populist or people-centered. Politics does not have power. Politics serves power. Whereas power is global or supranational, politics is still local and there is a gap between the two.
The casualty of this separation of politics and power is the State. The state has become eviscerated, discredited, and its credit rating has been slashed. This is obviously the case with the Greek state, but I think it is only a slightly more extreme example of the situation in the USA and elsewhere, in Britain say. The state is in a state.
quote:So, what do we do?
To be honest, I dont know. Philosophy is the owl of Minerva and it always spreads its wings at dusk, when it is too late. But this separation of power and politics, I think, throws light on a number of phenomena. Let me mention three:
One, I had a conversation with my 19-year-old-son in a favorite London pub last Saturdaythe Lamb on Lambs Conduit Street. He cares about the state were in and is really worried and really fears and to some extent hopes that something big might happen. He sees what is happening across the world and doesnt know what to do. He is part of a huge culture of disillusionment and disappointment among youth. (And if there is one central issue that the last year of global uprisings has raised, then it is that of youth. The question of youth is the question of the future, and that future has disappeared. We who are no longer young have to try and understand this and not simply adopt a patronizing attitude toward youth). My son is disillusioned and doesnt see what good it would serve if he got involved. He feels powerless. I think this is a general feeling of his generation.
Two, another option is to accept the description of things as they appear to my son but then to do something, to take arms against a sea of trouble to take politics back from the political class through confrontation with the power of finance capital and the international status quo. What is so inspiring about the various social movements that we all too glibly call the Arab Spring, is their courageous determination to reclaim autonomy and political self-determination. The demands of the protesters in Tahrir Square and elsewhere are actually very classical: they refuse to live in authoritarian dictatorships propped up to serve interests of Western capital, megacorporations and corrupt local elites. The people want to reclaim ownership of the means of production, for example through the nationalization of major state industries. The various movements in North Africa and the Middle East aim at one thing, one ancient Greek concept: autonomy. They demand collective ownership of the places where one lives, works, thinks, and plays. This is the most classical and basic goal of politics. Contemporary conflicts are conflicts about ownership, about occupation, about the nature of property.
Three, the Occupy movement is fascinating from the standpoint of the separation of politics and power and is particularly fascinating to the student of Athenian democracy, with its focus on the ekklesia, the general assembly, and the boule or council. To be with these protesters when the chant goes up: This is what democracy looks like! is powerful, really powerful. What was equally powerful was the way in which OWS conducted general assemblies peacefully, horizontally and noncoercively. So, given the separation of politics and power, the Occupy movement is trying to remake democracy, direct democracy, with a mixture of the oldassembly, consensus, autonomia and freedomand the new, like Twitter feeds and flashmob demonstrations organized through cell phones. The Occupy movement has thrown up some amazing things, such as the Bank of Ideas in Bishopsgate, London that occupies a disused UBS bank building and is a kind of free university, and the St Pauls cathedral protest, which raises the deep historical questions of the relation of Christianity to property and inequalityand Paul had some pretty radical views on this question.
But in many ways the Occupy movement simply underlines the separation between politics and power that I began with. We are maybe living through 1848 redux, that year of international revolutions. But that ended pretty badly. What we dont know at this point is how these different movements will develop.
What is hard to imagine, really hard to imagine is some sort of possible articulation between Occupy and the Democratic Party in the USA. I am reminded of a poster I saw at an Occupy: Obama, please say something. Sure, he is going to co-opt the movement for the purposes of liberal oligarchy, but thats all.
The disaffection with normal politics particularly among the young is vast and something else has taken shape, something at once exciting and frightening. We could be in the early stages of a perfect storm.
quote:
quote:Hundreds marched yesterday from the Earth Day rally in Berkeley, California to an empty tract of land to establish a new occupation. Immediately upon arrival, in a beautful dsplay of direct action, solidarity, and mutual aid, Occupiers began clearing and tilling the land for use as a community farm. Already, over 10,000 seeds have been planted on the occupied farm, complete with chickens. Police arrived and threatened everyone with arrest, even when told that many families, children, and journalists were present. Everyone able, especially Bay Area residents, are encouraged to show support! (See below for details.)
Het artikel gaat verderquote:Confirmed: Feds Coordinating Brutal Crackdown on Occupy Protests
Weve previously reported that the Feds have coordinated the brutal crackdown on the Occupy protests.
Friday, the Partnership for Civil Justice Fund received documentsin response to Freedom of Information Act demands proving that:
x The private corporate entity Brookfield Properties, which manages Zuccotti Park, had its security agency in communication with cities across the country about police actions designed to evict the Occupy movement and sought information as to Park Police plans to evict in D.C. 48 hours before OWS was evicted.
x U.S. Park Police were communicating step by step, as they took action in regard to Occupy DC, with the Secret Service, DHS, and other police agencies as well as personnel affiliated with LEO.gov, the FBIs nationally integrated network and alert system involving all aspects of civilian law enforcement, intelligence agencies and the military. As its website states, LEO supports the FBIs ten priorities by providing cost-effective, time-critical national alerts and information sharing to public safety, law enforcement, antiterrorism and intelligence agencies in support of the Global War on Terrorism.
x Park Police officials executed a warrant to search a tent at Occupy DC in McPherson Square based on a reliable informant who told them there was a pistol present. The most that the police could find was alcohol.
The documents include emails between the Park Service and Department of Homeland Security which are hostile to the First Amendment, such as:
quote:
quote:More than a thousand protesters gathered first at Hart Plaza and then marched to the Renaissance Center to protest the GE shareholders meeting at the Renaissance Center in downtown Detroit.
Groups traveled from as far away as Louisville, Pittsburgh, Milwaukee and New York to participate in the demonstration.
They are demanding that GE pay more in taxes.
Dozens of Detroit police officers were deployed to keep order around the Ren Cen. Political leaders have been trying to reason with the different union groups organizing similar protests, saying Detroit does not need bad publicity created by the protests.
The city, currently facing the worst economic crisis in its history, is also concerned about the expense of keeping the peace.
GE is one of the companies that’s been targeted by Occupy Wall Street protesters. A large group of protestors has gathered at Hart Plaza. You can watch video of the protest in the video player below.
On Tuesday, protesters interrupted a speech by GE Chief Executive Jeff Immelt yelling "pay your fair share."
They claim GE only pays about 11% tax rate. GE claims it pays more than 25% in taxes.
Demonstrators also crashed Wells Fargo’s annual shareholders meeting Tuesday in San Francisco where 24 people were arrested.
You can watch the shareholders meeting by clicking the link below. You must register to watch it live. It begins at 10:00 a.m.
Oh en aan iedereen die de Occupy beweging een warm hart toedraagt, jullie zijn mijn broeders!quote:Op donderdag 26 april 2012 01:13 schreef Probably_on_pcp het volgende:
Vrijheid, gelijkheid, broederschap
‘Wist u dat samenlevingen met kleinere inkomensverschillen ook efficiëntere samenlevingen zijn? Of dat mensen ziek kunnen worden van teveel keuzemogelijkheden?’
Liberté, égalité, fraternité: het beroemde motto dat de lijfspreuk van Frankrijk vormt. De leus werd geïntroduceerd tijdens de Franse Revolutie (eind 18e eeuw) en sinds die tijd worden debatten gevoerd over de betekenis en de bruikbaarheid van de drie termen. Op 18, 19 en 20 april zendt de VARA een documentaire-drieluik uit, waarin de vraag wordt gesteld of het aloude ideaal van vrijheid, gelijkheid en broederschap in de 21e eeuw nog relevant voor ons is. Komt ons denken over de drie begrippen nog overeen met wat we er inmiddels aan wetenschappelijke kennis over hebben?
Politicoloog en presentator Pieter Hilhorst loodst de kijker in drie films van vijftig minuten langs een opmerkelijk scala aan verrassende en nieuwe wetenschappelijke inzichten, die ons denken over de samenleving veranderen. Veel van onze ideeën over de mens en de economie blijken namelijk achterhaald.
http://omroep.vara.nl/Vrijheid-gelijkheid-broeders.10996.0.html
http://www.uitzendinggemist.nl/afleveringen/1249200
Dank, broeder.quote:Op donderdag 26 april 2012 01:14 schreef Probably_on_pcp het volgende:
[..]
Oh en aan iedereen die de Occupy beweging een warm hart toedraagt, jullie zijn mijn broeders!
Het is een drieluik. Alledrie de afleveringen zijn te zien.quote:Op donderdag 26 april 2012 01:18 schreef Papierversnipperaar het volgende:
[..]
Dank, broeder.![]()
Er zijn toch al 2 afleveringen geweest?
quote:Richmond Cops Mistakenly Hand Over Anti-Protest Guides to Anarchist
After filing a Freedom of Information Act request with the Richmond Police Department for police training documents, Mo Karn received much more than expected in return: homeland security and crowd control guides that show how the police target protests.
The police filed for an emergency court order yesterday to prohibit Karn from publicizing any of the documents, which should never have been released. The cops reasoning? Defendant Mo Karn is a known and admitted anarchist.
The documents, however, have already been published online. And buried in the training guides are insights into three trends in law enforcement that have been occurring not just in Virginia, but nationally: the demonization of protest, the militarization of police, and turning local cops into terrorism officials.
The Demonization of Protest
The Richmond Police Departments Emergency Operations Plan
includes a section on civil disturbances. While this sounds innocuous, civil disturbances are defined so broadly as to include what the police call dissident gatherings.
The City of Richmond is a target rich environment for antiwar protesters, the document says. And it warns that police and homeland security have reason to be increasingly concerned:
Current training and intelligence reveals that protestors are becoming more proficient in the methods of assembly.
Militarization of Local Police
Such a depiction of assembly (a First Amendment right) as a disturbance and a threat is all the more troubling when put in the context of the other police department guides. Richmonds Crowd Management Operating Manual is for the police unit assigned to large protests (no experience required). Among the tools that the crowd management team are issued include riot shields, chemical agents, cut tools, helmets, body armor, cameras, video cameras, batons, gas masks, and a mass arrest kit.
Deputizing Local Cops as Counter-terrorism Officials
This militarization of local police is accompanied by another trend in law enforcement since September 11th: deputizing local cops to becoming homeland security and counter-terrorism officials. According to the Homeland Security Criminal Intelligence Unit Operating Manual, The Richmond Police Department is under contract with the FBI to provide assistance through staffing, intelligence and equipment. And one member of the homeland security unit is assigned to the Joint Terrorism Task Force.
The result? Documents like the Virginia Terrorism Threat Assessment. The 2009 document was created by the Virginia Fusion Center, of which the Richmond Police Department is part. Fusion centers are ostensibly designed to gather terrorism intelligence from multiple police agencies, and make us safer. In practice, they routinely label activists as terrorists. Among the terrorist threats identified in Virginia were animal rights activists, environmental activists, and anarchists.
According to the threat assessment, The Virginia Federation of Anarchists has held two conferences in Richmond in November 2007 and January 2008 and Anarchist protesters at the International Monetary Fund in Washington, D.C. spilled over into Prince William County.
Karn, meanwhile, wears her scarlet circle A with pride, and has no problem being labeled an anarchist. The FOIA was submitted by the Wingnut Collective, a Richmond anarchist group, as part of their police accountability project.
In his court motion warning that Karn is an anarchist, Richmonds Deputy Assistant Attorney Brian Telfair doesnt allege the possibility of any violence or property destruction. Instead, he cites a blog post by Karn about acquiring government information through legal requests. The title? FOIA Rocks!
quote:
quote:Hey you dreamers, strikers and new left redeemers out there,
For thirty-one magical days beginning this Tuesday, May 1, we take the plunge and Strike! We block the Golden Gate Bridge; occupy a Manhattan-bound tunnel; seize the ports. In 115 cities, we march into banks, erect tents and refuse to leave. We disrupt financial institutions forcing thousands to preemptively close. Five thousand of us pray, dance, sleep on Wall Street and in front of the Fed and if the Bloombergs of the world bring out paramilitary police to intimidate us, we use our social media fire to call out 50,000 more occupiers and intimidate them right back.
In the week before the G8 and NATO summits, we light the spark globally. We occupy hundreds of squares in cities on every continent – from Paris to Berlin, Toronto to Athens, São Paulo to Bucharest and beyond – we up the ante with direct actions that paralyze capitalism. For a few days, maybe for a full month, we act as if we already live in a world run by people, not corporations.
Our movement goes geopolitical later in May. We swarm Chicago and confront NATO. We tell the military elites there to stop their saber rattling against Iran, halt the global arms race and get behind what the majority of the people on Earth want: a nuclear-free world starting with a nuclear-free Middle East that includes both Iran and Israel.
And then when the G8 leaders meet in Camp David, we create a global spectacle the likes of which the world has never seen before … millions of us … individually, in flash groups and en masse, we burst out laughing at the lunacy of the eight most powerful political leaders on the planet thinking they can dictate the people’s business from behind closed doors and barbed wire fences. For one day, we take over the global mindspace with a whirlwind of #LAUGHRIOT jokes. (Like: Why did the G8 chickens cross to Camp David? / Cuz they’re on the other side. haha!) We laugh our heads off on every news broadcast in the world.
May 1968 was the first wildcat general strike in history … it lasted two weeks and was a grand gesture of refusal still remembered, but then it fizzled … maybe this May we won’t?
for the wild,
Culture Jammers HQ
OccupyWallStreet.org / Tactical Briefing #26, #27, #28 and #29 / Find out what your local Occupy has planned for May 1, May 12, and the #LAUGHRIOT then join the movement in Chicago
quote:
quote:For the second time this year, a group of Occupy Philly protesters have walked out of court free and clear after a Philadelphia judge on Thursday dismissed all charges against them.
“I feel like this is a good day for the First Amendment and for the right of people to speak out against economic injustice,” Dustin Slaughter, 32, said after leaving the courtroom at the city’s Criminal Justice Center.
The freelance journalist and photographer was one of 30 defendants on trial for obstruction of a highway, failure to disperse and conspiracy stemming from a protest sparked when police forced the Occupiers from their Dilworth Plaza encampment outside City Hall on Nov. 30.
After hearing from the lone prosecution witness, police Capt. William Fisher, watching video of the protest and hearing arguments from lawyers on both sides, Municipal Judge Karen Y. Simmons concluded that prosecutors did not have enough evidence to bring their case to a jury and declared a judgment of acquittal. The same ruling was handed down Feb. 23 when 10 other Occupy protesters were tried for blocking traffic outside the police department’s administration building.
“Social justice and the struggle for social justice finds its protection in the First Amendment,” said Center City attorney Paul Hetznecker, one of 14 defense attorneys representing the defendants. “Certainly this is a perfect example and expression of the court’s recognition of how important our rights are.”
“Our position is that we presented enough evidence to the court. So, while we respect her Honor, we are disappointed with her decision,” Assistant District Attorney Vincent Regan said after the one-day trial.
Two more groups of Occupy protesters will be tried in June on similar charges for protests at a Wells Fargo Bank branch and at the Center City headquarters of Comcast.
quote:"There is a time when the operation of the machine becomes so odious, makes you so sick at heart, that you can't take part; you can't even passively take part, and you've got to put your bodies upon the gears and upon the wheels, upon the levers, upon all the apparatus, and you've got to make it stop. And you've got to indicate to the people who run it, to the people who own it, that unless you're free, the machine will be prevented from working at all!"
quote:
quote:A day before Occupy Wall Street hopes to shut down New York and cities across the country in massive May Day protests, the NYPD visited at least three activist homes in New York and interrogated residents about plans for tomorrow's protest.
Today "there was definitely an upswing in law enforcement activity that seemed to fit the pattern of targeting what police might view as political residences," said Gideon Oliver, the president of the New York Chapter of the National Lawyers Guild, which offers legal to support to Occupy Wall Street. "They were asking what are your May Day plans, do you know who the leaders are—these are classic political surveillance questions."
Oliver said the National Lawyer's Guild is aware of at least five instances of NYPD paying activists visits, including one where the FBI was involved in questioning. (He wouldn't elaborate.) We spoke to three of these activists.
In the first case: activist Zachary Dempster said that six NYPD officers broke down the door of his Bushwick, Brooklyn apartment at around 6:15am this morning. Dempster said they were armed with a warrant for the arrest of his roommate, musician Joe Crow Ryan, for a six-year-old open container violation. But Dempster believes this was an excuse to check in on him, as he'd been arrested in February at an Occupy Wall Street Party that was broken up by cops, and charged with assaulting a police office and inciting a riot.
After running his ID, a detective questioned Dempster in his bedroom for about five minutes about tomorrow's May Day protest, he said.
"They asked what I was doing tomorrow, and if I knew of any activities, any events—that was how the conversation started," Dempster said. Dempster said he's not planning doing much, as his case from February is still open. Dempster's roommate was also asked about him and May Day.
About an hour later, an activist friend of Dempster's who runs in anarchist circles said his apartment in Bed-Stuy, Brooklyn, where he lives with a half-dozen other activists and Occupy Wall Street organizers was visited by six NYPD cops—possibly the same ones. The activist said police used arrest warrants for two men who no longer lived there as pretext for the raid. The officers ran the IDs of everyone who was in the apartment, then booked our source when they discovered he had an outstanding open container violation. Police never asked about Occupy Wall Street or May Day, but our source said the message was clear: We're watching you.
"We obviously don't think it's an accident that it happened the day before May Day, where people in the house are organizers," he said.
This afternoon, NYPD also visited the home of Greek anarchist artist Georgia Sagri, who has been part of Occupy Wall Street from the beginning and led the occupation of a SoHo art gallery last October. Turns out she was giving a press conference about May Day at Zuccotti Park at the time. Police waited for about an hour outside her home, then left.
"My roommate gave me a call and told me the NYPD was looking for me," Sagri said. "Since that time, I didn't go home. So I'm basically on the street. My May Day has already started which is fine, I don't mind." She said she has no idea why NYPD visited her.
This isn't the first time NYPD has been criticized for aggressive surveillance of protesters: The NYPD infiltrated activist groups around the country before 2004's New York Ciy Republican National Convention. And The New York Times has ably detailed the extent to which NYPD has harassed and spied on Occupy Wall Street protesters.
"The intention behind this I'm sure is to try to create fear and silence dissent," said Marina Sitrin, a lawyer and member of Occupy Wall Street's legal working group, "and to keep people from coming out into the streets."
quote:City Official Got TIME To Yank Photo Of Councilmember's OWS Arrest, Lawsuit Alleges
Four New York City Councilmembers and a group of Occupy Wall Street protesters announced the filing of a big federal civil rights lawsuit (read it in full below) against the NYPD and Mayor Bloomberg. Councilmembers Letitia James, Melissa Mark-Viverito, Ydanis Rodriguez and Jumaane Williams appeared at a press conference at City Hall this morning to announce their lawsuit, which accuses the NYPD of routinely violating First Amendment rights and using excessive force to suppress dissent. Their lawsuit calls for the creation of an "outside monitor" to police the police.
The NYPD's "unlawful conduct has been undertaken with the intention of obstructing, chilling, deterring and retaliating against (the) plaintiffs for engaging in constitutionally protected protest activity," the lawsuit alleges. Williams and Rodriguez have both tangled with the NYPD in the past year. Williams was arrested during a bizarre incident following the West-Indian Day Parade last September (three officers were subsequently disciplined) and again during a direct action protest at the Brooklyn Bridge in November. (Mark-Viverito was also arrested at that protest.)
Councilmember Rodriguez was arrested and allegedly roughed up by police on the night of the Zuccotti Park eviction. Among other things, the lawsuit alleges that city officials successfully "intervened" to get Time magazine to remove from its website a dramatic photo of Rodriguez being arrested.
Attorney Leo Glickman, who represented Councilmember Rodriguez after the arrest, tells us, "That night [of Rodriguez's arrest] we saw on Time magazine's website photographs of the story, with Ydanis being held down by police in riot gear. We sent the link around, and then noticed that within hours it was changed. A source at Time Magazine told us that someone called from the city asking them to change it because it was inflammatory. It was replaced by a very innocuous photo of Ydanis speaking to a police officer about something completely unrelated. This lawsuit will set out to prove that the city pressured Time magazine to remove the photo."
"We need accountability, we need relief, and were not going to just sit idly by, Williams tells the Wall Street Journal. The lawsuit is being spearheaded by attorney Yetta Kurland, who has run for City Council (unsuccessfully) against City Council Speaker Christine Quinn. She tells us, "It's upsetting when we see general members of the public being arrested for protesting, and excessive force being used. But I think there's something especially chilling when you see members of the press and elected officials being targeted and arrested and, in the case of Councilmember Rodriguez, being bloodied during his arrest."
The lawsuit further alleges that the NYPD has been making an unconstitutional distinction between "official" reporters, who are credentialed by the NYPD, and citizen journalists, who say they've been repeatedly targeted for arrest while documenting Occupy Wall Street protests. One of the plaintiffs in the lawsuit, Justin Wedes, was arrested while videotaping a protest at the World Financial Center last year. He was held for 40 hours before being released. "Reporters have a First Amendment right to gather and record governmental processes, including police actions, regardless of whether they are 'official' or 'unofficial.' "
The suit also addresses the Citys relationship with JP Morgan Chase, who donated $4.6 million to the NYPD during the time the Occupy protests began. The lawsuit sees a connection between the donation and the NYPD's closure of One Chase Manhattan Plaza, allegedly to "deter individuals from engaging in peaceable assembly and free speech." One Chase Manhattan Plaza, like Zuccotti Park, is a Privately Owned Public Space that was required to stay open 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. It remains fenced off. "The NYPD should not be something communities fear when they're exercising their First amendment rights," adds Kurland. "And we think a Federal monitor is necessary at this point."
Justin Sullivan, another protester named as plaintiff in the lawsuit, tells us, "Covering OWS as a citizen journalist has opened my eyes to a shocking level of systematic and discriminatory police enforcement. Seeing how officers treat protesters and the journalists covering them with a unique and lower respect for our rights has shined a bright light on law enforcement's true motives: to silence our speech. The arrest of me and other citizen journalists covering this behavior has emboldened rather than chilled our determination to document this suppression."
Neither Time Magazine, a spokesperson for Mayor Bloomberg, nor the city Law Department have thus far responded to request for comment. [UPDATE 2:57 p.m.: Muriel Goode-Trufant, Chief of Special Federal Litigation Division at the NYC Law Department, says the city has not yet been formally served the lawsuit, and thus she has not had an opportunity to review it.]
quote:
quote:The battle over Occupy Wall Street protester Malcolm Harris's tweets is still going, but now he has Twitter on his side. Harris, who was arrested with hundreds of others on the Brooklyn Bridge last year, was told in April that he could not block a subpoena for his since-deleted messages, which prosecutors say show he was "well aware of the police instructions, and acted with the intent of obstructing traffic on the bridge," because they belong to the company. But Twitter is maintaining that Harris actually owns his content, so they should not be forced to turn it over. "Yesterday we filed a motion in NYC to defend a user's voice," Twitter's legal counsel tweeted yesterday. And so Big Brother must be trained to jump some hurdles, at least.
quote:
quote:“Maybe you’ll be my one phone call from jail,” urban farmer and activist Ashoka Finley says, just before our phone conversation ends.
He’s joking, but I imagine he can probably see a group of police officers out of the corner of his eyes as he says it. Finley is one of a group of Occupiers who have been living and farming on a 10-acre piece of land on the outskirts of Berkeley, Calif., called the Gill Tract.
Finley has also just told me that he’s prepared to get arrested if things at the Gill Tract escalate. “We’re not going anywhere, we’re going to keep planting and farming,” he says, as if it’s the most defiant thing he can imagine.
Until recently, the Gill Tract was a fairly invisible piece of property many Bay Area residents have driven by for years: Its fence butts right up against a major freeway intersection en route to the San Francisco Bay Bridge. Then, on Earth Day, April 22, Finley and fellow activists cut a bolt, set up tents, and began planting food. Their occupation has transformed the Gill Tract into a kind of stage on which a very modern drama is playing out.
Since we first reported on the Gill Tract occupation last week here on Grist, things on the ground there have begun heating up.
On Wednesday, the day I spoke with Finley, the land’s owners, University of California at Berkeley, had officially lost their patience. The college had sent in campus police officers to blockade the entrances to the property in what appeared to be a slow-and-steady tactic similar to their approach to a student-led tree sit that took place at UC Berkeley a few years back. Later in the afternoon, UC announced its intent to take legal action against 14 of the group’s organizers for trespassing and illegal encampment, among a list of other grievances.
UC cut off the water supply to the property shortly after the occupation began, and Finley says they have been trucking in water ever since. Once vehicles could no longer enter the property on Wednesday, the Occupiers parked at the edge of the plot and set up “a water train” of people passing buckets. “Watering three acres by hand is no small task,” he says.
In the last week, university officials have met with the Gill Tract Occupiers, and in the days since then the university issued an ultimatum. Then the Occupiers responded with a list of their own demands.
Both parties want decision-making power over the land. The Occupiers want to see it farmed in perpetuity as a sustainability-focused education center, while the university sees the tract primarily as an agricultural laboratory. It also has plans to redevelop buildings at the edge of the property into retail space, including, ironically, a Whole Foods Market.
In the short term, the farmers want access to water, and the university says it will grant that access only after the tents have been removed.
“We’ve been really patient. This occupation has been going on since April 22 and we’ve taken no direct action until today,” said University of California spokesperson Dan Mogulof on Wednesday afternoon. “The last thing we want is confrontation.”
That makes sense, of course. University officials know that the eyes of the media are on the Gill Tract. And not much time has passed since the 10-campus university system was criticized for its response to Occupy protests last fall (including at UC Davis, where the famous pepper-spray incident went down). In fact, just last week, UC released a draft of a report that urges restraint and mediation in cases of civil disobedience.
But Mogulof prefers to frame the discussion as one about the core principles of academia. “We cannot negotiate academic freedom,” he said, referring to the research that takes place at Gill Tract. “It’s the heart of what every great research institution is all about — the ability of our faculty and students to pursue their intellectual and academic interests in a free and unfettered fashion without interference from the administration, corporations, politicians, or government. And certainly not from a self-selecting group of individuals.”
It’s odd to hear the word “corporations” on this list of unwanted external influences, since UC Berkeley has been heavily criticized for its corporate relationships, including a recent collaboration with BP and a five-year research deal between plant biologists and the biotech company Novartis. There are no genetically engineered crops grown on the property. But many of the protesters have pointed out the sharp contrast between the typical Gill Tract tableau of the past and the new scene there today: Instead of the uniform rows of industrial corn that have grown here every summer for the last several decades (thanks to research funded in part by the nearby Western Regional Office of the United States Department of Agriculture), Occupy has brought a multigenerational crowd to the location, looking excited and sun-kissed as they work together to build a farm.
Not that all Gill Tract’s neighbors support the occupation. In fact, several see it as a brash and aggressive approach by outsiders to grab something many of them had been working to get for a long time — access to the Gill Tract. (In this recent op-ed, a nearby citizen refers to the four-year negotiation he and other neighbors participated in with the area city council.)
Of course, as UC sees it, getting the Occupiers off the land is the first step to a negotiation process that could, they say, involve some inclusion of urban farming on the plot — at the university’s discretion.
“There is room on the site for both our research and for urban farming. It’s possible that some or all of what [the Occupiers] have planted could remain. But that’s far from certain,” says Mogulof.
The Occupiers see it in reverse; rather than a research facility with some space for actual farming, they envision a farm with some space for research. In fact, one agroecological researcher who grows experimental crops in the Gill Tract tried to begin his research for the season on Wednesday morning. Miguel Altieri appeared at the plot in an effort to plant dry-farmed tomatoes, but was reportedly told by university police that he wasn’t authorized to do so [hear a short audio interview with Altieri]. Apparently, he then passed the tomatoes through the fence and instructed the Occupiers how to plant them.
“Obviously research can continue under the context of this organic farm,” says Finley. “But the UC administration has forbidden all research — just as a political move. If researchers started cooperating with us, it would send a message that it can continue without their supervision.”
It’s clear, however, that the right to do research is only part of the issue for UC. One recent university statement read, “If the encampment is ended we are, as previously stated, more than willing to discuss opportunities for a metropolitan agriculture program affiliated with the campus.” Either way, says Mogulof, “We think it’s clear that there’s shared interest if they’re willing to take the simple step of allowing the rightful owners to regain the supervision and control of the land.”
Then again, the Occupy movement has always been about giving a voice, however fleeting, to disenfranchised young Americans who feel they have very little to lose. Ownership might not be a sacred concept, or even a major priority, for many of the younger Occupiers. They graduated at a time when the relationship between student debt and the availability of work for people under 25 might lead them to doubt they will ever be able to own a car, let alone a piece of land. Meanwhile most young people who do dream of farming probably know they’re likely to have to rent land for the foreseeable future.
Former UC agroecology student Anya Kamenskaya, an Occupy the Farm organizer who is named in the UC lawsuit, told me that the Gill Tract started as a 104 acres of prime agricultural land — the kind with soil that can grow food without needing much preparation (scientists call it “class 1”). As she described it to me, I started thinking about how many houses, streets, businesses, and gas stations has been built right over this soil.
“There are only 10 acres left, and only about five are really presently useful for farming,” she said. “We want to highlight the fact that it started out as farmland and it’s been parceled out and cut down.”
That’s why, on Wednesday night, the Occupiers were gathering at a nearby community center, marching to the farm, and preparing — if necessary — to get arrested for those five acres of good remaining soil.
Update: On Thursday afternoon there had still been no arrests, but the #occupythefarm Twitter feed reported that UC police has stopped allowing anyone to enter or exit the Gill Tract. The farmers tweeted “asking for sandwiches, prepared food, nuts, power bars, dried fruit, things that are easy to get over a fence.”
twitter:MMFlint twitterde op donderdag 17-05-2012 om 17:38:15Big victory in federal court: Daniel Ellsberg, Chris Hedges convince judge to block new NDAA law (trying US citizens in military court)! reageer retweet
quote:
quote:This case could have been a slam dunk for the NYPD, had it not been for one thing: the video showing police claims of disorderly conduct during an OWS protest to be completely untrue.
Hundreds have been arrested during the Occupy Wall Street protests, but photographer Alexander Arbuckle’s case was the first to go to trial – and after just two days, the Manhattan Criminal Court found him not guilty.
Supporters of the OWS protest movement have already hailed the ruling as a major legal victory.
Arbuckle was arrested on New Year’s Day for allegedly blocking traffic during a protest march. He was charged with disorderly conduct, and his arresting officer testified under oath that he, along with the protesters, was standing in the street, despite frequent requests from the police to move to the sidewalk.
But things got a little embarrassing for the NYPD officer when the defense presented a video recording of the entire event, made by well-known journalist Tim Pool.
Pool's footage clearly shows Arbuckle, along with all the other protesters, standing on the sidewalk. In fact, the only people blocking traffic were the police officers themselves
His lawyers said the video proving that testimony false is what swayed the judge, and the verdict a clear indication that the NYPD was over-policing the protests.
The irony of the case, however, is that Arbuckle was not a protester, or even a supporter of the Occupy movement. He was there to document the cops’ side of the story.
A political science and photography major at NYU, Arbuckle felt the police were not being fairly represented in the media.
“All the focus was on the conflict and the worst instances of brutality and aggression, where most of the police I met down there were really professional and restrained,” the student said.
However, his good intentions only landed him in trouble. As with all the other detained protesters, the police offered Arbuckle an Adjournment in Contemplation of Dismissal (ACD), which basically means he would be let off the hook if he agreed not to fight the charges. But to Arbuckle, that meant an admission of guilt, and he decided to take the case to trial.
quote:
quote:Hey all you believers in a new world out there,
May Day wasn’t so great was it… the numbers were low, the maxims weren’t sublime, the excitement didn’t catch on. May 12 was hefty in Europe, reigniting the snuffed Indignados, but the energy did not seem to flow over to here.
Now we’re looking at May 18 ~ 21 when protesters, possibly in Arab Spring numbers, swarm Chicago… Security experts say it will be a challenge the likes of which no American city has had to face – a leaderless, all-consuming non-violent swarm. If we can pull it off in the fierce tradition of Gandhi and MLK, the next few days could become the spark, the eruption, the new spiritual home of our Spring offensive.
On a softer, more aesthetic note, the likelihood of a global #LAUGHRIOT starting May 18 feels especially fresh and new … imagine … the globalization of laughter … millions of people around the world decide to take a few minutes off from their usual routines, get together with friends and pull off a global cascade of riotously laughing flash mobs, transforming the flow of power from the heads of the elite to the bellies of the people.
At a time when our human experiment is buckling under austerity, financial madness and eco-angst, there is something so ludicrous, bizarre, even insane about the eight most powerful people in the world trying to conduct the people’s business – to set things right – from behind closed doors and razor wire fences.
A global #LAUGHRIOT could break through the G8’s veneer of legitimacy and expose the Camp David Summit and our current capitalist model for the farce that it really is.
A global laugh-in could be the relief we’ve all been waiting for: the moment when — in a communal burst of laughter — we the people suddenly wake up to the fact that the only power our leaders have is the power we give them.
Here goes … let’s laugh like we’ve never laughed before,
for the wild,
Culture Jammers HQ
quote:
quote:President Barack Obama must surely rue the day he appointed Katherine Forrest (left) to the federal bench. On Wednesday, U.S. District Judge Forrest issued a preliminary injunction against Section 1021 of the National Defense Authorization Act (NDAA), the section that gives the President “the absolute power to arrest and detain citizens of the United States [and of other countries] without their being informed of any criminal charges, without a trial on the merits of those charges, and without a scintilla of the due process safeguards protected by the Constitution of the United States,” in the words of The New American’s Joe Wolverton, II. Wolverton should know: He was a member of the legal team representing the plaintiffs.
In what columnist Glenn Greenwald hailed as “an extraordinary and encouraging decision,” Forrest, appointed to the U.S. District Court in Manhattan by Obama just last year, accepted the arguments of the plaintiffs — various journalists and activists including former New York Times reporter Christopher Hedges, Daniel Ellsberg, and Noam Chomsky — and rejected those of the Obama administration, which was defending the law.
Of note is the fact that while four of the plaintiffs provided either oral or written testimony along with substantial supporting evidence, the government apparently felt no need to introduce any witnesses or evidence to bolster its contentions, relying instead on the old standby argument that the plaintiffs had no standing to sue because the law had not been, nor was it about to be, enforced on them. In addition, the administration claimed that the whole lawsuit was much ado about nothing because the indefinite detention provisions of the NDAA merely reiterated those of the 2001 Authorization for Use of Military Force (AUMF), which courts have upheld.
Forrest, however, found that the plaintiffs did indeed have standing to challenge the law. “Each of the four plaintiffs who testified,” she wrote, “has shown an actual fear that their expressive and associational activities are covered by Section 1021; and each of them has put forward uncontroverted evidence of concrete — non-hypothetical — ways in which the presence of the legislation has already impacted those expressive and associational activities.” Specifically, the plaintiffs testified that they had altered speeches they had delivered, withheld articles from publication, and declined to invite certain individuals to panel discussions for fear of running afoul of the NDAA. Hedges also expressed concern that his past associations with terrorist organizations, made in the course of reporting on their activities, could subject him to indefinite detention. Brigitta Jonsdottir, a member of the Icelandic parliament who was involved in producing a film that included footage of an American attack on Iraqi civilians posted by WikiLeaks, testified in writing that she has been forced to decline invitations to speaking engagements in the United States because she believes she could be arrested under the NDAA.
The court offered the government multiple opportunities to demonstrate that the plaintiffs did not have standing, but the government refused to do so despite having been informed in advance of the nature of the plaintiffs’ testimony. Asked repeatedly if the plaintiffs’ fears of being detained under the NDAA were well founded, the government’s attorney refused to answer, saying he was “not authorized to make specific recommendations regarding specific people.” Noted Forrest:
It must be said that it would have been a rather simple matter for the Government to have stated that as to these plaintiffs and the conduct as to which they would testify, that Section 1021 did not and would not apply, if indeed it did or would not. That could have eliminated the standing of these plaintiffs and their claims of irreparable harm. Failure to be able to make such a representation given the prior notice of the activities at issue requires this Court to assume that, in fact, the Government takes the position that a wide swath of expressive and associational conduct is in fact encompassed by Section 1021.
As a result, Forrest found that “plaintiffs have stated a more than plausible claim that the statute inappropriately encroaches on their rights under the First Amendment.”
She also found that the plaintiffs’ challenge to the law on the basis that it violates their Fifth Amendment right to due process was likely to succeed. Due process, she observed, “requires that individuals be able to understand what conduct might cause him or her to run afoul of” the law. “Unfortunately,” she continued, “there are a number of terms [in Section 1021] that are sufficiently vague that no ordinary citizen can reliably define such conduct.” For instance, who is a “covered person” under the statute? What does the term “associated forces” mean? And what does the law mean when it threatens those who “substantially” or “directly” “support” these “associated forces” or al-Qaeda or the Taliban?
Again the court gave the government every opportunity to advance specific arguments to counter the plaintiffs’ claims, and again the government failed to do so. “The Government was unable to define precisely what ‘direct’ or ‘substantial’ ‘support’ means,” observed Forrest. “Thus,” she concluded, “an individual could run the risk of substantially supporting or directly supporting an associated force without even being aware that he or she was doing so.”
The law’s vagueness also led Forrest to reject the Obama administration’s argument that it was a mere restatement of the detention powers already granted under the AUMF. The 2001 law, she pointed out, was quite specific as to what individuals and activities it covered and what its terms mean, while the NDAA is much broader in scope and so vague in its definitions that even the government can’t explain exactly which persons or activities it covers. Wrote Forrest: “Since this Court is not convinced that Section 1021 is simply a ‘reaffirmation’ of the AUMF, and since the Government has authorized detention for violations of Section 1021, plaintiffs here can reasonably assume that Government officials will actually undertake the detention authorized by the statute,” adding weight to their claims of standing to sue.
Moreover, she remarked, “if the Government’s argument is to be credited in terms of its belief as to the impact of the legislation — which is nil — then the issuance of an injunction should have absolutely no impact on any Governmental activities at all.” That the administration fought the lawsuit, therefore, ought to be proof positive that the NDAA goes far beyond the AUMF.
Further proof may be found in Obama’s NDAA signing statement, in which he stated that his “Administration will not authorize the indefinite military detention without trial of American citizens,” which makes it clear that such detention is permitted by the law and may be authorized by future administrations. The administration argued that the statement rendered the plaintiffs’ case moot, but Forrest averred in a footnote: “The Signing Statement does not eliminate the reasonable fear of future government harm that is likely to occur — i.e., the irreparable injury at issue here.”
Wolverton, via email, said he “was not surprised by the government’s lassitude” in defending the law. Rather than presenting evidence or answering Forrest’s requests for specificity, the government chose to rely on the deference to which it has become accustomed in recent decades when any law that can be tied, however tenuously, to “national security” has been challenged. As a result, wrote Wolverton, “its lawyers were caught a bit flat footed” when a judge had the temerity to demand an actual defense of the law.
The administration will almost certainly appeal Forrest’s ruling, and a higher court may well reverse it — especially since, Wolverton said, “it is unlikely that the government would be so unprepared if given another chance to remove an impediment to indefinite detention.”
But for now, observes Greenwald, “this is a rare and significant limit placed on the U.S. Government’s ability to seize ever-greater powers of detention-without-charges, and it is grounded in exactly the right constitutional principles: ones that federal courts and the Executive Branch have been willfully ignoring for the past decade.” Constitutionalists must hope that it is upheld.
quote:
quote:An amendment that would legalize the use of propaganda on American audiences is being inserted into the latest defense authorization bill, BuzzFeed has learned.
The amendment would “strike the current ban on domestic dissemination” of propaganda material produced by the State Department and the Pentagon, according to the summary of the law at the House Rules Committee's official website.
The tweak to the bill would essentially neutralize two previous acts—the Smith-Mundt Act of 1948 and Foreign Relations Authorization Act in 1987—that had been passed to protect U.S. audiences from our own government’s misinformation campaigns.
The bi-partisan amendment is sponsored by Rep. Mark Thornberry from Texas and Rep. Adam Smith from Washington State.
In a little noticed press release earlier in the week — buried beneath the other high-profile issues in the $642 billion defense bill, including indefinite detention and a prohibition on gay marriage at military installations — Thornberry warned that the current law “ties the hands of America’s diplomatic officials, military, and others by inhibiting our ability to effectively communicate in a credible way.”
The bill's supporters say the informational material used overseas to influence foreign audiences is too good to not use at home, and that new techniques are needed to help fight Al-Qaeda.
Critics of the bill say there are ways to keep America safe without turning the massive information operations apparatus within the federal government against American citizens.
“Clearly there are ways to modernize for the information age without wiping out the distinction between domestic and foreign audiences,” says Michael Shank, Vice President at the Institute for Economics and Peace in Washington D.C."That Reps Adam Smith and Mac Thornberry want to roll back protections put in place by previously-serving Senators – who, in their wisdom, ensured limits to taxpayer–funded propaganda promulgated by the US government – is disconcerting and dangerous."
“I just don’t want to see something this significant – whatever the pros and cons – go through without anyone noticing,”
“ says one source on the Hill, who is disturbed by the law. According to this source, the law would allow "U.S. propaganda intended to influence foreign audiences to be used on the domestic population."
The new law would give sweeping powers to the State Department and Pentagon to push television, radio, newspaper, and social media onto the U.S. public. “It removes the protection for Americans,” says a Pentagon official who is concerned about the law. “It removes oversight from the people who want to put out this information. There are no checks and balances. No one knows if the information is accurate, partially accurate, or entirely false.”
According to this official, “senior public affairs” officers within the Department of Defense want to “get rid” of Smith-Mundt and other restrictions because it prevents information activities designed to prop up unpopular policies—like the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan.
Critics of the bill point out that there was rigorous debate when Smith Mundt passed, and the fact that this is so “under the radar,” as the Pentagon official puts it, is troubling.
The Pentagon spends some $4 billion a year to sway public opinion already, and it was recently revealed by USA Today the DoD spent $202 million on information operations in Iraq and Afghanistan last year.
In an apparent retaliation to the USA Today investigation, the two reporters working on the story appear to have been targeted by Pentagon contractors, who created fake Facebook pages and Twitter accounts in an attempt to discredit them.
(In fact, a second amendment to the authorization bill — in reaction to the USA Today report — seeks for cuts to the Pentagon’s propaganda budget overseas, while this amendment will make it easier for the propaganda to spread at home.)
The evaporation of Smith-Mundt and other provisions to safeguard U.S. citizens against government propaganda campaigns is part of a larger trend within the diplomatic and military establishment.
In December, the Pentagon used software to monitor the Twitter debate over Bradley Manning’s pre-trial hearing; another program being developed by the Pentagon would design software to create “sock puppets” on social media outlets; and, last year, General William Caldwell, deployed an information operations team under his command that had been trained in psychological operations to influence visiting American politicians to Kabul.
The upshot, at times, is the Department of Defense using the same tools on U.S. citizens as on a hostile, foreign, population.
A U.S. Army whistleblower, Lieutenant Col. Daniel Davis, noted recently in his scathing 84-page unclassified report on Afghanistan that there remains a strong desire within the defense establishment “to enable Public Affairs officers to influence American public opinion when they deem it necessary to "protect a key friendly center of gravity, to wit US national will," he wrote, quoting a well-regarded general.
The defense bill passed the House Friday afternoon.
quote:
quote:According to an interview with National Lawyers Guild (NLG) spokesman Kris Hermes, Chicago police officers raided a Bridgeport apartment complex on Wednesday evening without a valid warrant and detained up to nine people without cause.
The NLG is working in Chicago this week sending monitors to protests at the NATO Summit 2012 to insure activists rights are not violated. They are also functioning as lawyers for anyone detained during the week's activities.
The NLG worked through the night to locate the arrested activists. They were unable to get any information from the Chicago Police Department (CPD) or even any acknowledgement that a raid had taken place.
"We've called police officials at every level trying to find out where they were being held. We were denied any information at all about any people being arrested, let alone a raid happening last night. So essentially these people were disappeared for more than 12 hours until we could finally locate them," said NLG spokesman Kris Hermes.
They were found at the CPD Organized Crime Division police station lock up at 3340 W. Fillmore St. on the West Side.
Lawyers from The NLG were allowed to meet with nine individuals and reported that they were in low spirits, confused about why they were arrested and shackled at both their hands and feet at the meeting. No charges have been filed against them almost 24 hours after their arrest and an Illinois States Attorney at the station refused to meet with the NLG lawyers.
quote:
quote:MONTREAL - There were warnings Friday from Quebec's legal community that the government's strict legislation aimed at ending the student crisis has gone too far.
One law professor even compared the controversial Bill 78 to the now-defunct War Measures Act. Other observers, meanwhile, supported the law as a way to bring calm after months of unrest.
The emergency legislation lays out stern regulations governing demonstrations and contains provisions for heavy fines for students and their federations.
Lucie Lemonde, a law professor at Universite du Quebec a Montreal, said Friday that she was stunned by how far the bill reaches.
"It's the worst law that I've ever seen, except for the War Measures Act," said Lemonde, referring to the notorious federal law imposed in Quebec during the 1970 FLQ crisis.
"We knew something was coming, but I didn't think they would use it to change the rules of the game in terms of the rights to demonstrate."
The legislation, set to expire after a year, is designed to deal with an immediate problem.
Tens of thousands of Quebec students have been on strike for more than three months to oppose the government's plan to hike tuition fees. Some demonstrations have led to vandalism and violent exchanges with riot police, and some students have been blocked while attempting to return to class.
While Lemonde doesn't support the tuition increases, she has found herself stuck in the middle of the occasionally aggressive dispute.
She was forced to cancel a class Wednesday when dozens of chanting, masked protesters stormed into her UQAM classroom. The school invasion, which made international headlines, left her shaken up.
Still, Lemonde said Bill 78 attacks an individual's rights to freedom of expression, association and conscience.
Other experts also questioned the bill's legality Friday.
Louis Masson, head of the provincial bar association, said in a statement that the bill violates constitutional rights. However, there were grumblings from some members of the bar that not all Quebec lawyers are quite that opposed to the law.
One Quebec lawyer said in an email to The Canadian Press that some members of the association were upset that Masson spoke on their behalf.
Also Pierre Marc Johnson, a former Parti Quebecois premier, criticized an earlier statement by the association recommending mediation between the government and students.
In a letter published Friday in Montreal newspaper La Presse, Johnson urged the government to have the courage to take a strong stand to protect the democratic rights of law-abiding citizens. Johnson, a lawyer, warned against "improvised approaches."
Bill 78 quickly earned praise Friday from some pro-business institutions.
Michel Leblanc, president and chief executive of the Board of Trade of Metropolitan Montreal, welcomed it as a way to protect downtown businesses. Many have complained that they are suffering because of the frequent demonstrations.
Leblanc noted that fewer people have been heading to stores and restaurants in the business district since the protests started.
"The objective was to pause the troubles," he said of the bill in an interview.
"It was important to find a way to calm the city."
Leblanc also hoped the legislation would enable students who want to complete their semester to do so.
The director of an association that represents 8,000 businesses in downtown Montreal was pleased with Bill 78, but wondered what took so long for the Charest government to act.
Andre Poulin of Destination Centre-Ville said business owners have been "taken hostage" by protesters for more than three months.
"It makes no sense to let something go for that long," said Poulin. "The impact has been enormous."
But even some people who disagree with the student strike think Bill 78's measures are too repressive.
Celina Toia, a first-year UQAM law student, was physically shaken up by a protester when they rushed into her school Wednesday to disrupt the classes.
The invaders also hurled insults at her in an incident she described as "completely shocking."
While Toia believes protesters have no right acting aggressively and blocking others from going to class, she thinks the government has come down too hard on their rights.
"It goes against the principles that I abide by, which is the supremacy of law," said Toia, who doesn't support the tuition increases, either.
"Because if I were to accept this piece of legislation, I'm also denying a democratic right to someone else."
Under the Constitution's Charter of Rights and Freedoms, everyone has the right to free expression and peaceful assembly — within reasonable limits prescribed by law.
Some are arguing that Bill 78 doesn't pass the test.
The law lays out strict regulations governing demonstrations, including having to give eight hours' notice for details such as the itinerary, the duration and the time at which they are being held.
Simply offering encouragement for someone to protest at a school — either tacitly or otherwise — is subject to punishment.
Remarks from the education minister fuelled some of the confusion about the bill's potential reach.
Michelle Courchesne, less than a week in her new position, raised more than a few eyebrows by mentioning that tweets from the social network website Twitter could also be considered as encouragement to protest.
When asked to clarify, she said she would leave it up the police's discretion to deem what was within the limits of the law. It remains unknown whether "re-tweeting" a potentially illegal message could also land others in hot water.
Toia and Lemonde both predicted the law will heighten tensions and confuse people — students and teachers.
Lemonde said some faculty members are now wondering whether it's still safe to wear red squares pinned to their clothes — a symbol of support for the anti-tuition-increase movement.
"I think people are scared," she said.
"They say, 'Just by wearing the red square, could I be charged?' "
quote:
quote:De politie van de Amerikaanse stad Chicago heeft drie linkse activisten opgepakt. Volgens aanklagers wilden zij aanslagen plegen bij de NAVO-top, die zondag in de stad wordt gehouden. Ze zouden onder meer het campagnehoofdkwartier van president Barack Obama hebben willen aanvallen. 'Dit zijn geen vreedzame demonstranten, het zijn binnenlandse terroristen', zei aanklager Anita Alvarez zaterdag.
De drie waren woensdag gearresteerd. Hun advocaten klagen over de politieaanpak. 'De politie komt met erg sensationele aanklachten en preventieve invallen. Volgens ons is dat een intimidatiepoging, zodat mensen niet meer protesteren en de straat opgaan', zeiden ze.
Ach in Europa gooit de politie je nog van de brug af...quote:
quote:
quote:Wall Street bankers could have averted the global financial crisis, so why didn't they? In this exclusive extract from his book Inside Job, Charles Ferguson argues that they should be prosecuted
quote:
quote:De Nederlandse premier Mark Rutte heeft bijna een half uur vastgezeten in zijn voertuig na afloop van de eerste dag van de NAVO-top in Chicago. Op weg van een diner met de Amerikaanse president Barack Obama naar zijn hotel moest de autocolonne van Rutte een forse omweg maken in verband met een demonstratie tegen de top.
Tijdens het omrijden stond zijn voertuig zo'n 25 minuten vast, zo is vernomen op de laatste dag van de top. Rutte kwam met een forse vertraging aan in zijn hotel, dat op een steenworp afstand ligt van de plek waar het diner plaatsvond.
De Amerikanen hadden strenge veiligheidsmaatregelen getroffen om te voorkomen dat demonstranten konden doordringen tot de locatie van de NAVO-top.
quote:
quote:Norman's suicide on May 13 was the worst possible end for the Rousseau's nightmarish experience of America's foreclosure crisis. But it was a long, surreal and twisted journey to get there. It began in May 2009, when Wachovia, now part of Wells Fargo, told the Rousseaus they had missed a mortgage payment on their home in Newbury Park, an hour outside Los Angeles.
Even though the Rousseaus had made the payment – and had the receipt to prove it – that kicked off a foreclosure process they were never able to escape, battling against the seemingly careless bureaucracy of a major American bank that eventually took their home.
But the Rousseau tragedy is not alone. In America the foreclosure crisis roils on, devastating lives via a banking industry marked by such fraud and incompetence that five major banks – including Wells Fargo – earlier this year agreed a $25bn compensation settlement.
The numbers tell a story of ongoing pain. In the first quarter of 2012, the foreclosure rate jumped in 26 out of the 50 largest American cities. There are still around 2m homes with foreclosure filings in America, meaning millions of people will still likely lose their homes in the months ahead.
Legal papers filed by the Rousseaus against Wells Fargo reveal their tortuous foreclosure experience and the devastating toll it had on their lives. Yet their story began in the most the ordinary way.
twitter:xoSTAYgold twitterde op donderdag 24-05-2012 om 01:06:14Another #occupychi march or is it the teachers? Either way theres a march on lasalle right now / stopping all traffic #Chicago reageer retweet
quote:Kijkers Fox News weten minder dan mensen die helemaal geen nieuws kijken, volgens onderzoek
Kijkers van de Amerikaanse nieuwszender Fox News blijken slechter geïnformeerd over de actualiteit dan mensen die helemaal géén nieuws kijken. Dat blijkt althans uit onderzoek van de Fairleigh Dickinson University in de Amerikaanse staat New Jersey.
De onderzoekers van Farleigh Dickinson deden hun onderzoek al eerder, namelijk eind 2011. Toen testten ze echter enkel de kennis van de actualiteiten van de inwoners van New Jersey. Hun nieuwe onderzoek richt zich op heel Amerika. De resultaten toen en nu zijn echter nauwelijks verschillend: Fox News kwam ook toen als slechtste uit de bus. Dat meldt The Huffington Post vandaag.
De onderzoekers stelden aan de deelnemers van het onderzoek vragen over internationaal nieuws (Iran, Egypte, Syrië en Griekenland waren bijvoorbeeld onderwerpen) maar ook over interne aangelegenheden zoals de Republikeinse voorverkiezingen, het Congres en de werkloosheid.
De meeste deelnemers bleken in staat gemiddeld 1,8 van 4 vragen goed te beantwoorden als het over buitenlands nieuws ging. Over binnenlandse aangelegenheden lag het gemiddelde op 1,6 correcte antwoorden per 5 vragen. Bij de groep deelnemers die nooit naar een nieuwsuitzending keken was die score gemiddeld 1,22.
Jon Stuart
De studie toonde opnieuw aan dat kijkers van Fox News het slechtst af waren. Hun score kwam neer op een gemiddelde van slechts 1,04 goede antwoorden per 4 vragen over binnenlands nieuws. Opvallende tegenstelling met bijvoorbeeld kijkers van de satirische nieuwsshow van Jon Stuart, The Daily Show. Deze deelnemers scoorden een gemiddelde van 1,42 juiste antwoorden per 4 vragen over binnenlandse aangelegenheden. The Daily Show kwam bij het eerdere onderzoek eveneens goed naar voren als dagelijkse informatiebron.
Fox News staat overigens niet helemaal alleen in hun 'glansrol'. Ook kijkers van de nieuwsuitzendingen van MSNBC scoorden aanzienlijk slechter op vragen over buitenlands nieuws dan deelnemers die zeiden helemaal geen journaals te kijken.
De uitzendingen van Fox News behoren overigens tot de best bekeken tv-programma's van Amerika.
Meer op NRCquote:518 arrestaties bij studentenprotest Quebec – ‘verwende kinderen’
Zo’n vierhonderd mensen zijn gisteravond gearresteerd tijdens een protest van studenten in de Canadese provincie Quebec. Dat is vandaag bekendgemaakt. De studenten betogen al maanden tegen een verhoging van het collegegeld in Quebec.
De betogingen, die al meer dan honderd dagen aanhouden, lopen de laatste tijd steeds vaker uit op geweld. Ongeveer 155.000 studenten op een totaal van 475.000 in de provincie doen mee. NRC-correspondent Frank Kuin schrijft in de krant van vandaag:
. De acties begonnen in februari met een boycot van colleges, uit protest tegen een plan van de provinciale regering van Quebec om een jarenlange bevriezing van collegegeld op te heffen. De eigen bijdrage zou over een periode van zeven jaar met 75 procent stijgen, van bijna 2.200 tot 3.800 dollar (1.700-3.000 euro) per jaar. De maatregel moet universiteiten en hogescholen beter financieren en het begrotingstekort van de provincie bestrijden.
NOODWET LIJKT NIET IN STAAT PROTESTEN DE KOP IN TE DRUKKEN
Het protest in Montreal begon gisteren vreedzaam, maar later op de avond begonnen betogers de aanwezige politie met allerlei voorwerpen te bekogelen. Hierop omsingelden de agenten de duizenden demonstranten en begonnen zij op grote schaal mensen te arresteren. Ook in de steden Quebec en Sherbrooke werden arrestaties verricht.
Het provinciebestuur van Quebec nam afgelopen weekend een noodwet aan in een poging een einde te maken aan de studentenprotesten. De noodwet legt het recht om te demonstreren aan banden. Zo moet de politie minimaal acht uur van tevoren op de hoogte moet worden gesteld van een protest waar meer dan vijftig mensen bij betrokken zijn. Ook moet de route van eventuele protestmarsen worden doorgegeven aan de autoriteiten. Critici vinden dat de noodwet inbreuk maakt op burgerrechten.
Grappig. Wat deze jongen doet, noemt Hans Wiegel nestvervuiling (and it's not done). Hij toont duidelijk aan dat kapitalisme in hoofden van deze rijken geen geen doordacht systeem is maar een geloof gebaseerd op sentimenten. De film is uit 2003, dus ruim voor de kredietcrisis.quote:Op donderdag 24 mei 2012 00:58 schreef Probably_on_pcp het volgende:
Hier een leuke insight in de 1%:
Er zitten echte mongolen tussen, zoals de Christelijke fanaat die denkt dat God hem gezegend heeft met miljarden omdat hij zo'n goede Christen is. Gelukkig zijn er ook jongeren binnen de 1% die het maar moeilijk kunnen verdragen dat zij zo ontzettend rijk zijn en nooit hoeven te werken, terwijl anderen liggen te kreperen op straat zonder huis.
Erg leuke docu, zeker de moeite waard!
quote:
quote:Emergency law tried to limit size and scope of tuition-hike protests, but police allow demonstration to go on as planned
quote:Demonstrators in Montreal have continued to defy an emergency law passed by the provincial government in Quebec to restrict protests by students against planned tuition fee hikes.
As has become traditional, groups of protesters banged pots and pans, marching around the city for several hours.
But there was no repeat of the mass arrests that characterised the protests earlier in the week. On Wednesday, more than 500 Montrealers were arrested – more than during the entire October 1970 crisis when martial law was declared in the city in response to actions by Quebec nationalists.
The total number of those arrested in the current protests has now exceeded 2,500, and the judicial process is already showing signs that it is struggling to cope.
As protesters snaked through the city's neighbourhoods on Thursday, residents and customers in restaurants showed their support by banging pots as they passed by.
The protest, which began at Place Emilie Gamelin, was declared illegal before it began, because organizers had not provided police with an itinerary, as required by a controversial new emergency law. But Montreal police said in a message posted on Twitter that protesters would be allowed to march as long as they remained peaceful. Four people were arrested.
Helicopters and riot police are an increasingly common sight on the streets of Montreal as a province-wide student strike passed the 100-day mark, but popular support only seems to be growing as the government attempts to clamp down on the strike.
Small red squares, the symbol of the strike historically worn by Montreal students supporting free tuition, are everywhere in the city – cloth pinned to peope's lapels and daubed onto signs and walls.
Families and older residents are increasingly common sights at protests as well, demonstrating against Bill 78, which places restrictions on protests of more than 50 people. The bill imposes fines of $125,000 a day on student unions that defy its provisions, and student leaders shown to support unplanned protests can be fined up to a maximum of $5,000.
Michelle Hartman, an associate professor at McGill University who attended Thursday night's protest with her young son asleep in his stroller, said she had seen the variety of protesters expand since the strike began.
"There have been people all along who aren't just students … and I think all along there have been supporters, but definitely since the Bill 78 there have been more and more people just from all different places coming out."
Hartman also noted support from English-speaking students as well. Since the student strike began on 13 February in Montreal, French-speaking universities and colleges have dominated the movement, having led the major strikes and political mobilizations in the 1990s and 2000s.
"What I find really inspiring about the movement is that I've noticed a lot of the students that I know from McGill, English-speaking students, international students from all over the states and other places participating along with their French-speaking and organizing with [them] more than in the past," Hartmann said.
Henri Fernand, 65, who took part in the protest in his wheelchair, told the Montreal Gazette: "The youth is our future and I'm proud of them. I'm here in solidarity with the students."
The protests have resulted in a backlash against the Quebec prime minister, Jean Charest, who has refused to back down over the tuition fee increase, and the new law.
Students have been boycotting classes over the past three months, arguing that the increases would lead to an increased dropout rate and more debt.
In response to the protests, the provincial government rushed through Bill 78 on 18 May. As well as the restrictions on protests, it suspends the current academic term and provides for when and how classes are to resume.
Some student organisers said that the introduction of the bill, far from cowing the demonstrations, had actually brought more support for their cause.
quote:
quote:The city may be praising Chicago police for a job well done after the NATO Summit, but the thank you stops there.
The Fraternal Order of Police recently filed a grievance against the city for its decision not to give officers compensation for working a sixth or seventh consecutive day during a single calendar week, despite it being in their contract, according to a post on the FOP’s website.
The post states: "The wording of Section 20.3 of our contract could not be any more unambiguous. It states: An officer who is in pay status for six (6) or seven (7) consecutive days within the pay period Sunday through Saturday will be compensated at the rate of time-and-one-half for work performed on the sixth (6th) day and seventh (7th) day."
This is the fourth grievance the FOP has filed since the Summit ended Monday, including a grievance against the city’s stance that officers could not request compensation for overtime worked during the summit.
Source: http://www.nbcchicago.com(...)5.html#ixzz1w4IxJOgd
quote:
quote:Some of you have even started mentioning that when people are rounded up and arrested each night, they aren’t all criminals or rioters. Some of you have admitted that perhaps limiting our freedom of speech and assembly is going a little bit too far. Some of you are no longer publishing lies about the popular support that you seemed to think our government had. Not all of you, mind you, but some of you are waking up.
That said, here is what I have not seen you publish yet: stories about joy; about togetherness; about collaboration; about solidarity. You write about our anger, and yes, we are angry. We are angry at our government, at our police and at you. But none of you are succeeding in conveying what it feels like when you walk down the streets of Montreal right now, which is, for me at least, an overwhelming sense of joy and togetherness.
News coverage of Quebec almost always focuses on division: English vs. French; Quebec-born vs. immigrant; etc. This is the narrative that has shaped how people see us as a province, whether or not it is fair. But this is not what I feel right now when I walk down the street. At 8pm, I rush out of the house with a saucepan and a ladle, and as I walk to meet my fellow protesters, I hear people emerge from their balconies and the music starts. If you do not live here, I wish I could properly convey to you what it feels like; the above video is a start. It is magic. It starts quietly, a suggestion here and there, and it builds. Everybody on the street begins to smile. I get there, and we all—young and old, children and students and couples and retirees and workers and weird misfits and dogs and, well, neighbours—we all grin the widest grins you have ever seen while dancing around and making as much noise as possible. We are almost ecstatic with the joy of letting loose like this, of voicing our resistance to a government that seeks to silence us, and of being together like this.
quote:
quote:LOS ANGELES — Occupy Fights Foreclosures (OFF), a subcommittee of Occupy Los Angeles, successfully won the home back of a Los Angeles homeowner whose home, they say, Bank of America fraudulently foreclosed on and sold, even after dutiful payments on a temporary loan modification for over a year.
Earlier this week, Bank of America rescinded the sale and foreclosure of Dirma Rodriguez' West Adams home — the title is now appropriately back in Ms. Rodriquez's name. BofA assured Ms. Rodriquez— a widowed mother—and her family which includes a severely disabled daughter with toxoplasmosis cerebral palsy, they are now safe from any future threat of eviction.
Bank of America sold the home last fall to West Ridge Rentals, a house flipping company from El Segundo. However, BofA failed to follow California State law, and sold the home 17 months after the original Notice of Trustee Sale when the Golden State requires the sales to happen within a year's time or the bank has to start the process over.
West Ridge Rentals hired Maxim Properties shortly after the sale and Maxim had moved in a so-called security guard into an upstairs unit on the property. The security guard quickly started causing the family problems and was replaced by another so-called security guard who lived in the unit from November of last year until Occupy Fights Foreclosure activists showed up to help the family after an illegal eviction attempt.
Maxim Properties moved in a third so-called security guard into the unit after that. Until Tuesday, when he finally moved out of the property.
Occupy Fights Foreclosures activists organized an audit of Ms. Rodriquez's loan and foreclosure paperwork. The audit quickly turned up troubling results. Not only was the sale fraudulently, but so was the foreclosure. OFF also organized a meeting that allowed Ms. Rodriquez to retain an attorney, Patrick Dunlevy, at Public Counsel to help her through her fight with the bank.
Occupy activists are continuing to help with the audit of Ms. Rodriquez's documents — Ms. Rodriquez's refinance loan was originated by Countrywide, notorious for its suicide-lending strategy which used fraud as a business model. When Bank of America purchased Countrywide, it inherited millions of defective loans.
Bank of America has brought tens of thousands of Americans to foreclosure court using fraudulent "robo-signed" evidence, a mass perjury that it helped to pioneer.
"The only ones who've been breaking any laws here are the banks, and I don't see the police breaking down their doors in the middle of the night," said Suzanne O'Keeffe, writer and OFF activist.
Early in the May, the same group also staged a fraudulent foreclosure on the Pasadena home of an Bank of America executive, Raul Anaya, to highlight to fraud in this and other foreclosures.
quote:
quote:Dozens of people arrested during Occupy Wall Street protests were in New York Criminal Court yesterday awaiting trial. Most of them had been arrested during the September 24 march, when police kettled and pepper-sprayed protesters.
But as case after case came up, the prosecution told Judge Matthew Sciarrino that it was unprepared to go to trial, and requested that the cases be continued. Most defendants will now have to wait until September or October for their trial.
There were a few exceptions: two cases were dismissed, as the Assistant District Attorney told Judge Matthew Sciarrino that he didn't have the evidence to prove that Jake Cardillo and Kimberly Warner-Cohen were guilty of disorderly conduct.
Six more protestors accepted prosecutors' offers of ACDs -- Adjournments in Contemplation of Dismissal. Barring further arrests, their cases will be dismissed in six months.
But in the majority of cases, defendants arrived in court with their lawyers only to learn that the prosecution wasn't ready to try the case. In most instances, the reason was that the prosecution's police witnesses hadn't come in.
Protesters speculated that the rash of police no-shows indicated that arresting officers were afraid of getting caught perjuring themselves on the stand. In two of the few Occupy cases that have gone to trial, the testimony of police witnesses has been contradicted by photographic and video evidence.
There are less sinister explanations, though. Defense lawyers said police witnesses' failure to show up in court is a widespread phenomenon, and hardly limited to Occupy Wall Street cases. Many of the arresting officers were pulled in from outer boroughs to reinforce the NYPD's protest coverage, meaning corralling police witnesses into a Manhattan court is even harder.
But the absence of police witnesses and the unpreparedness of the prosecution means many defendants will have waited more than a year by the time they get to fight their charges. "This situation is an example of why we're out here protesting," said Jason McGaughey, whose case was continued. "The system is broken."
quote:Flash encampments
Occupy morphs into a new model!
Our movement is living through a painful rebirth… “There has been a unfortunate consolidation of power in #OWS,” writes one founding Zuccotti. “This translates into ideological dominance and recurring lines of thought. We are facing a nauseating poverty of ideas.” Burned out, out of money, out of ideas… seduced by salaries, comfy offices, book deals, old lefty cash and minor celebrity status, some of the most prominent early heroes of our leaderless uprising are losing the edge that catalyzed last year’s one thousand encampments. Bit by bit, Occupy’s first generation is succumbing to an insidious institutionalization and ossification that could be fatal to our young spiritual insurrection unless we leap over it right now. Putting our movement back on track will take nothing short of a revolution within Occupy.
The new tone was set on Earth Day, April 22, in a suburb bordering Berkeley, California when a dozen occupiers quietly marched a small crowd to a tract of endangered urban agricultural land, cut through the locked fence and set up tents, kitchens and a people’s assembly. Acting autonomously under the banner of Occupy, without waiting for approval from any preexisting General Assembly, Occupy The Farm was notable for its sophisticated preplanning and careful execution — they even brought chickens — that offered a positive vision for the future and engendered broad community support. While encampments across the world were unable to re-establish themselves on May Day, this small cadre of farm occupiers boldly maintained their inspiring occupation for nearly four weeks.
In Minneapolis, a core of occupiers have launched an Occupy Homes campaign that is unique for its edgy tenacity. “What is unusual, in fact utterly unprecedented, is the level of aggression and defiance of the law by these activists,” a spokesperson for Freddie Mac, a U.S. corporation that trades in mortgages, told a local paper. “Over the past week … the city has tossed out protesters and boarded up the house, only to see the demonstrators peel back the boards and use chains, concrete-filled barrels and other obstacles to make it more difficult to carry them away,” the article reports. Last Friday, police were so desperate to prevent a re-occupation of the foreclosed home that they surrounded the house with “30 Minneapolis police officers with batons” and “over two dozen marked and undercover squad cars and a paddy wagon.” Occupiers responded by laughing and signing songs… joyous in their struggle to elevate the home into an symbol of democratic resistance to the banks.
In its own sweet way, our movement is now moving beyond the Zuccotti model and developing a tactical imperative of its own: Small groups of fired up second generation occupiers acting independently, swiftly and tenaciously pulling off myriad visceral local actions, disrupting capitalist business-as-usual across the globe.
The next big bang to capture the world’s imagination could come not from a thousand encampments but from a hundred thousand ephemeral jams… a global cascade of flash encampments may well be what this hot Summer will look like.
Meanwhile, tents are up once again in Tahrir Square and youth from Quebec to Auckland to Moscow to Oakland are rising up against a future that does not compute.
Stay loose, play jazz, keep the faith … Capitalism is crashing and our movement has just begun.
for the wild,
Culture Jammers HQ
En toen ging de wekker.quote:Op donderdag 24 mei 2012 01:02 schreef Probably_on_pcp het volgende:
We zullen dus overgaan naar het nieuwe technologische systeem waarin de mens bevrijdt van de meeste psycho-sociale stress die in grote mate verantwoordelijk is voor de shit die we tegenwoordig zien in onze samenlevingen. It's going to be a brave new world, alleen dan op een goeie manier
quote:Workers Who Occupied Their Factory and Beat Bank of America Now On Their Way to Owning the Factory
First, they occupied the factory to get their wages from the bosses that owned the machinery. Then, they occupied their factory to keep the second bosses from shutting down their machinery. And, now, they are on their way to owning and running the machinery.
The group of workers who occupied their Chicago factory in 2008 and again in 2012 incorporated a worker-run cooperative on May 30, 2012. The factory window makers will take over was formerly owned by Republic Windows and Doors and then Serious Energy, and will now be run by New Era Windows, LLC.
Their battle to win wages and back pay from Republic Windows and Doors by occupying the factory is often mentioned in the same breath as the occupation of the Wisconsin State Capitol to protest Gov. Scott Walker's anti-union bill as a flash point of progressive struggle since the recession took hold.
Armando Robles, president of the United Electrical Workers Local 1110, said that the school of struggle the workers went through with both factory occupations helped them win the confidence to take over their factory.
"We learned how to fight against the bosses and now to negotiate contracts with the owners of Republic and Serious Energy, how to negotiate in contract negotiations and how to make escalating actions before going on strike."
The story began in 2008, when the Republic Windows and Doors Factory shut its doors without paying workers their severance pay or accrued vacation time in "a perfect parable of all that was wrong with the financial crisis."
"Just a few days after receiving $25 billion in bailout funds from the federal government, Bank of America cut off the company's credit line, leading Republic's management to immediately and unceremoniously fire all 250 workers without providing the 60 days' notice or 60 days' pay required of them by the federal WARN Act," reported Salon.
In response, they called for an occupation. The workers spent six days barricaded inside the factory before Bank of America was pressured into agreeing to reopen the company's line of credit, and the workers were paid their due.
"Here the banks like Bank of America get a bailout, but workers cannot be paid?" asked Leah Fried, an organizer with the union workers, in 2008. "The taxpayers would like to see that bailout go toward saving jobs, not saving C.E.O.'s."
When Serious Materials (now Serious Energy) bought they company, it promised to hire all of the fired workers. But in February 2012, it also fell victim to a continuing economic downturn, and announced it would be closing immediately.
In response, the workers occupied again. In the rain and cold, and with the support of Occupy Chicago, they won a temporary reprieve after only 12 hours. Serious Energy promised to sell the business and keep the factory open for 90 more days.
"When we found out nobody is going to buy the company we started this idea [to form a cooperative] and brought it in proactive," said Robles. "We started having meetings about it."
The next step for the workers, whose business in now incorporated with the State of Illinois, is to raise the investment money to start the cooperative and buy the machinery from their former employer.
Robles says they are working on getting the money together - about $2 million to purchase the machinery - and have already started building the structure of the cooperative: "we already have a steering committee, we have two treasurers. We will keep doing forward."
They expect to start producing windows in two or three months, said Robles, and running their unionized cooperative.
quote:Joseph Stiglitz on "The Price of Inequality: How Today’s Divided Society Endangers Our Future"
Several months before Occupy Wall Street, the Nobel Prize-winning economist Joseph Stiglitz wrote "Of the 1%, by the 1%, for the 1%," an article for Vanity Fair. He returns to the subject in his new book looking at how inequality is now greater in the United States than any other industrialized nation. He notes that the six heirs of the Wal-Mart fortune command wealth equivalent to the entire bottom 30 percent of American society. "It’s a comment both on how well off the top are and how poor the bottom are," Stiglitz says. "It’s really emblematic of the divide that has gotten much worse in our society." On Tuesday, Bloomberg News reported that pay for the top CEOs on Wall Street increased by more than 20 percent last year. Meanwhile, census data shows nearly one in two Americans, or 150 million people, have fallen into poverty or could be classified as low-income. "United States is the country in the world with the highest level of inequality [of the advanced industrial countries], and it’s getting worse," Stiglitz says. "What’s even more disturbing is we’ve [also] become the country with the least equality of opportunity." Click to see parts 2 and 3 of this interview. [includes rush transcript]
quote:NDAA unconstitutional: Federal judge bans Obama from indefinitely detaining Americans
Sorry, Mr. President. A US Federal judge has clarified a decision made last month with some news sure to upset the Obama administration: the White House cannot use the NDAA to indefinitely detain American citizens.
Judge Katherine B. Forrest has answered a request made by US President Barack Obama last month to more carefully explain a May 16 ruling made in a Southern District of New York courtroom regarding the National Defense Authorization Act. Clarifying the meaning behind her injunction, Judge Forrest confirms in an eight-page memorandum opinion this week that the NDAA’s controversial provision that permits indefinite detention cannot be used on any of America's own citizens.
Last month Judge Forrest ruled in favor of a group of journalists and activists whom filed a suit challenging the constitutionality of Section 1021 of the NDAA, a defense spending bill signed into law by President Obama on New Year’s Eve. Specifically, Judge Forrest said in her injunction that the legislation contained elements that had a "chilling impact on First Amendment rights” and ruled that no, the government cannot imprison Americans over suspected ties with terrorists.
"In the face of what could be indeterminate military detention, due process requires more,” said the judge.
The Obama administration responded nine days later by asking Judge Forrest to reconsider her ruling, adding that, in the interim, the government would interpret the injunction to mean that only the few plaintiffs listed on the lawsuit would be excluded from indefinite detention. One of those named, journalist Chris Hedges, had previously said, “I have had dinner more times than I can count with people whom this country brands as terrorists … but that does not make me one.”
Responding to the White House’s demands, Judge Forrest writes in a June 6 memo, “Put more bluntly, the May 16 order enjoined enforcement of Section 1021(b)(2) against anyone until further action by this, or a higher, court — or by Congress. This order should eliminate any doubt as to the May 16 order’s scope.”
Judge Forrest does include in her ruling, however, that Americans can be indefinitely detained, but only providing that the government can link suspects directly to the September 11 terrorist attacks.
Attorney Carl Meyer represented the plaintiffs in the lawsuit and told RT last month that he expected the Obama administration to challenge Judge Forrest’s ruling, but warned that “it may not be in their best interest because there are so many people from all sides of the political spectrum opposed to this law.”
Previously, state lawmakers in both Utah and Virginia have proposed legislation that would negate provisions of the NDAA on a local level.
quote:What's left of the country?
What was left of electoral politics in the United States gasped and sputtered to its extinction with the 2010 Supreme Court ruling known as Citizens United. At that point the game was over. Legalized bribery now defines the political process. The most retrograde elements of corporate capitalism, such as the Koch brothers, are the undisputed king makers. They decide who gets elected by anonymously pouring hundreds of millions into campaigns. They hang with their SuperPACs like vultures over the heads of every federal and state legislator. Any politician who dares to challenge corporate demands and unregulated corporate capitalism knows they will be thrust from political life as well as their highly paid corporate jobs once they leave office. Politicians, including Barack Obama, are corporate employees. And they know it.
Corporate money had corrupted the American political system even before the 2010 Citizens United ruling. We had 35,000 corporate lobbyists in Washington by 2010 writing legislation and funneling corporate donations to compliant politicians. But the ruling snuffed out even tepid and marginal resistance. It transformed us into an oligarchic, corporate state. It marked, in essence, the culmination of the corporate coup d’état that has slowly been established over the past few decades. We can identify our individuality through brands or choices in lifestyle, but political freedom does not exist.
Our highly choreographed campaigns are bizarre spectacles, sterile and empty acts of political theater. The personal narrative of candidates is the central point of debate, not issues, programs or policies. The rhetoric and style is different – in short the brands are different– between Republicans and Democrats, but the substance is the same. It is impossible within the political system in the United States to vote against the interests of Goldman Sachs or ExxonMobile. Political debate is dominated by opinion rather than fact. Lies are true.
The right-wing Heritage Foundation, for example, designed Obama’s healthcare bill. It was first put into practice by then-Governor Mitt Romney in 2006 in Massachusetts. Barack Obama adopted it, after corporate lobbyists for the pharmaceutical and insurance industries rewrote it to include $447 billion in subsidies. Romneycare is Obamacare. It forces consumers to buy a default corporate product. The insurance companies can raise co-payments and premiums, including for the elderly and those on fixed income. They are exempted from providing coverage to chronically ill children. Once you get sick you can be priced out of the market. Of the one million Americans who go bankrupt every year because they cannot pay their medical bills, 80 percent are insured. This abuse will remain untouched. The healthy will pay. The sick will be pushed aside.
The debate on the airwaves between Republicans and Democrats over the healthcare bill, now before the Supreme Court, is part of the vast dumb show. And this is true for every piece of legislation pushed through Congress. The corporate media exists not to illuminate but to perpetuate the mirage. Coke or Pepsi. Take your pick. As if there is a difference.
The capturing of the legislature, executive and judiciary by corporate power, however, is only the first stage. We have now entered the second. The corporate state, led by Congress and the Supreme Court, is rapidly criminalizing dissent. The National Defense Authorization Act (NDAA), which was a bipartisan bill signed into law on New Year’s Eve by Obama, permits the US government to employ the military as a domestic police force that can detain citizens accused of supporting terrorist groups or “associated forces” without due process until, in the language of the law, the end of hostilities. Obama has employed the Espionage Act against government officials who have leaked information about war crimes to the press, virtually shutting down investigative reporting. Only the official narrative now prevails. The Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Amendment Act (FISA) retroactively made legal what under our Constitution was illegal, the warrantless wiretapping, monitoring and eavesdropping on citizens. And the Supreme Court, utterly inverting the concept of the rule of law, recently ruled that those who are strip-searched by police or corrections officers, even if they are innocent of a crime, couldn’t challenge the measures in a court of law. In short, there is no legal recourse to the abuse of power.
The corporations will disembowel, or in the language of business schools “harvest,” what is left of the country. The security and surveillance apparatus will lock up those who resist. This is the future. The iron circle will be shut tight.
quote:Occupy Wall Street protesters win legal victory in Brooklyn bridge arrests
Ruling clears the way for a class-action lawsuit by the roughly 700 protesters arrested on the bridge in October
A federal judge has ruled that the NYPD failed to sufficiently warn Occupy Wall Street protesters against walking on the roadway of the Brooklyn bridge in October, resulting in the arrest of roughly 700 people.
After reviewing video footage from both parties, judge Jed S Rakoff of the federal district court in Manhattan sided with the protesters.
The arrests marked one of the most famous moments of the early stages of the Occupy protests, drawing international headlines and more participants to the movement.
Protesters alleged that police had led them onto the roadway, while police maintained that the demonstrators were sufficiently informed that walking on the area intended for vehicles would result in detention.
"A reasonable officer in the noisy environment defendants occupied would have known that a single bull horn could not reasonably communicate a message to 700 demonstrators," Rakoff wrote in his decision. Rakoff added that protesters "might infer permission to enter the vehicular roadway from the fact that officers, without offering further warnings, proceeded ahead of and alongside plaintiffs onto that roadway".
Protesters were offered "an implicit invitation to follow," the judge wrote.
The decision clears the way for a class-action lawsuit accusing police officers and officials involved in the arrests of violating the protesters' constitutional rights by leading them into a trap. The lawsuit calls for all arrest records stemming from the incident to be cleared, an injunction to end the police practice of trapping and detaining demonstrators, and damages to be awarded to those who were arrested.
The judge dismissed New York mayor Michael Bloomberg and police commissioner Ray Kelly as defendants in the suit, determining there was not sufficient evidence to prove either was responsible for police misconduct.
Mara Verheyden-Hilliard, executive director of the Partnership for Civil Justice and an attorney representing the plaintiffs in the suit, said: "We think it's a great victory for people that were arrested on the bridge and it really sends a strong message in defense of free speech rights."
Verheyden-Hilliard says matters of "notice and warning" are at the heart of the suit.
"The important thing here is really very much the narrative, because immediately after the arrests the police were saying the demonstrators knowingly violated the law and they knew that they were marching on the bridge," she said. "It was the police that closed the bridge. It was the police that led demonstrators onto the bridge. It was the police that blocked the bridge for hours to conduct these unlawful arrests."
Protester Hero Vincent was at the front of the march onto the bridge and was one of the 700 arrested that day. He believes the judge made the right decision.
"I didn't hear one time an officer say that we were going the wrong way or that we could go onto the bridge," he said. Vincent says about two dozen police walked beside and in front of demonstrators as they entered the roadway, giving the impression that they were being allowed to cross.
Vincent had been an active participant in Occupy Wall Street since its first day, and says it was a sense of common purpose that motivated him to attempt to cross the bridge with hundreds of others.
"I felt like being a part of the Occupy movement and seeing so many people standing in solidarity was definitely something I could be a part of," he said. "The message, at that time, was really getting across very well and it was inviting a lot of people from all different types of backgrounds."
quote:A Letter to Mayor Sam Adams and his #Portland Police
by The Organizers
To Mayor Sam Adams, Portland Police:
People of the City of Portland, representing all walks of life, will gather in Pioneer Square at 7:00pm on June 11, 2012 to express solidarité with people in Québec and around the world who are asserting their rights to education without lifelong debt-slavery. This event will also mark the beginning of a local effort to organize ourselves against the profiteering of education by the people and institutions that make up the economy’s financial sector. There will be music. There will be dancing. We have invited the public, including yourselves, to join us. This is about highlighting the importance of education, and asserting our right to it. We write to strongly express our desire for this to be a safe event for all.
With that said, we feel it is important to state that we will not pull a city permit for the use of Pioneer Square on June 11 because, in short, public space in the United States was made into a commodity during the last century. We reject the legitimacy of this process and the restriction of expression that has resulted from it. Additionally, the safety that city permits claim to provide explicitly requires our submission to the authority that you frequently abuse. The safety you offer has costs, both in terms of dollars and in the otherwise free movement of our bodies. As recent history demonstrates, to refuse this offer of safety is to accept fully any violence that you may choose to use on us. Again, we reject this. A continuation of your history of violence would not surprise us; still we write to demand better of you, our public servants. Regarding the offer of safety that your permits represent, we write to say “No deal.”
This event will be safe because we, the organizers, will ensure the safety of the people who choose to attend it against any and all people who choose to disrupt it. We thank you for your cooperation in advance.
Sincerely,
The Organizers
quote:
quote:Brown, who has three children, said that the bill's proposals ran contrary to her Jewish beliefs. But it was the manner in which how she concluded her speech: on Wednesday that infuriated Republicans.
"Mr Speaker, I'm flattered that you're all so interested in my vagina, but 'no' means 'no,'" she said.
Her use of the word "vagina" led house Republicans to prohibit her from speaking on school employee retirement bill.
According to the Detroit News, the majority floor leader, Jim Stamas, ruled that Brown's comments had violated the decorum of the house.
Another Republican, Nashville, MI, representative Mike Callton, added: "What she said was offensive. It was so offensive I don't even want to say it in front of women. I would not say that in mixed company."
Brown expressed her incredulity at the ban at a quickly arranged press conference. "If I can't say the word vagina, why are we legislating [on] vaginas?" she asked. "What language should I use?"
quote:Fuck you, America. You bunch of sniveling snots. You pleasure-addicted weaklings. You evangelists of bad taste and decadence. You greedy fucks spend eight hours a day five days a week working jobs that suck your soul straight out so you can buy bigger houses and fill them with useless crap you never use. You hook yourselves on food, drink and video games not out of a genuine love for those things but because you’re so stupidly short-sighted you can’t realize the adverse effects of your own behavior. You hypocritically turn your oh-so-moral noses up at prostitution and drug use while training your daughters to be craven classless whores and doping your sons with Ritalin to destroy their minds and their masculinity. You seek out the easy-peasy Band-Aid solution to every problem imaginable only to run crying and screaming to daddy or the government when your own retarded choices blow up in your face. You spent your nights jacking off to videos of platinum blonde hair extender-wearing fake-titted living Barbie dolls and you shake your pom-poms for the Democrats and Republicans like it makes a fucking difference in the end. You piss on the graves of your ancestors while exalting the culture and practices of people you have nothing in common with. You have the unimaginable chutzpah to declare yourself a bastion of freedom while summoning the lynch mob to hang anyone who dares to point out the truth that lies in front of your eyes. You are the most pig-ignorant, unjustifiably arrogant collection of misfits who ever had the misfortune to rule an empire, and I will gleefully pop a bottle of champagne when you eventually perish from the earth.
quote:Oakland's Lakeview Elementary School Protest: Teachers And Parents 'Occupy' Campus (VIDEO)
Dozens of protesters have been camped outside Oakland's Lakeview Elementary School since Friday in an effort to rally against its planned closure.
The Oakland school district police force ordered demonstrators to disperse Monday morning, but many refuse to budge. According to the Mercury News, some even entered the closed building, causing the alarm to sound.
(SCROLL DOWN FOR VIDEO)
"We’re trying to stand up for other families, not just in Oakland but our nation," one protester told CBS News. "There are hundreds of thousands of families who have been affected by school closures in our nation.”
Oakland officials decided to close Lakeview along with four other elementary schools -- Lazear, Maxwell, Marshall and Santa Fe -- in an effort to save the district money. But advocates argue that the funds saved would not be worth the disruption and lost jobs.
Over the weekend, local businesses and organizations provided support. Members of Occupy Oakland joined the encampment and offered advice, and the marquee at the Grand View Theater across the street proclaimed, "Why is Oakland closing schools while squandering millions on consultants / Support the sit in at Lakeview school."
The same group of protesters plans to open "The People's School for Public Education" on Lakeview's campus this summer, at which a group of volunteers will teach courses ranging from art and gardening to social justice and activism.
"This is going to be the hub in Oakland, the place for public education,” Joel Velasquez, whose son attended Lakeview, told Oakland North. “We are going to take back our public education system—it belongs to us."
The Oakland School Board hopes to convert Lakeview's building into administrative offices.
For more, take a look at CBS News' report on the protests below:
quote:Op zaterdag 16 juni 2012 15:22 schreef Papierversnipperaar het volgende:
Is dit wat men een "rant" noemt?![]()
http://anoncentral.tumblr(...)h-of-sniveling-snots
[..]
quote:Why the Senate Won’t Touch Jamie Dimon: JPM Derivatives Prop Up U.S. Debt
When Jamie Dimon, CEO of JPMorgan Chase Bank, appeared before the Senate Banking Committee on June 13, he was wearing cufflinks bearing the presidential seal. “Was Dimon trying to send any particular message by wearing the presidential cufflinks?” asked CNBC editor John Carney. “Was he . . . subtly hinting that he’s really the guy in charge?”
The groveling of the Senators was so obvious that Jon Stewart did a spoof news clip on it, featured in a Huffington Post piece titled “Jon Stewart Blasts Senate’s Coddling Of JP Morgan Chase CEO Jamie Dimon,” and Matt Taibbi wrote an op-ed called “Senators Grovel, Embarrass Themselves at Dimon Hearing.” He said the whole thing was painful to watch.
“What is going on with this panel of senators?” asked Stewart. “They’re sucking up to Jamie Dimon like they’re on JPMorgan’s payroll.” The explanation in a news clip that followed was that JPMorgan Chase is the biggest campaign donor to many of the members of the Banking Committee.
That is one obvious answer, but financial analysts Jim Willie and Rob Kirby think it may be something far larger, deeper, and more ominous. They contend that the $3 billion-plus losses in London hedging transactions that were the subject of the hearing can be traced, not to European sovereign debt (as alleged), but to the record-low interest rates maintained on U.S. government bonds.
The national debt is growing at $1.5 trillion per year. Ultra-low interest rates MUST be maintained to prevent the debt from overwhelming the government budget. Near-zero rates also need to be maintained because even a moderate rise would cause multi-trillion dollar derivative losses for the banks, and would remove the banks’ chief income stream, the arbitrage afforded by borrowing at 0% and investing at higher rates.
The low rates are maintained by interest rate swaps, called by Willie a “derivative tool which controls the bond market in a devious artificial manner.” How they control it is complicated, and is explored in detail in the Willie piece here and Kirby piece here.
Kirby contends that the only organization large enough to act as counterparty to some of these trades is the U.S. Treasury itself. He suspects the Treasury’s Exchange Stabilization Fund, a covert entity without oversight and accountable to no one. Kirby also notes that if publicly-traded companies (including JPMorgan, Goldman Sachs, and Morgan Stanley) are deemed to be integral to U.S. national security (meaning protecting the integrity of the dollar), they can legally be excused from reporting their true financial condition. They are allowed to keep two sets of books.
Interest rate swaps are now over 80 percent of the massive derivatives market, and JPMorgan holds about $57.5 trillion of them. Without the protective JPMorgan swaps, interest rates on U.S. debt could follow those of Greece and climb to 30%. CEO Dimon could, then, indeed be “the guy in charge”: he could be controlling the lever propping up the whole U.S. financial system.
Hero or Felon?
So should Dimon be regarded as a national hero? Not if past conduct is any gauge. Besides the recent $3 billion in JPMorgan losses, which look more like illegal speculation than legal hedging, there is JPM’s use of its conflicting positions as clearing house and creditor of MF Global to siphon off funds that should have gone into customer accounts, and its responsibility in dooming Lehman Brothers by withholding $7 billion in cash and collateral. There is also the fact that Dimon sat on the board of the New York Federal Reserve when it lent $55 billion to JPMorgan in 2008 to buy Bear Stearns for pennies on the dollar. Dimon then owned nearly three million shares of JPM stock and options, in clear violation of 18 U.S.C. Section 208, which makes that sort of conflict of interest a felony.
Financial analyst John Olagues, a former stock options market maker, points out that the loan was guaranteed by $55 billion of Bear Stearns assets. If Bear had that much in assets, the Fed could have given it the loan directly, saving it from being swallowed up by JPMorgan. But Bear did not have a director on the board of the NY Fed.
Olagues also notes that JPMorgan received an additional $25 billion in TARP payments from the Treasury, which were evidently paid off by borrowing from the NY Fed at a very low 0.5%; and that JPM executives received some very large and highly suspicious bonuses called Stock Appreciation Rights and Restricted Stock Units (complicated variants of employee stock options and restricted stock). In 2009, these bonuses were granted on the day JPMorgan stock reached its lowest value in five years. The stock quickly rebounded thereafter, substantially increasing the value of the bonuses. This pattern recurred in 2008 and 2012.
Olagues has evidence of systematic computer-generated selling of JPMorgan stock immediately prior to and on the dates of the granted equity compensation. Collusion to manipulate the stock to accommodate the grant of options is called “spring-loading” and is a violation of SEC Rule 10 b-5 and tax laws, with criminal and civil penalties.
All of which suggests we could actually have a felon at the helm of our ship of state.
There is a movement afoot to get Dimon replaced on the Board, on the ground that his directorship represents a clear conflict of interest. In May, Massachusetts Senate candidate Elizabeth Warren called for Dimons resignation from the NY Fed board, and Vermont Senator Bernie Sanders has used the uproar over the speculative JPM losses to promote an overhaul of the Federal Reserve. In a release to reporters, Warren said:
. Four years after the financial crisis, Wall Street has still not been held accountable, and that lack of accountability has history repeating itselfhuge, risky financial bets leading to billions in losses. It is time for some accountability. . . . Dimon stepping down from the NY Fed would be at least one small sign that Wall Street will be held accountable for their failures.
But what chance does even this small step have against the gun-to-the-head persuasion of a nightmare collapse of the entire U.S. debt scheme?
Propping Up a Pyramid Scheme
Is there no alternative but to succumb to the Mafia-like Wall Street protection racket of a covert derivatives trade in interest rate swaps? As Willie and Kirby observe, that scheme itself must ultimately fail, and may have failed already. They point to evidence that the JPM losses are not just $3 billion but $30 billion or more, and that JPM is actually bankrupt.
The derivatives casino itself is just a last-ditch attempt to prop up a private pyramid scheme in fractional-reserve money creation, one that has progressed over several centuries through a series of reservesfrom gold, to Fed-created base money, to mortgage-backed securities, to sovereign debt ostensibly protected with derivatives. Weve seen that the only real guarantor in all this is the government itself, first with FDIC insurance and then with government bailouts of too-big-to-fail banks. If we the people are funding the banks, we should own them; and our national currency should be issued, not through banks at interest, but through our own sovereign government.
Unlike Greece, which is dependent on an uncooperative European Central Bank for funding, the U.S. still has the legal power to issue its own dollars or borrow them interest-free from its own central bank. The government could buy back its bonds and refinance them at 0% interest through the Federal Reservewhich now buys them on the open market at interest like everyone elseor it could simply rip them up.
The chief obstacle to that alternative is the bugaboo of inflation, but many countries have proven that this approach need not be inflationary. Canada borrowed from its own central bank effectively interest free from 1939 to 1974, stimulating productivity without creating inflation; Australia did it from 1912 to 1923; and China has done it for decades.
The private creation of money at interest is the granddaddy of all pyramid schemes; and like all such schemes, it must eventually collapse, despite a quadrillion dollar derivatives edifice propping it up. Willie and Kirby think that time is upon us. We need to have alternative, public and cooperative systems ready to replace the old system when it comes crashing down.
quote:Here is the Accenture software ...
This is an installation kit which contains the software; it also has the installation instructions, and a text file explaining how to set it up on a standalone machine if you aren't on a network.
This voter registration and voter history system has been widely criticized -- in Colorado, where it reportedly assigned voters who are Republicans as Democrats, and vice versa, and in Tennessee where it has been proven to lose voter histories.
Now you can examine it yourself.
The MS Access files contain quite a bit of source code. This set is circa 2004.
The file is quite large, so allow a LONG time for it to download.
http://www.bbvdocs.org/Accenture/ESM_2.0_8-23-04.zip
323,592 KB
Also perhaps of interest is this set of notes:
http://www.bbvdocs.org/Accenture/Accenture_Wrap_up.zip
2305 KB
Note that one of the service items reveals that it was tripling votes for "random" voters in the 2004 primary. Files I have obtained show that it doubled or tripled votes in the 2008 primary, and also in the May 2010 and Aug 2010 primaries in Tennessee. However: It is not random. It only appears to be random when voters are sorted by fields other than precinct/voter ID. In fact, it is doubling and tripling recorded votes in white Republican suburbs.
Now you can examine some of the logic (or lack of) in the programs yourself.
quote:An almighty Koch app: Democrat developer targets billionaire brothers
Darcy Burner developing smartphone app to allow shoppers to avoid brands owned by the Kochs and other rightwingers
Mopping up that spilled organic, fair trade coffee with a Brawny kitchen roll? Off to yoga in your Lycra shorts? Serving your kids kale chips on a Dixie paper plate? Did you know you were lining the pockets of the Charles and David Koch, billionaire bankrollers of the extreme right? Well, soon there'll be an app for that.
A former tech head turned politician is developing an app that will allow shoppers to avoid products made by the Kochs or other billionaires currently spending fortunes backing rightwing candidates and policies.
Darcy Burner, a Democrat politician running for Congress in Washington state, said she came up with the idea when she started looking at exactly what the Kochs own.
The brothers' interests include Georgia Pacific, a packaging and paper products firm whose brands include Brawny and Sparkle paper towels, Angel Soft and Soft n' Gentle bath tissue and the Dixie range of paper cups and plates.
Koch Industries also owns Invista, the world's largest fibre and textiles company and owner of Lycra, Cordura and the Stainmaster carpet brand.
"The Kochs have a record of spending enormous amounts of money to move very reactionary, rightwing policies. Most Americans disagree with those policies but they may be buying products that are bankrolling them," she said.
Burner said the app would allow "folks to make informed buying decisions."
"We talk about boycotts but with someone like the Kochs, they own so much that it's difficult to track," she said.
Burner, a Harvard computer science grad and former Microsoft programmer, said the app was still in the early stages. "We are talking to people but hopefully someone will take it on soon," she said.
The first version is likely to check a product against its owners using a barcode but eventually she hopes it could be developed to warn people when they enter a store with bad labor or environmental practices.
"It could suggest somewhere nearby where you might feel better shopping," she said. "But that's not for the first version."
Burner said she would love to see the app launched ahead of this election, not least because of the huge amounts of money a handful of billionaires are now pouring into the 2012 presidential run-off.
"I'm a believer in government by and for the people. Just seeing that less than 100 people wield so much say in this election is very disturbing."
quote:Op vrijdag 22 juni 2012 14:19 schreef Papierversnipperaar het volgende:
Electronische stembusfraude? Download de software en zie voor jezelf.
[..]
In fact, it is doubling and tripling recorded votes in white Republican suburbs.
Oud nieuws, maar ja, wie brengt het nieuws.quote:
Ik weet er niets vanaf. Stembusfraude in diverse verkiezingen in diverse staten in de VS met malafide software?quote:Op zondag 24 juni 2012 16:45 schreef Weltschmerz het volgende:
[..]
Oud nieuws, maar ja, wie brengt het nieuws.
quote:
quote:But this just-completed trial in downtown New York against three faceless financial executives really was historic. Over 10 years in the making, the case allowed federal prosecutors to make public for the first time the astonishing inner workings of the reigning American crime syndicate, which now operates not out of Little Italy and Las Vegas, but out of Wall Street.
The defendants in the case – Dominick Carollo, Steven Goldberg and Peter Grimm – worked for GE Capital, the finance arm of General Electric. Along with virtually every major bank and finance company on Wall Street – not just GE, but J.P. Morgan Chase, Bank of America, UBS, Lehman Brothers, Bear Stearns, Wachovia and more – these three Wall Street wiseguys spent the past decade taking part in a breathtakingly broad scheme to skim billions of dollars from the coffers of cities and small towns across America. The banks achieved this gigantic rip-off by secretly colluding to rig the public bids on municipal bonds, a business worth $3.7 trillion. By conspiring to lower the interest rates that towns earn on these investments, the banks systematically stole from schools, hospitals, libraries and nursing homes – from "virtually every state, district and territory in the United States," according to one settlement. And they did it so cleverly that the victims never even knew they were being cheated. No thumbs were broken, and nobody ended up in a landfill in New Jersey, but money disappeared, lots and lots of it, and its manner of disappearance had a familiar name: organized crime.
Read more: http://www.rollingstone.c(...)120620#ixzz1yjXdIpux
quote:
quote:The U.S. Special Operations Command (USSOCOM), part of the Department of Defense, has denied operating surveillance drones in two different states, issuing statements that have been proven to be completely false.
quote:If the military wishes to counter controversy from the increasing integration of drones into domestic airspace, then it may help to not make statements to press that are inaccurate or disproved by publicly available congressional reports. the group notes, adding that USSOCOM denied or misrepresented its involvement in domestic drone activities and actively sought to shut down any exchange of information on the matter.
A recently uncovered Air Force document raised alarms over military use of spy drones in US skies. The document outlines how to circumvents privacy laws and clears the way for the Pentagon to use drones to monitor the activities of Americans.
quote:National Occupy gathering set for July 4 in Philly
PHILADELPHIA — Get ready for Occupy Fourth of July in the cradle of liberty.
Occupy groups from across the country are headed to Philadelphia for a national gathering on Independence Mall, seeking to unify their far-flung movement against economic inequality a half-year after police evicted protesters from encampments in Philadelphia, Los Angeles, New York and other cities. The event, which starts Saturday and runs through July 4, is expected to bring about 1,500 protesters for marches, speakers and camping during the city's annual Independence Day festivities.
That has Philadelphia officials bracing for extra people during a week that already brings more than 1 million tourists to town for concerts, fireworks and other celebrations. While the Occupy Philadelphia protests last year were largely peaceful, the city eventually became frustrated with protesters' refusal to leave a City Hall plaza and police evicted those who remained in late November; several dozen protesters were arrested in the raid's aftermath.
Philadelphia Managing Director Rich Negrin said city officials have been preparing for the Occupy gathering, a conference being held by a spinoff group known as The 99% Working Group and other events planned by tea party activists.
"I don't think we've ever been better positioned to handle large events in Philadelphia than we are today," said Negrin, adding that city officials have been coordinating with other agencies for months. "We're being incredibly conservative and suggesting that any one of these events could bring thousands of people."
Deputy Police Commissioner Kevin Bethel said the department will bolster its police presence downtown. They plan to use uniformed and non-uniformed personnel, mounted units and bicycle officers, but he declined to say how many additional officers will be on.
"Occupy can be very unpredictable in their movement," Bethel said, adding that the "leaderless" nature of the protests also present a challenge to law enforcement. "We're going to be all hands on deck."
Most of the events will center on Independence National Historical Park, in the city's historic district, an area widely known as the cradle of liberty — home to Independence Hall and the Liberty Bell and the place where the Declaration of Independence was first read aloud and the U.S. Constitution was adopted.
The National Park Service also will beef up staffing to deal with the extra crowds.
The national gathering is endorsed by more than 100 Occupy groups across the country. Organizers have kept in touch through a networking communication system known as "inter-Occupy," using conference calls and other means of communication, said Tammy Shapiro, a member of Occupy Wall Street.
Larry Swetman, a member of Occupy Philadelphia, said the conference will feature teach-ins, workshops, and protests, including one in which participants will march to the Comcast Center. On the fourth day, Swetman said, protesters will come up with a list of priorities and goals that will likely cover a broad range of issues including health care and housing. Ultimately, a group of protesters plans to lead a 99-mile march to Wall Street on July 5.
Swetman expects about 1,500 people, with some coming in caravans from all over the country, including Los Angeles, San Francisco, Seattle, Atlanta, Miami and Chicago.
The group isn't releasing many specifics, but camping will likely be part of the program. "Please be prepared to camp! Due to Philadelphia weather in July, tents more than likely won't be necessary, so you may not want to bring them," a statement on the group's website reads.
"What we plan is to 'Occupy' for our national gathering in and around Independence Mall," Swetman said. "We occupy with tents and we build communities."
The second, smaller conference, dubbed "Continental Congress 2.0", is being planned at the Pennsylvania Convention Center from July 2 to July 4. That conference isn't endorsed by Occupy Wall Street. Organized by The 99% Working Group, it's expected to draw around 150 delegates from across the country, said Robert Manning, of Pinole, Calif., one of the organizers.
The group will develop a list of grievances that they plan to take to legislators, presidential candidates and Supreme Court justices in Washington. They plan to march to Independence Hall on July 4, Manning said.
The Independence Hall Tea Party Association is planning its annual celebration of "American Exceptionalism" on the mall on July 4 and expects up to 2,000 people, said association co-founder Don Adams.
Mayor Michael Nutter said he supports the rights of all the groups to exercise their right to free speech, but he wants them to be peaceful and be mindful of others' rights, as well.
"No one has the right to act like an idiot," Nutter said.
quote:Twitter forced to release Occupy protester's tweets to New York court
Micro-blogging site loses legal challenge to prosecutors' request for three months' worth of messages from Malcolm Harris
Twitter has been ordered to hand over almost three months worth of messages from an Occupy Wall Street protester after losing a legal challenge to prosecutors' demands for the tweets.
The micro-blogging website had argued that the posts belonged to activist Malcolm Harris and as such it would be violating fourth amendment privacy rights if it were to disclose the communications without first receiving a search warrant.
But a Manhattan judge ruled on Monday that under a timeline set out by federal law, a warrant is only needed for the final day's worth of messages from Harris, who is accused of disorderly conduct in relation to a protest on the Brooklyn Bridge in October.
All other tweets prior to this date could legitimately be demanded by means of subpoena, it was ruled.
Harris was amongst several hundred Occupy Wall Street demonstrators arrested last year during a protest march across Brooklyn Bridge.
Prosecutors say that messages posted by Harris – who goes by the twitter handle @destructuremal – could show whether the defendant was aware that he was breaking police orders relating to the demo.
In January, the New York County district attorney's office issued a subpoena to Twitter, calling on the firm to hand over "any and all user information, including email address, as well as any and all tweets posted for the period 9/15/2011 – 12/31/2011".
Harris initially attempted to block the move, but was told that he had no proprietary interest to his own messages.
Twitter countered that this contradicts its own terms and conditions, which explicitly states that users "retain their right to any content they submit, post or display on or through". Moreover, in its own legal challenge to the subpoena, the firm accused prosecutors of trying to force its employees to violate federal law.
Lawyers for Twitter also argued that under the Uniform Act, prosecutors would need to obtain a subpoena in California before it could demand documents from a company based in that state.
Monday's ruling found that a search warrant was indeed needed for a final day's worth of tweets by Harris as they fell within a timeline laid out in federal law. All else was fair game for the prosecutors, the judge found.
The court will now review the material and provide the relevant tweets to the DA's office.
In a statement, Chief Assistant District Attorney Daniel Alonso said he was "pleased that the court has ruled for a second time that the Tweets at issue must be turned over".
He added: "We look forward to Twitter's complying and to moving forward with the trial."
Responding to the development, Harris's attorney Martin Stolar said: "I'm not surprised by the ruling, but I'm still disappointed by it." He added that he and Twitter could still mount a further challenge, stating that there was still "plenty of time to do that" before his client's next court appearance.
Stolar suggested that the latest decision shows that the court fails to take into consideration 21st century developments when it comes to what should be covered under the fourth amendment. "That is somewhat bothersome," he added.
quote:
Gisteren was de National Gathering in Philadelphia.quote:
quote:Your phone may not be safe at protests
Ever wondered why your cell phone reception suddenly becomes terrible at protests? Ever worried that police could use electronic spoofing devices to suck up your mobile data because you are in the streets exercising your rights?
You might have been onto something.
Mobile "IMSI catchers", currently on the market and being pushed to police and intelligence agencies worldwide, enable these creepy, stealth spying tactics. And if they build it and hawk it, history tells us police will buy it and deploy it.
On Tuesday, July 3, 2012, electronic privacy advocate and technology researcher Chris Soghoian tweeted a link to a photograph of a talk he gave at TED in Scotland in late June. Behind him in the photograph is another image, this one taken by privacy researcher Eric King at a surveillance trade show. (King's Twitter bio contains a quote from a representative of the notorious ISS World -- a global surveillance trade firm that often hosts such trade shows: the rep called him an "Anti-lawful interception zealot blogger." High praise.)
Look at the slide behind Soghoian; that's the photo in question. It shows an IMSI catcher strapped onto a model, under the model's shirt.
IMSI stands for "International Mobile Subscriber Identity". The technology is essentially a mobile phone tower with "a malicious operator". It mimics the behavior of a cell tower and tricks mobile phones into sending data to it, instead of to the tower.
. As such it is considered a Man In the Middle (MITM) attack. It is used as an eavesdropping device used for interception and tracking of cellular phones and usually is undetectable for the users of mobile phones.
Once it has made a connection with the phone and tricked it into thinking it is a mobile tower, the IMSI catcher forces the phone to drop its encryption, enabling easy access to the contents of the device. The tool then lets the attacker listen in on mobile conversations and intercept all data sent from a mobile phone, remaining undetected. In some cases the tool also allows the operator to manipulate messages.
Here's a creepy video that a purveyor of IMSI catchers made to advertise its product:
quote:The FBI uses IMSI catchers and claims it does so legally, even though it says it doesn't need a warrant to deploy them. The Electronic Privacy Information Center is currently pursuing FOIA litigation to find out exactly how the bureau uses the "Stingray" (a brand name IMSI catcher); unsurprisingly, the FBI wasn't forthcoming with documents to reveal its legal standard or other information about how it uses the tool. Stay tuned for more information as that case makes its way through the courts.
quote:Vibe Exposed
--Vibe, Sage, Hazem Sayed and the Usurpation of OWS--
Since Occupy Wall Street began on September 17th, a person known to occupiers as "Sage" ( https://twitter.com/#!/Gr(...)itter.com%2FBB4qZXc0 ) has been involved in countless disruptions of GAs and other actions. Sage has gone so far as to assault another occupier during an early January GA. These repeated disturbances resulted in efforts to encourage him to leave the movement. Despite public sentiment, Sage continues to be present at Occupy gatherings and has continued his disruptive behavior unabated.
Even though Sage is largely disruptive, divisive and an all around asshat ( http://goo.gl/WZCAS ) to OWS, he still manages to get three paragraphs worth of press from the Guardian about NatGat: http://www.guardian.co.uk(...)ve&CMP=FBCNETTXT9038 -- Great.
Anyhoo, during the National Gathering in Philadelphia on July 4th weekend, Sage made the unfortunate error of sexually harassing a member of LulzTeamSix. In addition to this unacceptable divergence from sociable behavior, Sage engaged in photo stalking a female occupier ( http://i.imgur.com/Xd46I.png ) as well as making crude, racist, and alarmist comments while generally acting like an insufferable prick to all the fine people encamped at the Quaker compound.
It was at this point a group of occupiers arrived at a consensus agreement to eject Sage from the Occupy encampment. Joining in Sage's exodus was his associate known as "White Hat." When pressed by Clark from the WikileaksTruck ( http://i.imgur.com/txhof.jpg ) about the nature of the connection between the two men, Sage claimed then that White Hat was his uncle.
TeamSix's broadcast team discovered through subsequent investigation that Sage had been pushing for the use of a social media messaging platform named @VibeWall since the very beginning of Occupy. Sage's associate "White Hat," is the creator of this application. @VibeWall (@VibeApp) is a geolocation based application that allows users to engage other users participating in the platform within an ascribed range. Though no one knew who this mysterious "White Hat" was, LulzTeamSix's intrepid reporters were able discover "Uncle Maurice's" real name is Hazem Sayed.
Sayed and Sage pushed Vibe -- (@VibeWall and @VibeApp) onto Occupiers touting the purported anonymity of the application. However, the application is a geolocation based operation which actually stores all of the data that is pushed through the app onto Sayed's own server: zami.com and is easily accessible. After sending out an emergency All Points Bulletin via ZE TWITTERZ, we received feedback from researchers confirming that this so called "anonymous" application is anything but.
What makes Sayed's presence even moar alarming is his, ahem, "interesting" past. Originating from Kuwait with the last name of Sayed implies "Uncle Maurice" comes from an affluent family. Hazem Sayed came to America and studied at Stanford, Harvard and MIT, elite intelligence agency recruitment grounds, all.
We've learned Sayed has owned the following companies: Paradigm Software, Inc., Digitools, Hotdispatch (which had $16 million backing money that was squandered and sent into the abyss -- note: Mitch Kapor of EFF). He started a non-profit initiative in 2007 called Bila Hudood ( http://www.wata.cc/forums/archive/index.php/t-25845.html ), which no longer exists... or does it? http://yellowpages.m3com.(...)ecurity-safety-group
Sayed also possesses a phone number in Dubai (971-50-825-2035), and his current project is based at zami.com, which hosts the Vibe app data. His work history focuses on an expertise in geolocation services. Vibe was acquired by Betaworks last year, which owns bit.ly, short.ly, 301works and a number of other apps/websites. For whatever reason, they tried to keep this acquisition rather hush hush: http://techcrunch.com/2012/02/23/vibe-acquired-by-betaworks/
Betaworks was originally a small startup, but quickly gained financial backers ranging from smaller donors like Lerer Ventures to larger entitites such as AOL Ventures and The New York Times ( http://allthingsd.com/201(...)n-or-digging-a-hole/ ). Agenda much? We will let any intrepid reporters try to figure out for themselves where that rabbit hole leads.
It's worth noting that Betaworks also funded Tweetdeck, which was one of the first twitter platforms to be 0wn3d. Coincidence? Maybe. Lulz? Certainly.
@Vibewall can easily be used not just by protesters, but infiltrators, agitators, disruptors and police forces, who can use the platform to gather intelligence for managing and quashing peaceful protests. Six security researchers revealed vulnerabilities in the platform including the ability to read everything in plain text without encryption ( http://yfrog.com/z/mhwt3p ), as well as the ease of impersonating someone within a remote geolocation to intercept data. Sayed has been rapidly trying to cover his tracks since he knew he became a person of interest... Hey, Mr. Whitehat! Y U NO PRIVACY POLICY ON YR WABSITE?
Vibe's platform vulnerabilities include the reporting of all users' geolocation data to the server of the proprieter zami.com. This makes the actions of "Uncle Maurice" Hazem Sayed and other anti-OWS actorfags more curious considering the pageantry that the primping peen Sage employed in attempting to push the use of Vibewall onto Occupiers. His influence was even felt at the Summer school of disobedience at OWS which was using the VibeWall platform to troll a certain Hipster Cop.
Though the end to this saga has yet to transpire, one thing appears certain: Sage himself may be the only person capable of absorbing more quad anal punishment than his mother, and Mr. Hazem Sayed's app has roundedly been criticitzed as fail. This should serve as a jolting wakeup call for Occupiers and other activists around the globe to start shoring up some semblance of a security culture and not to trust any computer applications on face value. >;6
quote:Seattle Occupy group drops $5,000 from hotel to protest money in politics
MicCheckWallStreet organisers say tossing small bills is 'as much art installation as protest' against Citizens United ruling
Occupy protesters in Seattle marked the Fourth of July by throwing $5,000 out of a hotel window in a protest against the influence of money in politics.
MicCheckWallStreet, an offshoot of the Occupy movement, staged the demonstration at 5pm. The group's website declared that it is "time we declared independence from Citizens United" – citing the supreme court case which effectively ruled that corporations can make political contributions.
A video posted to YouTube shows two people tossing the cash – which MicCheckWallStreet said was in $1 and $5 bills – out of a window above downtown Seattle.
The group had signalled its intentions on its website, asking for donations to a wepay.com account. The wepay page shows that McCheckWallStreet exactly met its $5,000 goal, collected from just 37 donors.
"Every dollar you donate is guaranteed to be thrown off a building and is tax deductible, what more could you ask for?!," said a statement on MicCheckWallStreet's website.
"Be a part of it, donate today!"
Stating that "money is the new tea", the statement said that the event was "as much art installation as protest", declaring that "it sends a powerful message".
The video posted to YouTube does not show the impact at street level, although separate footage posted to UStream showed a small crowd gathered in an alley, where some of the money appeared to have fallen.
The Seattle Times reported that "wind blew some of the money onto a bar awning and into a nearby alley, sending people hunting for cash on windowsills and Dumpster lids".
It is the second "money drop" protest staged by the group. On Valentine's day activists hurled $500 from the top of a building in Seattle.
quote:Homeless Students Top 1 Million, U.S. Says, Leaving Advocates 'Horrified'
Back in November of 2005, Diane Nilan had what she now concedes may have struck some people as a “crazy notion.” She’d been working as advocate for homeless families in Illinois, getting frustrated by the glacial pace of political and bureaucratic change, when she decided to sell her town house, buy a Gulfstream motor home, and set out on the road to talk to homeless families living around the country. She drove to Pensacola, Fla., and then to Lafayette, La., and then to a tiny town in Texas, where she met a little boy who had been abandoned by his mother. She spoke with homeless children and their families at campsites and motels and shelters, and filmed them in an attempt to share what she learned.
Since then, she's become one of the country's most prominent experts on family homelessness, logging 148,000 miles and talking to families in about 30 states. So she wasn't entirely surprised when she heard the latest bleak statistic: 1 million homeless students in America, according to a report released by the Department of Education this week. Talking to the families of such students, she said, she hears "the same story time after time. Lost their job, had some medical problems, things fell apart, boom, boom, boom. Now they're living in shelters or motels."
The U.S. Education Department reported that, for the first time, the number of homeless students in America topped one million by the end of the 2010-2011 school year. These kids live in shelters and on the streets, and increasingly in hotels and on the couches of friends and relatives. On one hotel-lined stretch of highway -- a road leading to Disney World -- Nilan heard of schools where there are as many as 25 homeless students in classes of 28. The government report said 1,065,794 homeless kids were enrolled in schools in the 2010-2011 school year, an increase of 13 percent from the previous year and 57 percent since the start of the recession in 2007.
"The number is horrifyingly high but it probably is half of what the number really could be if the kids could be counted," said Nilan. The count doesn't include homeless infants, children not enrolled in school, and homeless students that schools simply failed to identify.
According to the new data, 44 states overall saw the number of homeless students increase. Fifteen states' homeless student population increased by one fifth or more. The problem is particularly pronounced in recession-addled states like Michigan, where every single county reported homeless kids in their schools. In Kentucky, the number of homeless students increased by 47 percent over one year.
While the last few years have seen the rise of an education reform movement aimed at closing the achievement gap between low-income students and their peers, the increase in homelessness threatens to stymie that effort. According to the new report, only 52 percent of the homeless students who took standardized tests were deemed to be proficient in reading, and only 51 percent passed math tests. "You don't have a permanent place to stay, you have to change schools a lot," said Barbara Duffield, policy director for the National Association for the Education of Homeless Children and Youth. "It sets you far behind. It's socially and emotionally disruptive."
Seventy-one percent of the kids identified as homeless by the Education Department listed the homes of family or friends as their primary residence. But these kids aren't counted as homeless by the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development, which means they can't apply for subsidized housing. "That's bogus," Nilan said. "If you talk to any families in that situation, you know they need help." A bill under consideration in Congress would change that, but some said they worry that expanding HUD's definition of homelessness would drain resources away from people who live on the streets.
Also up for consideration in Congress is a rewrite of the McKinney-Vento Act, a 1987 law that requires school systems to make sure that homeless students have a quality education (for example, by sending buses to distant neighborhoods so that the students don't have to change schools as their families move between temporary shelters). The new version of the law would give schools more tools for identifying homeless students. But the overhaul is stalled in partisan gridlock, since it's part of the package that includes the controversial No Child Left Behind act.
In the meantime, advocates like Nilan have been pondering other ways to help homeless kids. To start with, she wondered why banks can't let families stay in the foreclosed homes she sees from her Gulfstream window. It might seem like a crazy notion, but Nilan said we're dealing with a crazy problem. "The banks need to kick in some resources here to save school districts transportation money and give families some stability," she said. "These solutions are at our fingertips."
Het artikel gaat verder.quote:Hidden Government Scanners Will Instantly Know Everything About You From 164 Feet Away
Within the next year or two, the U.S. Department of Homeland Security will instantly know everything about your body, clothes, and luggage with a new laser-based molecular scanner fired from 164 feet (50 meters) away. From traces of drugs or gun powder on your clothes to what you had for breakfast to the adrenaline level in your body—agents will be able to get any information they want without even touching you.
And without you knowing it.
The technology is so incredibly effective that, in November 2011, its inventors were subcontracted by In-Q-Tel to work with the US Department of Homeland Security. In-Q-Tel is a company founded "in February 1999 by a group of private citizens at the request of the Director of the CIA and with the support of the U.S. Congress." According to In-Q-Tel, they are the bridge between the Agency and new technology companies.
Their plan is to install this molecular-level scanning in airports and border crossings all across the United States. The official, stated goal of this arrangement is to be able to quickly identify explosives, dangerous chemicals, or bioweapons at a distance.
The machine is ten million times faster—and one million times more sensitive—than any currently available system. That means that it can be used systematically on everyone passing through airport security, not just suspect or randomly sampled people.
Analyzing everything in real time
But the machine can sniff out a lot more than just explosives, chemicals and bioweapons. The company that invented it, Genia Photonics, says that its laser scanner technology is able to "penetrate clothing and many other organic materials and offers spectroscopic information, especially for materials that impact safety such as explosives and pharmacological substances." [PDF]
Formed in Montreal in 2009 by PhDs with specialties in lasers and fiber optics, Genia Photonics has 30 patents on this technology, claiming incredible biomedical and industrial applications—from identifying individual cancer cells in a real-time scan of a patient, to detecting trace amounts of harmful chemicals in sensitive manufacturing processes.
quote:SWAT Raid on Organizers of Occupy Seattle & E4E
Early morning, July 10, SWAT police forced their way into the Seattle apartment of organizers from the Occupy movement. The sleeping residents scrambled to put on clothes as they were confronted with automatic weapons.
The neighbor Natalio Perez heard the attack from downstairs: “Suddenly we heard the bang of their grenade, and the crashing as police entered the apartment. The crashing and stomping continued for a long time as they tore the place apart.”
After the raid, the residents pored over the papers handed them by a detective. One explained: “This warrant says that they were specifically looking for ‘anarchist materials’ — which lays out the political police state nature of this right there. In addition they were looking for specific pieces of clothing supposedly connected with a May First incident.
When the police finally left, they did not arrest anyone.
This action targets well known activists from Occupy Seattle and the Red Spark Collective (part of the national Kasama network). This apartment has been a hub for organizing the Everything 4 Everyone festival in August – to bring together West Coast forces for a cultural and political event building on the year of Occupy.
The raid is a heavy-handed threat delivered by armed police aimed at intimidating specific people – but also st suppressing the work to continue the Occupy movement in Seattle, and create E4E as a space for radical gathering.
The E4E site will update this with more as we receive it, including hopefully statement from those involved. http://www.everythingforeveryone.org/
quote:Americans' Confidence in Television News Drops to New Low
WASHINGTON, D.C. -- Americans' confidence in television news is at a new low by one percentage point, with 21% of adults expressing a great deal or quite a lot of confidence in it. This marks a decline from 27% last year and from 46% when Gallup started tracking confidence in television news in 1993.
Oh dat valt me dan nog weer meequote:
quote:LAPD Clashes With Occupy LA Members Using Sidewalk Chalk at Art Walk
Last night, what members of Occupy Los Angeles intended as a colorful exercise of their rights during the monthly Art Walk in Downtown turned violent and ugly as the Los Angeles Police Department handled the "protest" with a show of force.
Riffing on a current movement of people using sidewalk chalk messaging and drawing as a form of protest, the Occupiers made clear their intent this week that they would be out and about in the city's center making their presence known. They called the event "Chalk Walk" and used social media to promote it.
From an Occupy L.A. release dated July 10: "The Occupiers plan to chalk up downtown, in front of City Hall, Police Headquarter[s], and other spots around downtown, in exercise and enjoyment of their Rights. [...] Occupy LA's plan is to widely disseminate chalk at this Thursday’s Downtown Artwalk and video the project and to get local media to cover their efforts."
What they got in return was the LAPD in riot gear, and a tense night that involved Art Walk goers and bystanders, injuries, and arrest.
Though there had been a noted heavy police presence in the vicinity of Art Walk, what's being described as the "melee" by the media broke out at around 8:40 p.m. The LAPD soon went on tactical alert, which means all officers on duty city-wide must remain on duty until further notice.
Het artikel gaat verder.quote:The LAPD shot indiscriminately into the crowd at close range, said another witness said, I was trying to talk to the media and as we were talking a projectile was shot in between us.
quote:LAPD takes on the Chalk Bloc
What started out as a night of art, fun and food trucks ended with Los Angeles police creating a riot scene, assaulting unarmed protesters and firing rubber bullets seemingly at random into a crowd of bystanders, all -- ostensibly -- because people were "vandalizing the sidewalk and privately owned buildings [by] writing in chalk," according to a spokeswoman for the LAPD.
That, friends, is what the LAPD says justified the department deploying helicopters with searchlights and more than 140 officers in riot gear. That is what justified officers shoving protesters and random pedestrians and firing potentially lethal "non-lethal" rounds into a crowd of civilians: people drawing in public spaces.
The message to the proles: Don't bring chalk to a gun fight.
Like a lot of people caught up in the commotion Thursday night, I didn't intend to get involved in a standoff with police. With the hours I work, I figured I had already missed all the subversive chalking, so I went straight from my office to an Occupy LA bail fundraiser instead -- except when I go there, I found it was just me and the woman taking donations at the door. After milling about and staring at my phone for 15 minutes, I headed back outside and saw a helicopter shining a spotlight a few blocks away. I put two and two together.
With the police helicopter as my guide, I walked over to the scene of the crime. What I saw was a typical-looking LA crowd milling about an intersection, some people drawing things on the street, others passing joints and doing their part to maintain the constant sweet wafting smell of marijuana that characterizes California. Surrounding this crowd were lines of police menacingly wielding batons and rifles.
Within minutes of my arrival, the police started moving their line, pushing people out of the intersection with reckless macho abandon, roughly pushing people (like me) in the back even as they tried in the midst of all the confusion to comply with the order to leave. Several officers also started firing their weapons into the crowd, which is not a terribly great way to deescalate a situation, particularly when the "non-lethal" rounds one is firing sound exactly like the lethal rounds members of the LAPD are notorious for firing at the people they purport to protect. One man named Charlie (pictured) said he was shot just walking down the sidewalk and that he had no connection to Occupy LA or the dangerously subversive chalking that preceded the tiny cock-waving show of police force. Another man was jumped by police right in front of me, tackled and tasered as they moved the police line. Again, without any apparent cause.
Corporate media coverage will, predictably, focus on injuries allegedly suffered by police from bottles thrown at them by people in the crowd. The people the police attacked, such as this young man who was shot in the face, will be ignored or, like other victims, blamed for inviting the attack. But there's a plus side: every time a cop brutalizes an innocent bystander, more people are made aware of the sort of state-sanctioned brutality that is a regular feature of life for the lesser privileged in American society. Last night, a lot of people who left their homes expecting a good time full of art and white wine ended up finding themselves in the middle of a police state dodging rubber bullets. That's an experience that can't be replicated by reading a radical political pamphlet.
quote:
quote:The purpose of Chalk Walk was to bring attention to the arrests that had been occurring at the CCEA.
The action was planned to take place between 5th and 6th on Spring street and was intended to be a peaceful outreach event to encourage friendly dialogue. Many artwalk regulars (parents and their children included) stopped by to draw with us.
Many interesting conversations sparked from discussing MacKinney vs. Nielsen the ninth circuit court of appeals decision that ruled that chalk could not be considered vandalism and was a constitutionally protected form of free speech under the first amendment. 8 arrests occurred between 7:30- and 8:45. All for.... you guessed it- chalking. Everything remained peaceful during the first 7 arrests as the chalkers remained calm as they were taken into custody.
quote:Why did this happen? I'll keep this brief since this post is running a bit on the long side. This wasn't about chalk, this wasn't about 'people provoking the cops'- it was about finding any excuse to lock up individuals speaking out about what is going on in downtown.
The CCEA's safer cities initiative is nothing more than a way to gentrify the area into a mono-socio/economic neighborhood that does not have to worry about "ethnic problems". Harassing the houseless population of skid row and co-ercing them to leave is just the first step to expand CCEA's current 97 block territory to cover the whole of downtown. Don't believe the houseless get harassed without reason? Go to LACAN and talk to any of the individuals that work there and I guarantee you will have an entirely different perspective on what goes on in downtown. The safer cities initiative also lays out a plan that CCEA plans to implement by 2020 that would in essence clear out all of the businesses from Santee Alley.
Skid row is comprised mostly of African American residents and Santee Alley is comprised mostly of Latino or Korean business owners. While this 2020 plan may not be intentionally racist, it certainly brings into question the morality of determining someones future or making decisions about someones livelihood in a way that will not benefit them in any way. As well as the morality of such decisions being made by people who only stand to benefit by other's misfortunate. In the end- this is all about economics and keeping money in the hands of the "right" people.
twitter:shawncarrie twitterde op zaterdag 14-07-2012 om 17:48:08Today is the actual one-year anniversary of #OCCUPYWALLSTREET - at 3:04PM, the tweet that started it all: https://t.co/SbbUdMG0 reageer retweet
Forum Opties | |
---|---|
Forumhop: | |
Hop naar: |